CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE
OF THE
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH
I fl
W V
V
l^fr*
OF THE
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSB
19071911
FINE ARTS LITERATURE FICTION FICTION IN FOREIGN
LANGUAGES HISTORY AND TRAVEL
VOLUME VII
SERIES THREE. VOLUME 2
>CL'
/BE
PITTSBURGH
CARNEGIE LIBRARY
1914
CUVKIE UWIRV 1
Of PtTTSBURai I
VD
I
Fine arts
700 General works
Quaritch, Bernard, comp. roi6-7 Qi8
Catalogue of works on the fine arts offered at the net prices af-
fixed by Bernard Quaritch. 1909-10.
Vasari, Giorgio. 700 V22
Vasari on technique; being the introduction to the three arts of
design, architecture, sculpture and painting, prefixed to the Lives of
the most excellent painters, sculptors and architects; tr. by L. S. Macle-
hose, ed. with introduction & notes by G. B. Brown. 1907. Dent.
Study of the numerous crafts and techniques employed in Vasari's day in architec-
ture, sculpture, painting, fresco, glass-work, niello, enamel, metal and wood engraving.
701 ^Esthetics. Theories
Babbitt, Irving. 701 Bn
The new Laokoon; an essay on the confusion of the arts. 1910.
Houghton.
"Nearly a century and a half ago, Lessing wrote the 'Laokoon' to attack the pre-
vailing pseudo-classic doctrine of imitation, and especially the maxim that poetry
should be pictorial ut pictura poesis. . .With a sense that we are at a spiritual pass
that requires a reaction analogous to Lessing's, Prof. Irving Babbitt of Harvard has at-
tempted to sketch a New Laokoon for the times... In abundant learning, lightly car-
ried; in the number and importance of the distinctions it establishes, in a certain pas-
sion of the intellect and masculine eloquence, the New Laokoon seems... no whit in-
ferior to the old." Nation, 1910.
Bourne, George. 701 665
Ascending effort. 1910. Constable.
An attempt to trace the psychological sources of taste and the nature and uses of
art. It is in effect an idealist's argument for the pervading influence of art, its power
to mold character and give new color to life, its importance as a factor in the "ascend-
ing effort" of mankind.
Burke, Edmund. 701 Bgi
Essay on the sublime and beautiful, with an introduction by Henry
Morley. 1905. Cassell.
Croce, Benedetto. 701 C88
Esthetic as science of expression and general linguistic; tr. from
the Italian by Douglas Ainslie. 1909. Macmillan.
"Of the value of the book, there is no question. Its destructive analysis of the
empirical, naturalistic, and transcendental aesthetic is enlightening and convincing. It
clears the ground for constructive studies. It is written with superb clearness, vigor,
and picturesqueness. Any reader who is capable of consecutive thought may under-
stand it, and will not fail to find it immensely stimulating." Nation, igio.
43
1278 FINE ARTS. -ESTHETICS
De Garmo, Charles. qyoi D38
Laboratory exercises in art appreciation. 1907. Bardeen. (Cornell
study bulletins for teachers.)
"Books of general reference," p. 15.
Gives brief, practical suggestions for teachers or students and an abstract of aesthetic
principles. These principles are applied in the analysis of several pictures.
Gioberti, Vincenzo. 701 043
Del bello. 1849. Tipografia Elvetica.
Griggs, Edward Howard. 701 G8g
Art and the human spirit; the meaning and relations of sculpture,
painting, poetry and music; a handbook of eight lectures. 1908. Huebsch.
"Book list," p.5i-57.
Hogarth, William. 701 H68
Analysis of beauty; a reprint including the plates formerly in port-
folio. 1909. Silver Lotus Shop.
First published in 1753.
In the corner of Hogarth's admirable portrait of himself, painted in 1745 and now
in the National Gallery, London, the artist drew on a palette a serpentine line with the
words "The line of beauty and grace." Much speculation ensued as to the meaning of
this hieroglyphic and Hogarth unfortunately resolved to explain his meaning in writing.
The result was the "Analysis of beauty," in which he professed to define the principles
of beauty and grace. By his adherents it was praised as a final utterance on aesthetics;
by his enemies it was made the subject of endless ridicule and caricature.
In this edition the marginal illustrations, which were grouped about the central
illustrations of each plate, are reproduced in the size of the originals but on numerous
separate pages. The two central illustrations are greatly reduced. The two plates as
originally issued may be found in Hogarth's "Works" (qrjsg.a H68).
Howard, William Guild, ed. 701 L64l
Laokoon: Lessing, Herder, Goethe; selections ed. with an introduc-
tion and a commentary. 1910. Holt.
"Bibliography," p.467~47o.
Of the three texts included in this volume, the first, Goethe's little essay, "Uber
Laokoon," is a description and interpretation of the famous marble group as a work of
plastic art; the second, Lessing's "Laokoon," is primarily a delimitation of the respective
fields of what Lessing calls painting and poetry, that is, pictorial and literary art; the
third, Herder's "Erstes kritisches waildchen," is a criticism of Lessing's Laocoon.
"The student finds in this volume a wealth of syntactical, linguistic, philosophic, and
literary notes; a valuable summary of the history of art, based on Springer; and an
introduction to German aesthetic literature, preceding and contemporaneous with Lessing
...A noteworthy product of the best American scholarship." Nation, 1911.
Kozlowski, Wladyslaw M. 701 Ksg
Krolestwo ideaiow i odkupienie estetyczne. 1901.
Millar, G. G. 701 M68
What is a picture? 1908. Stock.
Brief explanation of the qualities which a painting should have in order to be
considered a work of art.
Raymond, George Lansing. 701 R24C
Essentials of aesthetics in music, poetry, painting, sculpture and
architecture. 1906. Putnam.
The same. 1909 r7oi R24e
Author is (1907) professor of aesthetics in George Washington University.
"In dealing with the technique of his subject Mr. Raymond follows somewhat
after text-book lines. His discussions are, however, often wide and generally interesting
...It is not exactly characterized by originality, and it is perhaps of necessity largely
of the nature of a pot-pourri. But it is not the less readable on this account." Outlook
(London), 1907.
FINE ARTS ESSAYS 1279
Raymond, George Lansing. 701
Rhythm and harmony in poetry and music, with Music as a repre-
sentative art; two essays in comparative aesthetics. 1909. Putnam.
Rodin, Auguste. 701 Rs8
L'art; entretiens reunis par Paul Gsell. 1911.
"In his verbal utterances on art the great sculptor displays something of the same
lucidity and force of expression that are so eminently characteristic of his plastic work,
defining in language alike virile and eloquent, what in his opinion should be the aim
of every artist whatever the medium he elects to employ." Outlook (London), ign.
Scott, Fred Newton. HOI 842
^Esthetics; its problems and literature. 1890. Inland Press.
Chiefly a list of books on aesthetics, with brief critical notes.
Struve, Henryk. 701 892
Sztuka i spoleczenstwo. 1903.
Work entitled "Art and society."
Teichrmiller, Gustav. 701 A7izt
Aristotelische forschungen. 3v. in I. 1867-73. Barthel.
Contents: Beitrage zur erklarung der Poetik des Aristoteles. Aristoteles philosophic
der kunst. Geschichte des begriffs der parusie.
Voysey, Charles Francis Annesley. 701
Reason as a basis of art. 1906. Mathews.
Little book which upholds the highest ethical aims for art.
702 Directories. 703 Dictionaries
Annuaire de la curiosite et des beaux-arts, 1911. 1911. r7O2 A6i
Address list of museums, artists and dealers in about 300 French towns with some
added information on art affairs in other European countries.
Watelet, Claude Henri, & Levesque, P. C. r7O3
Dictionnaire des arts de peinture, sculpture et gravure. 5v. 1792.
704 Essays
Chesneau, Ernest. 704 42
Education of the artist; tr. by Clara Bell. 1886. Cassell.
Religious, historical and decorative art, and art in its relation to modern life and to
nature are some of the subjects discussed in these essays.
"Contains much matter which may give valuable suggestions to the student."
Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Clausen, George. 74 54
Aims and ideals in art; eight lectures delivered to the students of
the Royal Academy. 1906. Methuen.
Contents: On truth to nature and style. Imagination and the ideal. Invention.
Taste. Drawing. Quality in colour. The relative importance of subject and treat-
ment.
"They have value as the confidential chats of a delightful and highly gifted painter
to the beginners of his own profession. His remarks on quality in colour and... direct
brush work. . .are excellent. So also is the whole chapter on drawing." Saturday rt-
view, 1907.
Illustrated by reproductions of drawings by Claude, Rembrandt and other artists.
I28o FINE ARTS ESSAYS
Hazlitt, William. 704
Essays on the fine arts; ed. by W. C. Hazlitt. 1873. Reeves.
Contents: On Haydon's Solomon. An inquiry whether the fine arts are promoted
by academies and public institutions. Character of Sir Joshua Reynolds. On the Cata-
logue raisonne of the British Institution. West's picture of Death on the pale horse.
On Farington's Life of Sir Joshua Reynolds. On originality. On the ideal. On
judging of pictures. On William's views of Greece. On the portrait of an English
lady, by Vandyck. On Lady Morgan's Life of Salvator Rosa. On Hogarth's Marriage
a-la-mode. On the fine arts. On the Elgin marbles. The Vatican. English students
at Rome. Fonthill abbey. On Flaxman's Lectures on sculpture. Royal Academy.
Sketches of the principal picture-galleries in England, etc.
Huneker, James Gibbons. 704
Promenades of an impressionist. 1910. Scribner.
Contents: Paul Cezanne. Rops the etcher. Monticelli. Rodin. Eugene Car-
riere. Degas. Botticelli. Six Spaniards: "El Greco." "Velasquez." Goya. For-
tuny. Sorolla. Zuloaga. Chardin. Black and white: Piranesi. Meryon. John Mar-
tin. Zorn. Brangwyn. Daumier. Lalanne. Legrand. Guys. Impressionism : Mo-
net. Renoir. Manet. A new study of Watteau. Gauguin and Toulouse-Lautrec.
Literature and art. Museum promenades. Coda.
Brief critical studies.
Low, Will Hicok. 704 Lgs
A painter's progress; a partial survey along the pathway of art in
America and Europe, with sundry examples and precepts culled from
personal encounter with existing conditions and reference to the ca-
reers of many artists both ancient and modern; six discourses forming
the fifth annual series of the Scammon lectures, delivered before the
Art Institute of Chicago, April 1910. 1910. Scribner.
Contents: The awakening of vocation. The education of the artist. The problem
of self-support. Experiences in the Old World. Thirty years at home and abroad.
Our present and our future.
Lyka, Karoly. 704 Lg8
Kis konyv a mtiveszetrol. 1908.
Palgrave, Francis Turner. 704 Pi8
Essays on art. 1867. Kurd.
Contents: The Royal Academy of 1863-65. Mulready. Dyce and William Hunt.
Hippolyte Flandrin. Herbert's "Delivery of the law." Recent works by Holman
Hunt. Exhibition of F. M. Brown. George Cruikshank. Japanese art. Sensational
art. Poetry and prose in art. Lost treasures. Behnes the sculptor. Thorvaldsen's
life and works. The Farnese marbles. On the position of sculpture in England.
Sculpture and painting. Triqueti's "Marmor Homericum." The Albert cross and Eng-
lish monumental sculpture. Thackeray in the abbey. New Paris.
Poynter, Sir Edward John. 704 P87
Ten lectures on art. 1879. Chapman.
Contents: Decorative art. Old and new art. Systems of art education. Hints on
the formation of a style. The training of art students. On the study of nature.
Value of prizes. Objects of study. Professor Ruskin on Michelangelo. The influence
of art on social life.
Ruskin, John. 704 R8gm2
Mornings in Florence; being studies of Christian art for English
travellers, and Time and tide, The art of England, Notes on the con-
struction of sheepfolds. Estes.
"The untrained student in ancient art is seriously misled and his time wasted when
any attempt is made to visit and study paintings with these books in hand. After one
has become familiar with the pictures, these books may be useful as suggesting an ideal
of art which is certainly not the artist's view, but may still be defended by those who
seek in pictures something which is not their pictorial quality." Sturgis and Krehbiel's
Annotated bibliography of fine art.
FINE ARTS PERIODICALS 1281
Symons, Arthur. 704 898
Studies in seven arts. 1906. Button.
Contents: Rodin. The painting of the nineteenth century. Gustave Moreau.
Watts. Whistler. Cathedrals. The decay of craftsmanship in England. Beethoven.
The ideas of Richard Wagner. The problem of Richard Strauss. Eleonora Duse.
A new art of the stage. A symbolist farce [Ubu roi, by Alfred Jarry]. Pantomime
and the poetic drama. The world as ballet.
Thackeray, William Makepeace. . 704 T33
Essays on art. [1904.] Kelmscott Soc.
"An essay on the genius of George Cruikshank," p. 31-88.
"George Cruikshank's works," p.3i-33-
Brompton edition.
705 Periodicals
qr705 Ai6
Academy notes; monthly, June igos-date. v.i-date. i9O5-date.
Issued by the Buffalo Fine Arts Academy.
Jan. igio-date, issued quarterly.
qr?os AS i
American art review; a journal devoted to the practice, theory, history
and archaeology of art. [2v.] 1880-81.
No more published.
American Federation of Arts. ryos AS 12
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist), 1910. 1910.
Art and progress; monthly, Dec. 1909-date. v.i, no.2-date.
Published by the American Federation of Arts.
Art et decoration; revue mensuelle d'art moderne; index, v.i-24, 1897-
1908.
For volumes of magazine see preceding catalogue, first series.
qr705 A7844
Art workers' quarterly; a portfolio of practical designs for decorative
and applied art, igos-Oct. 1906. v.4~5.
qryos A7Q
Artist; an illustrated monthly record of arts, crafts and industries,
v. 16-23. 1895-98.
For v.24-34 see preceding catalogue, first series.
Brush and pencil; monthly, April-Sept. 1898. v.2. 1898. qryos 683
For later volumes see preceding catalogue, first series.
qr7os C6g
Collector and art critic; semimonthly, Feb. I9x>5-Jan. 1907. v.3~S.
1905-07.
Continuation of the "Collector."
Discontinued in Oct. 1900, resumed publication Feb. 15, 1905.
For v.i -2 see preceding catalogue, first series.
qr?05 C75
Connoisseur; an illustrated magazine for collectors [monthly], Sept.
I9oi-date. v.i-date. igoi-date.
Index, v.i-24, Sept. I9oi-Aug. 1909. 2v. in I.
Presents information useful for the collector of pictures, furniture, books, pottery,
silver, medals, stamps, etc., with a monthly review of the chief sales.
1282 FINE ARTS PERIODICALS
qryos F4Q4
Fine arts journal, devoted to art, music & literature [monthly], 1909-
date. v.2O-date. ipoo-date.
qryos 625
Gazette des beaux-arts; courrier europeen de 1'art et de la curiosite
[biweekly and monthly]; table generales, y.i-iO3, 1859-1908. v.i.
For other indexes and for volumes of magazine see preceding catalogue, first series.
Die Kunst fur alle [semimonthly], Oct. i9O9-date. v.25-date. 1909-
date.
qryos K43
Kunst und kunsthand*werk; monatsschrift des K. K. Osterr. Museums
fuer Kunst und Industrie, igoo-date. 9. jahrgang-date.
Profusely illustrated magazine, devoted chiefly to information in regard to exhibi-
tions in the art museums of the world, arts and crafts societies, etc.
qr7<35 M248
Magazine of fine arts [monthly], Nov. i9O5-Aug. 1906. 2v. 1905-06.
No more published.
qr705 Pi8
Palette and bench; a monthly magazine for the art student and crafts-
worker, Oct. I9o8-Dec. 1910. v.i-v.3, no. 3. 1908-10.
No more published.
ryos 817
Salon of the dilettanti; a journal of comment without puff, pull or plati-
tude [monthly], i9O7-March 1908. v.i-v.2, no. 3. [1907-08.]
Not published from July to Dec. 1907.
Continuation of articles which appeared under this title in "Brush and pencil"
from Dec. 1905 to Dec. 1906. Each number consists of short essays mainly on subjects
of current art interest.
705 837
School arts book [monthly], Sept. igoS-date. v.8-date. 1909-date.
The same, Sept. 1907-date. v.7-date. igoS-date ............ T705 837
No numbers published during July and August.
Intended especially for students and teachers of drawing in primary and secondary
schools. Fully illustrated, partly in color.
qr7O5 862
Sketch book; a magazine devoted to the fine arts, Sept. igoo-Dec. 1907.
v.6-v.7, no. i. [1906-07.]
Published irregularly; discontinued with v-7, no.i.
^05.1 A78
"Art craftsman;" technical and handicrafts year book, 1909-10. [1909.]
706 Societies
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences Museum. qb7o6 677
Memoirs of art and archaeology, v.i, no.4. 1904.
v.i,no.4. Vertical curves and other architectural refinements in the Gothic cathe-
drals and churches of northern France and in early Byzantine churches at Constanti-
nople, by W. H. Goodyear.
For v.i, no. 1-2, see preceding catalogue, second series.
Hispanic Society of America. r7o6 H6i
Hispanic Society of America, founded 1904. 1910.
ART EDUCATION 1283
New York (city) Art commission. qr7o6 N26
Annual report for 1906-11.
Commission has jurisdiction over all designs for municipal buildings, bridges, etc.,
and all works of art acquired by the city, which include 'not only paintings and statues,
but stained glass,' fountains, monuments, etc. In 1911 the number of questions con-
sidered was 208, involving an expenditure of approximately $25,500,000.
For volumes for 1904-05 see preceding catalogue, second series.
New York (city) Art commission. Tjo6 N26c
[Art commission of the city of New York, by J. M. Carrere and
J. Q. Adams.]
Brief account of the inception and growth of this commission, which has jurisdic-
tion over works of art owned by the city, over structures built wholly or in part on
public land and over lines, grades and plotting of public ways and grounds.
Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures ryo6 867
and Commerce.
Directory of the Royal Society of Arts; ed. by Sir H. T. Wood.
1909. Bell.
707 Art education
Boston, Museum of Fine Arts Museum school. r7oy 864
Annual report (ioth~35th), 1885/86-1910/11. 1886-1911.
Prior to 1902 the name of the school was School of Drawing and Painting of the
Museum of Fine Arts.
Council of Supervisors of the Manual Arts. 0^707 C8s
Year-book; annual meeting (3d-7th), 1903-07. 1903-07.
"Bibliography of the manual arts" in each volume.
The Council of Supervisors of the Manual Arts was organized in 1901 and dis-
banded in 1907. Its chief function was the critical discussion of questions concerned
with the teaching of the manual arts in the public schools. The year-book consists of
papers bearing on the subject contributed by members.
Dow, Arthur Wesley. 707 076
Theory and practice of teaching art.
Reprinted, with additional plates, from "Teachers College record," v.p, no. 3, May
1908.
By the professor of fine arts (1908) in the Teachers College, Columbia University.
Outlines courses in drawing, modeling, painting, house decoration and art pedagogy.
Numerous illustrations.
Franklin Institute. r7O7 F8y
Proceedings relative to the establishment of a school of design for
women, 1850.
Haney, James Parton, ed. 707 Has
Art education in the public schools of the United States; a sym-
posium prepared under the auspices of the American committee of the
third International Congress for the Development of Drawing and Art
Teaching, London, August 1908. 1908. Amer. Art Annual.
Deals not only with the art work done in the public schools, colleges and art
schools, but with art societies connected with public schools, the educational work of
the art museums, child study in relation to elementary art education, etc. Many illus-
trations.
1284 ARTS AND CRAFTS. ART GALLERIES
Arts and crafts
Brown, Gerald Baldwin. 707.2 678
Arts & crafts of our Teutonic forefathers; the substance of the
Rhind lectures for 1909. 1910. Foulis. (Arts and crafts of the nations.)
"Bibliography," p. 232-238.
Begins with an investigation of the artistic qualities of the early Teutons, to de-
termine how far these people possessed an original art before they came into contact
with the Roman world. Attention is then directed to the cemeteries in which most of
the artistic remains of the Teutonic tribes have come to light, and finally, a survey of
the different classes of objects is given. Illustrated.
Good housekeeping. 707.2 G62
The Good housekeeping manual of home handicraft. 1908. Phelps
Pub. Co.
Suggestions and directions for making various household articles, such as curtains,
lamp-shades, book-covers, sofa pillows, etc., most of them to be decorated with stenciling.
Prices of the various designs are given. Illustrated from photographs.
Pittsburgh, Art Society. rjoj.z P6j
Exhibition of artistic industries of the Pittsburgh district; arranged
by the society, Feb. 8th to 23d, 1911. [1911.]
Priestman, Mabel Tuke. 707.2 P4
Handicrafts in the home. 1910. McClurg.
Contents: Introduction. Piercing sheet metal. Repousse work. Etching on
metal. Pottery-making. Wood- and chip-carving. Stencil craft. Stencilling by means
of acids. Block printing. Batik, an ancient Javanese handcraft. Leather work.
Pyrography. Marine mosaics. Decorative window treatment. Home-made furniture.
Hand-woven rugs. Fancy pattern weaving. Crocheted rugs. Pulled rugs. Beaded
drawn work and other novelties. Netting. Old-time quilting. Artistic darning. Rib-
bon work. Raffia needlework. Applique.
708 Art galleries and museums. Exhibitions
Hall, Myra S. r7o8 Hi?
What to see in the great galleries of Europe. 1906. Edwards.
Narrower in its scope than the ordinary guide-book, for neither explanation nor
criticism is included. Under each gallery is given merely a list of the more important
works of art which are to be found in it.
Singleton, Esther, comp. 708 S6i
How to visit the great picture galleries. 1911. Dodd.
The same ................................................. r7o8 S6i
Miss Singleton has selected from the vast number of paintings in the European gal-
leries those which are recognized by critics as the masterpieces and has culled passages
descriptive of them from the works of art historians and authoritative critics. Fully
illustrated.
America
Addison, Mrs Julia de Wolf (Gibbs). 708.1 A22
Boston Museum of Fine Arts; a descriptive and critical account of
its treasures, which represent the arts and crafts from remote antiquity
to the present time [1910]. 1910. Page.
ART GALLERIES AND MUSEUMS 1285
Boston, Museum of Fine Arts. 1708.1 6643
Annual report (ist-35th), 1876-1910. 1876-1911.
ist report title reads "Proceedings at the opening, with the reports for 1876."
1 4th report, for 1889, wanting.
Boston, Museum of Fine Arts. r7o8.i 66403
Catalogue of works of art exhibited 1883/1884. v.i. 1884.
v.i. Sculpture and antiquities.
For v.2 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Boston, Museum of Fine Arts. ryoS.i BG/^h
Handbook. 1906.
Buffalo, N. Y., Albright Art Gallery. ryoS.i B86
Catalogues and statement of condition, constitution and by-laws, list
of members, etc. 1906-07.
Contents: Catalogue of the 2d annual exhibition of selected water-colors by Ameri-
can artists. Catalogue of the permanent collection of sculpture and paintings, with some
additions. Catalogue of an exhibition of contemporary German paintings, Dec. 26,
1906 to Jan. 20, 1907. Statement of condition, constitution and by-laws, list of mem-
bers, etc.
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. ryoS.i C2icat
Catalogue of a summer loan exhibition of paintings, Carnegie Insti-
tute, August I3th through October 3Oth, 1908. [1908.] Pittsburgh.
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. r7o8.i C2icta
Catalogue of a summer loan exhibition of paintings, Carnegie Insti-
tute, July ist through Sept. 30, 1910. [1910.] Pittsburgh.
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. ryoS.i C2ict
Catalogue of the summer exhibition at the Carnegie Institute, June
28th until Oct. 5th, 1902. [1902. Pittsburgh.]
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. ryoS.i C2ico
Conditions of entry and award for the international exhibition of oil
paintings to be held at the Carnegie Institute from April 27th through
June 3oth, 1911. Pittsburgh.
English and French text.
Drexel Institute, Philadelphia. r 708.1 D82
Catalogue of the paintings in the picture gallery. 1908.
Francke, Kuno. T7o8.i F87
Hand book of the Germanic Museum [Harvard University]. 1908.
Harvard University.
The aim of the museum is to illustrate, by reproductions of typical works of the
fine arts and the crafts, the development of Germanic culture from the first contact of
Germanic tribes with the civilization of the Roman empire to the present day.
Maryland Historical Society. r7o8.i M43
Catalogue of paintings, engravings, &c. at the picture gallery of the
Maryland Historical Society (3d-5th, 7th exhibition), 1850, 1853, 1856,
1868. 1850-68. (Maryland Historical Society. Publications.)
Catalogue of sth exhibition includes that of the first exhibition of the Artists'
Association of Baltimore.
With this are bound the following publications of the society: Catalogue of paint-
ings at the picture gallery of the society, free exhibition, 1874. Descriptive catalogue
1286 ART GALLERIES AND MUSEUMS
Maryland Historical Society continued. r 708.1 M43
of statuary on exhibition at the gallery of the society, 1875. Descriptive catalogue of
statuary and paintings on exhibition at the gallery of the society, 1879. Constitution
and by-laws of the society, 1867. Charter, constitution and by-laws of the society and
a catalogue of the society's publications, 1844-78. Catalogue of the manuscripts, maps,
medals, coins, statuary, portraits and pictures and an account of the library of the society,
by Lewis Mayer, 1854. Newspapers in the Maryland Historical Society, by J. W. M. Lee.
Montreal, Numismatic and Antiquarian Society. r7o8.i M87
Catalogue of the Chateau de Ramezay museum and portrait gallery;
prepared by Thomas O'Leary. 1906.
New York (city) Art commission. qr7o8.i N26i
Catalogue of the works of art belonging to the city of New York.
1909.
New York (city), Committee on Art and Exhibition of Centennial Cele-
bration of the Inauguration of George Washington as First Presi-
dent of the United States.
Catalogue of the loan exhibition of historical portraits and relics,
Metropolitan Opera House, New York city, April I7th to May 8th, 1889.
1889.
New York (city), Metropolitan Museum of Art. r7o8.i N26ca
Catalogue of the collection of casts. 1908.
New York (city), Metropolitan Museum of Art. r7o8.i Na6h
Handbooks, v.2-6. 1904-07.
v.2. Catalogue of the Crosby Brown collection of musical instruments of all na-
tions; Europe. 1
v.3. Catalogue of the Crosby Brown collection of musical instruments of all
nations; Asia.
v-4. Catalogue of the Crosby Brown collection of musical instruments of all
nations; Africa, pt.i.
v.s. Catalogue of the Crosby Brown collection of musical instruments of all
nations; historical groups.
v.6. Catalogue of the Crosby Brown collection of musicians' portraits; biographical
sketches.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, first series.
New York (city), Metropolitan Museum of Art. ryoS.i N26hu
Hudson-Fulton celebration; catalogue of an exhibition held in the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, Sept.-Nov. 1909. 2v. in I. 1909.
Contents: Catalogue of a collection of paintings by Dutch masters of the i7th cen-
tury. Catalogue of an exhibition of American paintings, furniture, silver and other
objects of art, 1625-1825.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts. r7o8.i
Catalogue of the annual exhibition (3Oth, 66th-69th), 1853, 1896/97-
1900.
For later volumes see preceding catalogue, first series.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts. r7o8.i P4gl
Loan exhibition of historical portraits, Dec. I, i887-Jan. 15, 1888;
catalogue. 1887.
Gives much interesting information about the subjects of the portraits. No illus-
trations.
ART GALLERIES AND MUSEUMS 1287
Preyer, David Charles. 708.1
Art of the Metropolitan Museum of New York; a descriptive and
critical account of its treasures, which represent the arts and crafts
from remote antiquity to the present time [1909]. 1909. Page.
Begins with a brief history of the museum and statement of its aims, and closes
with a list of benefactors. The 19 intervening chapters give brief histories or technical
explanations of each branch of art, with incidental mention of examples in the galleries.
Rathbun, Richard. rsoy U25b no.yo
National gallery of art, Department of fine arts of the National
museum. 1909. (In United States National museum. Bulletin no.7o.)
Taylor, Talbot Jones. qr7o8.i T25
The Talbot J. Taylor collection; furniture, wood-carving and other
branches of the decorative arts. 1906. Putnam.
This collection at Cedarhurst, Long Island, consists chiefly of furniture, with
some speciments of carved wood and a few purely decorative objects, statuettes, etc.
Illustrations are half tone, with very brief text.
United States Commissioners to the Paris Universal ryoS.i P23U
Exposition, 1889.
Official catalogue of the United States; fine arts section. 1889.
Western Pennsylvania Exposition Society, Pittsburgh. rjoB.i P6y
Art gallery; exposition [catalogue], 1890, 1894, 1896. [1890-96.]
Pittsburgh.
Catalogues for 1890 and 1894 bound with other pamphlets (1627.1 P6?).
England
Brockwell, Maurice W. 708.2 876
National Gallery: Lewis bequest, with preface by Sir Charles Hol-
royd. 1909. Allen.
"Bibliography," p. 185-1 89.
Carefully prepared handbook of the pictures- added to the National Gallery, London,
through the bequest of Thomas Denison Lewis in 1863.
Cook, Edward Tyas, comp. 1708.2 773
Popular handbook to the National Gallery; including notes collected
from the works of Mr Ruskin. 2v. 1901-09. Macmillan.
v.i. Foreign schools.
v.2. British schools (including the Tate Gallery).
London, National Gallery. r7o8.2 L82d
Descriptive and historical catalogue of the pictures and other works
of art in the National Gallery, with biographical notices of the deceased
artists; British school. 1909.
London, National Gallery. 1708.2 LSade
Descriptive and historical catalogue of the pictures in the National
Gallery, with biographical notices of the painters; foreign schools.
1906.
Manchester, England Art gallery. r7o8.2 M32
Loan exhibition of works by early British masters, winter 1909.
[1909. Heywood.]
1288 ART GALLERIES AND MUSEUMS
Oxford University Ashmolean museum. r7o8.a 035
Ashmolean Museum; summary guide. 1909.
This museum is the oldest in Great Britain and one of the oldest in Europe. It is
particularly rich in jEgean, Hittite and Egyptian antiquities. The handbook has been
prepared by specialists on the museum staff or allied with it.
Royal Academy pictures, 1888-99. 1888-99. qryo8.2 R8i
Being the Royal Academy supplement of the "Magazine of art."
For later volumes see preceding catalogue, first series.
Stokes, Hugh, comp. 708.2 887
Art treasures of London; a chronological guide to the schools of
painting as represented in the public galleries of London, the collec-
tions at Dulwich & Hampton Court & the university museums of Ox-
ford & Cambridge. 1908. Fairbairns. (Art treasures series.)
Germany. Austria
Addison, Mrs Julia de Wolf (Gibbs). 708.3 A22
Art of the Dresden gallery; a critical survey of the schools and
painters as represented in the royal collection. 1907. Bell.
"Bibliography," p.445-446.
This gallery is especially rich in Dutch and Italian works. The book contains many
illustrations.
Berlin, Kb'nigliche National-Galerie. qr7o8-3 8455
Ausstellung deutscher kunst aus der zeit von 1775-1875 in der
Koniglichen Nationalgalerie, Berlin, 1906; hrsg. vom vorstand der
deutschen jahrhundertausstellung. 2v. 1906. Bruckmann.
v.i. Auswahl der hervorragendsten bilder mit einleitendem text von Hugo von
Tschudi.
v.z. Katalog der gemalde mit 1137 abbildungen.
In 1906 there was held in the National gallery of Berlin a centennial exhibition
representative of German art from 1775 to 1875. Volume i contains a collection of
reproductions of the more important paintings, with brief introductory text affording
a survey of the period covered. Volume 2 is a catalogue of the complete exhibition,
with smaller illustrations and brief text.
Berlin, Konigliche National-Galerie. r7o8-3 B455V
Verzeichnis der gemalde und skulpturen in der Koniglichen Na-
tional-Galerie zu Berlin. 1908. Mittler.
The first part of the catalogue gives brief biographical sketches of artists, with
lists of their works in the gallery. The second part consists of reproductions of some
of these works.
Preyer, David Charles. 708.3 PQ3
Art of the Vienna galleries; giving a brief history of the public and
private galleries of Vienna with a critical description of the paintings
therein contained. 1911. Page. (Art galleries of Europe.)
"Bibliography," p. 319-320.
France
Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris. qr7o8.4 647
Exposition d'ceuvres d'art du i8e siecle a la Bibliotheque Nationale;
catalogue, miniatures, gouaches, estampes en couleurs, franchises et
anglaises, 1750-1815, medailles et pierres gravees, 1700-1800, biscuits de
Sevres. 1906.
ART GALLERIES AND MUSEUMS 1289
Goupil & Cie, pub. qr7o8.4 074
Salon, 1883; cent planches en photogravure, v.4. 1883.
The text is by various critics, among whom are Armand Dayot, Henry Havard and
Georges Olmer.
For other volumes see preceding catalogue, first series.
Montrosier, Eugene. qr7o8-4 M87
Les chefs-d'oeuvre d'art au Luxembourg; publication hebdomadaire,
1880. no. 1-42. Baschet.
Reproductions of some of the pictures of the Luxembourg with descriptive text,
some notice of the artists, historical sketch of the palace, poems, and short literary
sketches.
Italy
Cruttwell, Maud, comp. 708.5 C8g
Guide to the paintings in the churches and minor museums of Flor-
ence; a critical catalogue with quotations from Vasari, illustrated with
miniature reproductions of the pictures and frescoes. 1908. Dent. (Art
collections of Europe.)
Binder's title reads "Florentine churches, etc."
Cruttwell, Maud, comp. ryoS.s C8g
Guide to the paintings in the Florentine galleries: the Uffizi, the
Pitti [and] the Accademia; a critical catalogue with quotations from
Vasari. 1907. Dent. (Art collections of Europe.)
"It appears at a moment when a new critical handbook to the Uffizi, Pitti, and
Accademia was sorely needed, and contains a vast amount of information in small
compass. Miss Cruttwell has been wise enough to spare us the ordinary guide-book
descriptions, while supplying in a clear and concise form every established fact con-
nected with each picture. For criticism she has drawn largely upon Vasari." Athe-
n<eum, 1907.
Illustrated with miniature reproductions of many of the paintings.
Malaguzzi Valeri, Francesco. r 7o8.5 Mzj
Catalogo della R. Pinacoteca di Brera, con cenno storico di Corrado
Ricci. 1908.
Illustrated.
Naples, Real Museo Borbonico, afterward Museo T7o8.5 Ni2g
Nazionale.
Guida illustrata del Museo Nazionale di Napoli; approvata dal
ministero della pubblica istruzione, compilata da D. Bassi [and others],
per cura di A. Ruesch. [1909?]
Naples, Real Museo Borbonico, afterward Museo qr7o8-5 Ni2
Nazionale.
Real Museo Borbonico. v.i-15. 1824-56.
The Museum was established in 1790. In 1816 Ferdinand I named it Real Museo
Borbonico. Now it is the Museo Nazionale. . Here are united the collections belonging
to the crown, the Farnese collection from Rome and Parma, those. of the palaces of
Portici and Capodimonte, and the objects recovered from Herculaneum, Pompeii,
Stabiae and Cumae. These united collections now form one of the finest in the world.
Robertson, Alice. 708.5
Roman picture galleries; a guide and handbook to all the picture
galleries in the Eternal city. 1907. Bell.
Catalogue of the pictures in the galleries. Brief descriptions or explanations are
occasionally given, but there are no illustrations.
1290 ART GALLERIES AND MUSEUMS
Waring & Gillow, London. 1708.5 W22
Warings' exhibition of Italian art, 1909; furniture, tapestries, mar-
bles, bronzes, embroideries, lace, academy pictures.
Spain. Russia
Calvert, Albert Frederick, & Hartley, C. G. afterward 708.6 Ci4
Mrs Gallichan.
The Prado; a description of the principal pictures in the Madrid
gallery. 1907. Lane. (Spanish series.)
The authors devote several chapters to the Spanish school of painting from its early
beginnings in the i4th and isth centuries. A distinctive feature is the bringing to-
gether of over 200 reproductions of works in the gallery.
Les anciennes ecoles de peinture dans les palais et collections privees
russes; representees a 1'exposition organisee a St-Petersbourg en 1909
par la revue d'art ancien (Starye gody) ; texte par P. P. Weiner [and
others]. 1910.
Netherlands
Amsterdam, Rijks-Museum. r7o8.g A$2
Beknopte gids door 's Rijks Museum, bewerkt door W. P. Brons.
Catalogue of the Rijks Museum, which contains a very valuable collection of paint-
ings and engravings, being especially rich in the works of Rembrandt.
Amsterdam, Rijks-Museum. r7o8.g As2c
Catalogue of the pictures, miniatures, pastels, framed drawings, etc.
in the Rijks-Museum, with supplement. 1910.
"Bibliography of the catalogues," p. 21- 25.
Preyer, David Charles. 708.9 PQ3
Art of the Netherland galleries; a history of the Dutch school of
painting, illuminated and demonstrated by critical descriptions of the
great paintings in the many galleries. 1908. Page.
"Bibliography," p. 371-372.
Singleton, Esther. 708.9 S6i
The standard galleries; Holland. 1908. McClurg.
Contents: The Hague gallery. The Rijks Museum. The Stedelijk Museum. The
town hall, Haarlem. The Boijmans Museum, Rotterdam.
Other countries
Bendix, Carl Ludwig, & Folcker, E. G. qr7o8.g 642
Allmanna Svenska utstallningen for konsthandtverk och konstindus-
tri i Stockholm, 1909. 1910. Haeggstrom.
Budapest, Szemiiveszeti Muzeum. r7o8.g 685
Catalogue des tableaux anciens et modernes du musee des beaux-
arts de Budapest [par] Gabriel de Terey. v.i. 1910.
v.i. Maitres anciens.
HISTORY OF ART 1291
Singleton, Esther. 78.g S6ia
Art of the Belgian galleries; a history of the Flemish school of paint-
ing, illuminated and demonstrated by critical descriptions of the great
paintings in Bruges, Antwerp, Ghent, Brussels and other Belgian cities.
1909. Page. (Art galleries of Europe.)
A careful compilation from approved sources, affording a readable commentary for
the tourist. Contains 48 clear half-tone cuts.
709 History of art
Addison, Mrs Julia de Wolf (Gibbs). 79 A22
Arts and crafts in the middle ages; a description of mediaeval work-
manship in several of the departments of applied art, together with
some account of special artisans in the early renaissance. 1908. Page.
"Bibliography," p.36s~367.
Excellent colored illustrations.
Balch, Edwin Swift. qjog Bi8
Comparative art. 1906. Allen.
The purpose of the monograph is to examine and compare the fine arts of as many
races as possible for the light these arts may throw on the early development of man.
Carotti, Giulio. 709 23
History of art; revised by Mrs Arthur Strong, v.i, v.2, pt.i. 1908-09.
Duckworth.
v.i. Ancient art.
v.2, pt.i. Early Christian and neo-oriental art. European art north of the Alps.
v.2, pt.i is translated by Beryl de Zoete.
"Bibliography" at the end of each volume.
Humphreys, Henry Noel. q r 79 Hg2
Ten centuries of art; its progress in Europe from the 9th to the I9th
century. 1852. Grant.
Brief essays in which all branches of art are discussed.
HcaKOBt, C. K. q709 129
Binnoe BT> HCKyccxB-i.
Kuhn, Albert. qr7og K43
Allgemeine kunst-geschichte, mit aesthetischer vorschule als ein-
leitung zur geschichte und zum studium der bildenden kiinste; die
werke der bildenden kunste vom standpunkte der geschichte, technik,
aesthetik. 4v. in 7. [i89i]-i9ii.
v.i, pt.i 2. Geschichte der baukunst.
v.2, pt.i-2. Geschichte der plastik.
v-3, pt.i-2. Geschichte der malerei.
v.4. Allgemeines register der sach-, personen- und ortsnamen und technisches
vokabular.
From earliest times to the 2oth century. Many illustrations, some in color.
Lipparini, Giuseppe. 709
Storia dell' arte, con prefazione di Enrico Panzacchi. 1904. Bar-
bera.
1292 HISTORY OF ART
Liibke, Wilhelm.
Outlines of the history of art; ed. by Russell Sturgis. 2v. 1904.
Dodd.
The edition of 1904 is brought up to date by minute revision and considerable addi-
tions. Many new illustrations.
"This work, for some years, has had the reputation of being the most popular of the
several hand-books of the history of art. It abounds in most carefully prepared illustra-
tions, and is perhaps equally adapted to interest and instruct. It is an excellent book
from which to obtain the fundamental knowledge necessary for a good judgment con-
cerning works of art." Adams's Manual of historical literature.
Michel, Andre, ed. VJog M66
Histoire de 1'art depuis les premiers temps Chretiens jusqu'a nos
jours, v. 1-4, in 8. 1905-11. Colin.
v.i, pt. 1-2. Des debuts de 1'art chretien a la fin de la periode romane.
v.z, pt.i-2. Formation, expansion et evolution de 1'art gothique.
v.3, pt. 1-2. Le realisme. Les debuts de la renaissance.
v.4, pt.i-2. La renaissance.
"Bibliographic" at the end of each part.
A work of specialists for the lettered public, by no means a manual for first studies.
It can be used profitably only by those who carry in their heads the memory of the
important monuments, or better, read beside a photograph cabinet. Illustrations are re-
duced in number and scale to a minimum. Condensed from Nation, 1906.
Miintz, Eugene, & Moreau, P. L. ed. V79
Le musee d'art. 2v. Larousse.
v.i. Galerie des chefs-d'oeuvre et precis de 1'histoire de 1'art depuis les origines
jusqu'au 196 siecle; ouvrage public sous la direction de Eugene Miintz.
v.2. Galerie des chefs-d'oeuvre et precis de 1'histoire de 1'art au ipe siecle, en
France et a 1'etranger; ouvrage public sous la direction de P. L. Moreau.
Reinach, Salomon. 709 RSI
Apollo; an illustrated manual of the history of art throughout the
ages; from the French by Florence Simmonds. 1910. Scribner.
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
Originally translated and published with title "Story of art throughout the ages."
Being a companion volume to Gow's "Minerva" (913.37 G7Sm).
"Generally recognized as unique of its kind. It tells in one concise narrative the
story of the growth of the arts from the stone age to our own days; it illustrates the
growth with a long series of little illustrations, and enables the student to extend his
researches by means of a concise bibliography." Burlington magazine, 7007.
Reinach, Salomon. 709 Rsim
A miiveszet kis tukre; a kepzomiiveszetek altalanos tortenete;
forditotta es a magyar miiveszettorteneti reszszel kibovitette Lazar
Bela. 1906.
Sharp, William. 709 853
Progress of art in the century; to which is added a History of music
in the 19th century by E. A. Sharp. 1906. Linscott Pub. Co. (i9th
century series.)
Survey of painting, sculpture, architecture and music in America and Europe. The
emphasis is laid on British art, and the work of Constable and Turner and the pre-
raphaelite movement are treated at considerable length.
Wroblewski, Karol. 709
Zasady pigkna wsztuce, z rycinami; architektura, rzezba, malarstwo.
[1904.]
HISTORY OF ART 1293
Wyatt, Sir Matthew Digby. 709
Fine art; a sketch of its history, theory, practice and application to
industry; being a course of lectures delivered at Cambridge in 1870.
1870. Macmillan.
Ancient art
Babelon, Ernest. 709.3 Bum
Manuel d'archeologie orientale; Chaldee, Assyrie, Perse, Syrie, Ju-
dee, Phenicie, Carthage. [1888.] Picard. (Bibliotheque de 1'enseigne-
ment des beaux-arts.)
"By a recognized authority. . .Remains of architecture and sculpture, engraved gems,
metal-work, etc., are briefly but intelligently treated." Sturgis and Krchbiel's Annotated
bibliography of fine art.
Egyptian art
Capart, Jean. 3709.32 Ci7
Primitive art in Egypt; tr. by A. S. Griffith. 1905. Lippincott.
By the keeper of the Egyptian antiquities in the Royal Museum at Brussels. The
book is based largely on the labors of Prof. Petrie. Illustrated.
Migeon, Gaston. 3709.32 M67
Le Caire, le Nil et Memphis. 1906. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Bibliographic," p. 153-1 54.
Fully illustrated.
Perrot, Georges, & Chipiez, Charles. 3709.32 ?44
History of art in ancient Egypt. 2v. 1883. Chapman.
"This work on Egypt is the most complete embodiment we have, in a book of moder-
ate size, of what was known at the time of its publication about Egyptian art." Sturgis
and Kretibiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Petrie, William Matthew Flinders. 709.32 P46
Arts & crafts of ancient Egypt. 1909. Foulis.
"Periods and kings referred to in this volume," p.8.
"Those who care for the art of Egypt and are bewildered by the archaeology, with
its many dynasties and its extreme antiquity, will welcome this book. The author takes
each department of his subject separately, sculpture, architecture, painting, jewellery,
and pottery being treated chronologically. . .Professor Petrie writes admirably on the
character of Egyptian art, and of its perfect appropriateness to its surroundings."
Spectator, 1910.
Etruscan art. Greek art
Martha, Jules. 30709.37 M42
L'art etrusque, d'apres les originaux ou d'apres les documents les
plus authentiques. 1889. Didot.
"Indications bibliographiques," [p.s].
Critical study of Etruscan art, its origins and the influence which it exerted on
Roman art. Fully illustrated.
Fowler, Harold North, & Wheeler, J. R. 709.38 F84
Handbook of Greek archaeology, with the collaboration of G. P.
Stevens. 1909. Amer. Book Co.
"Bibliography," 9.542-550.
Excellent text-book, fully illustrated. Covers architecture, sculpture, terra-cottas,
metal-work, coins, engraved gems, vases, painting and mosaic.
1294 HISTORY OF ART
Loewy, Emanuel. 709.38
Rendering of nature in early Greek art; tr. from the German by John
Fothergill. 1907. Duckworth.
Prof. Loewy's book has been recognized since its publication in 1900 as a brilliant
and original contribution not only to the psychology of art, but also to its history. His
main contention is that the primitive artist does not as a rule draw what he sees before
him but reproduces a memory picture of the most characteristic aspect of each part of a
group or figure. Condensed from Atlienaum, 1908.
Art of minor countries
Perrot, Georges, & Chipiez, Charles. Q79-39 ?44P
History of art in Phoenicia and its dependencies. 2v. 1885. Chap-
man.
Illustrated.
Perrot, Georges, & Chipiez, Charles. ^709.39 P44
History of art in Sardinia, Judaea, Syria and Asia Minor. 2v. 1890.
Chapman.
"That which will especially excite interest is the long study of the ancient architec-
tural Jerusalem, with the brilliant and suggestive restorations by Mr. Chipiez. The al-
most unknown antiquities of Sardinia, and the mysterious and disputed work of the peo-
ple who are called Hittites in English, are also considered." Sturgis and Krehbiel's An-
notated bibliography of fine art.
Modern art
Benjamin, Samuel Green Wheeler. 709.4 643
Contemporary art in Europe. 1877. Harper.
By an American author and artist. Popular illustrated account of contemporary
English, French and German art.
English art. Celtic art
Coffey, George. ^09.415 C66
Royal Irish Academy collection; guide to the Celtic antiquities of
the Christian period preserved in the National Museum, Dublin. 1909.
Hodges.
Allen, John Romilly. 709.42 A42
Celtic art in pagan and Christian times. [1905.] Jacobs.
Contents: The continental Celts and how they came to Britain. Pagan Celtic art
in the bronze age. Pagan Celtic art in the early iron age. Celtic art of the Christian
period.
Carter, John. qryog^ C23
Specimens of the ancient sculpture and painting now remaining in
England from the earliest period to the reign of Henry VIII, with crit-
ical and historical illustrations by Francis Douce and others, arranged
in topographical order and illustrated with copious notes by Dawson
Turner and others. 1838. Bohn.
Church, Arthur Herbert, and others. qr7og.42 C46
Some minor arts as practised in England. 1894. Macmillan.
Contents: English work in impressed horn, by C. H. Reed. English bookbindings,
by W. Y. Fletcher. Old English pottery, by A. H. Church. Old English fruit trenchers,
by A. H. Church. English effigies in wood, by Albert Hartshorne. English enamels,
by J. S. Gardner.
HISTORY OF ART 1295
German art. Austrian art
Welschinger, Henri. Q709-43
Strasbourg [in French]. 1908. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Bibliographic," p.i45-i47.
Fully illustrated.
Holme, Charles, ed.
Art-revival in Austria. 1906. (Studio. Special summer number,
1906.)
Discusses not only painting, but sculpture, architecture, interior decoration, etc.
There are many illustrations.
Holme, Charles, ed. qrjog.^Q
Peasant art in Austria and Hungary. 1911. (Studio. Special autumn
number, 1911.)
Contents: Austria, introduction by A. S. Levetus. Austrian peasant art, by M.
Haberlandt. Hungarian peasant art, by Aladar Kriesch-Korosfoi. The Saxons and
Roumanians in Transylvania, by A. S. Levetus. Croatia and Slavonia, by A. S. Levetus.
French art
Enlart, Camille. qyog.44 64
Rouen [in French]. 1906. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Bibliographic," p. 159-1 60.
Fully illustrated.
Hourticq, Louis. 709.44 H8s6
Art in France. 1911. Heinemann. (Ars una, species mille; general
history of art.)
"Bibliographical notice," p.g-io. Bibliography also at the end of each chapter.
"It is the first complete history of French art, and the necessarily hasty survey is
throughout sympathetic, learned, and brilliant. The book contains the data needed by
the beginner, but it will be read with keen delight by the initiate." Nation, 1911.
Houssaye, Arsene. 709.44 H8s
Histoire de 1'art franc.ais au i8e siecle. 1860. Plon.
Contents: LA SCULPTURE: Nicolas Coustou; Guillaume Coustou; Le dernier Cous-
tou; Bouchardon; Les Adam; Caffieri; Les Du Mont; Le Moine; Pajou; Allegrain;
Slodtz; Pigalle; Falconet; Clodion; Houdon; Les derniers venus. LA PEINTURE:
Largilliere; Hyacinthe Rigaud; Santerre; Philippe d'Orleans; Watteau; Lancret; Carle
Van Loo; Le Moine; Boucher; Chardin; La Tour; Vernet; Greuze; Fragonard; David;
Prudhon. LA MUSIQUE: Rameau; Campra; Mondonville; Monsigny; Jean-Jacques;
Gretry; Philidor; Dalayrac; Delia Maria; Les trois filles de Gretry. APPENDICE: Les
demi-maitres.
Short essays in criticism and biography.
Perate, Andre. Q7O9-44
Versailles; le chateau, les jardins, les Trianons, le musee, la ville.
1909. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Note bibliographique," p. 199.
Fully illustrated.
Vitry, Paul. q7O9-44
Tours et les chateaux de Touraine. 1907. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Note bibliographique," p.6.
Fully illustrated.
1296 HISTORY OF ART
Italian art
Diehl, Charles. Q7Q9-45
Palerme & Syracuse [in French]. 1907. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Bibliographic," p. 158.
Fully illustrated.
Diehl, Charles. 3709.45 Ds;r
Ravenne [in French]. 1907. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Note bibliographique," p. 133-1 34.
Fully illustrated.
Gallenga-Stuart, Romeo A. q7og.45 615
Perugia [in Italian]. 1907. (Italia artistica.)
Illustrated monograph on its art history.
Gebhart, fimile. 3709.45 626
Florence [in French]. 1907. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Table methodique des illustrations," p. 153-1 58.
Fully illustrated.
Gusman, Pierre. 3709.45 Gg7
Venise [in French]. 1902. (Les villes d'art celebres.)
"Bibliographic," p.i$2.
Fully illustrated.
Panzacchi, Enrico. 709.45 P22
II libro degli artisti; antologia. 1902.
Ricci, Corrado. 709.45 Rsg
Art in northern Italy. 1911. Scribner. (Ars una, species mille;
general history of art.)
"Bibliography" at the end of each chapter.
"Critique and history of painting, architecture and sculpture in northern Italy, by
the director general of fine arts and antiquities of Italy. Each city or province is
treated separately, but chronologically, and the text though condensed is very readable.
The illustrations include four color prints and 590 small but clear halftones in the text."
A. L. A. booklist, ign.
Rocca, Maria Embden-Heine, principessa della. qryog.45
L'arte moderna in Italia; studii, biografie e schizzi; Napoli. 1883.
Treves.
Short critical and biographical sketches of modern Italian artists, giving in almost
every instance a portrait of the artist and one example of his work.
Venturi, Adolfo. b7og.45 V26
Storia dell' arte italiana. v.3-6, v.7, pt.i. 1904-11. Hoepli.
v.3. L'arte romanica.
v-4. La.scultura del trecento e le sue origini.
v.s. La pittura del trecento e le sue origini.
v.6. La scultura del quattrocento.
v.7, pt. i. La pittura del quattrocento.
Spanish art
Schmidt, Karl Eugen. q7og.46 835
Seville; traduit et adapte par Henry Peyre. 1903. (Les villes d'art
celebres.)
Fully illustrated.
HISTORY OF ART 1297
Scandinavian art
Holme, Charles, ed. qr7og-485 H73
Peasant art in Sweden, Lapland and Iceland. 1910. (Studio. Special
autumn number, 1910.)
Contents: Sweden, by Sten Granlund. Lapland; Iceland, by Jarno Jessen.
"Contains about six hundred extremely interesting and beautifully reproduced illus-
trations, in color and halftone, embracing examples of furniture, woodwork, metal-work,
lace, tapestry, etc. Three brief articles are devoted to descriptions of the illustrations,
with some attention to the customs of the countries. The illustrations will be valuable
and suggestive to arts- and crafts-workers and to designers." A. L. A. booklist, 1911.
Japanese art
Dick, Stewart. 709.52 D54
Arts and crafts of old Japan. 1904. Foulis. (World of art series.)
Contents: Introductory. Painting. Colour printing. Sculpture and carving.
Metal work. Keramics. Lacquer. Landscape gardening and the arrangement of
flowers.
Joly, Henri L. qr7og.52 Ja8
Legend in Japanese art; a description of historical episodes, legend-
ary characters, folk-lore, myths, religious symbolism, illustrated in the
arts of old Japan. 1908. Lane.
"Bibliography," y. 421-437.
Key to the whole range of Japanese art, more especially as exhibited in metal-work
and netsukes. Collectors will find in it an ample and on the whole accurate, explana-
tion of the subjects of Japanese art, that is of the mythical, traditional, legendary or
simply descriptive intention of the artist. Over 700 illustrations, including 16 full-page
plates in color. Condensed from Athenaum, 1908.
Otto, Alexander Francis, & Holbrook, T. S. qr7og.52 031
Mythological Japan; or, The symbolisms of mythology in relation
to Japanese art. 1902. Biddle.
Valuable to purchasers of Japanese art works and bric-a-brac. There are panels and
full-page plates in color, with numerous illustrations of mythological subjects, marginals
of oriental symbols, and reproductions af subjects in noted collections. Besides repro-
ducing the work of Japanese artists the object of the compilers has been to interpret the
symbolism of the Far East. Condensed from Nation, 1902.
Arabian art. Indian art
Prisse d'Avennes, Achille Constant Theodore fimile. qb?og.53
L'art arabe d'apres les monuments du Kaire depuis le 7e siecle
jusqu'a la fin du i8e. 4v. 1877.
v.i. Texte.
v.2~4. Atlas.
Grunwedel, Albert. q?og.54 Gg4
Buddhist art in India; tr. by A. C. Gibson, revised and enlarged by
James Burgess. 1901. Quaritch.
"Bibliography," p.2i5~2i8.
"Has been accepted as a leading authority on the complicated subject it discusses
with all the traditional German exhaustiveness in research and elaboration of minute
technical criticism. . .Prof. Grunwedel is at his best in tracing the well-known Gandhara
style, to which he devotes the greater part of this suggestive study of Buddhist art."
Athenaeum, 1001.
1298 LANDSCAPE GARDENING
710 Landscape gardening
Civic art
Blomfield, Reginald, & Thomas, F. I. b7io 655
The formal garden in England. 1892. Macmillan.
"List of principal works referred to," p. 242-244.
"The writer and the draughtsman, who are the joint authors of the book, have
evidently travelled widely in search of good examples of the ancient style of house-
grounds, and they have been rewarded for their pains by the discovery of many charm-
ing places ... They are well described and happily illustrated." Nation, 1892.
qyio Far
Famous parks and gardens of the world described and illustrated. 1880.
Nelson.
Based largely on "Les jardins" of Arthur Mangin. Includes the gardens of Greece
and Rome, of the middle ages and the renaissance, as well as those of modern times.
Greening, Charles Earnest. q7io 684
Greening pictorial system of landscape gardening; a system of
decorative planting based on pictorial art, designed for the easy com-
prehension of amateur gardeners and as a reference book for landscape
architects. 1910. [Blade Printing & Paper Co.]
Holme, Charles, ed. qr7io Hysg
Gardens of England in the midland & eastern counties. 1908.
(Studio. Special winter number, 1908-09.)
Over 100 reproductions of photographs, with brief descriptive text. Many of the
gardens illustrated belong to famous estates and nearly all are of the elaborate or
formal type.
Holme, Charles, ed. qryio Hysga
Gardens of England in the northern counties. 1911. (Studio.
Special spring number, 1911.)
Holme, Charles, ed. qryio Hys
Gardens of England in the southern & western counties. 1907.
(Studio. Special winter number, 1907-08.)
Full-page plates, including a few in color, illustrating typical English gardens. The
introductory text contains two chapters on the history and principles of garden-making.
Kellaway, Herbert J. 710 Ki6
How to lay out suburban home grounds. 1907. Wiley.
Suggestions for the laying out and planting of small home grounds.
Long, Elias A. 710 L82
Ornamental gardening for Americans; a treatise on beautifying
homes, rural districts, towns and cemeteries. 1910. Judd.
First published in 1884.
Parsons, Samuel. 710 Pa61
Landscape gardening studies. 1910. Lane.
"Its brief and almost dry presentment of the results of more than a score of under-
takings of the most varied kinds is a record of achievement rather than an explanation
of methods; it is only seldom that Mr. Parsons pauses to show either principles or pro-
cesses. Nevertheless, the book is suggestive. Its illustrations, from photographs and
plans, are worth much study; and its chapters on evergreens and rhododendrons are
valuable for their advice and lists of varieties." Nation, 1910.
LANDSCAPE GARDENING 1299
Repton, Humphry. 71 ^35
Art of landscape gardening, including his Sketches and hints on
landscape gardening, and Theory and practice of landscape gardening;
ed. by John Nolen. 1907. Houghton.
The first of a series of authoritative books to be republished at the suggestion and
with the cooperation of the American Society of Landscape Architects. Repton (1752-
1818) was an English landscape gardener, a designer of great genius in the informal or
landscape style. His books, which embody the best results of his practice, have long
been out of print.
Robinson, William, F. L. S. 710 R$5
The garden beautiful, home woods, home landscape. 1906. Murray.
Intended for the country place. Has chapters on garden design, rock, wall, water
and wild gardens, etc. Half the book is a plea for planting and beautifying woods.
Robinson, William, F. L. 5. 710
Parks and gardens of Paris considered in relation to the wants of
other cities and of public and private gardens; being notes on a study of
Paris gardens. 1878. Macmillan.
Triggs, Harry Inigo. qt7io
Art of garden design in Italy; illustrated by Mrs Aubrey Le Blond.
1906. Longmans.
Historical introduction, followed by plans and illustrations of a large number of
famous Italian gardens, with brief descriptions.
Waugh, Frank Albert. 71
The landscape beautiful; a study of the natural landscape, its re-
lation to human life and happiness, with the application of these
principles in landscape gardening and art in general. 1910. Judd.
Civic art. City planning
Bibliography
Seattle, Wash. Public library. 1-016.71 844
Municipal plans; a list of books and references to periodicals in the
library. 1910. (Reference list no.i.)
General works
qr7io AS 1 25
The American city [monthly], Sept. igog-date. v.i-date. igog-date.
No number was issued in Dec. 1909.
Aim of this magazine is to act as a basis of cooperation, encouragement, and
information for all who are interested in civic improvement.
American Civic Association. r7io Asi2d
Department pamphlets, no.i-4. 1905.
no.i. The house beautiful and its relation to the city beautiful, by A. W. Craw-
ford. Window gardening, by H. D. Hemenway.
no.2. School gardens and their relation to other school work, by W. A. Baldwin.
no.3. Railroad improvements, by Mrs A. E. McCrea, and others.
no.4. Arts and crafts, by Mrs M. F. Johnston (introductory leaflet of the Arts
and crafts department).
1300 CIVIC ART. CITY PLANNING
American Civic Association. ryio Ai2p
[Publications]; series 2, no.i-4. 1908-11.
no. i. The smoke nuisance, by F. L. Olmsted and others. 1908.
The same. 1911.
no. 2. The billboard nuisance; ed. by C. R. Woodruff.
no.3. The White house conference on the conservation of natural resources, May
13-15, 1908; declaration of the governors as adopted May 15, 1908; The value of natural
scenery, address delivered before the conference by J. H. McFarland.
no. 4. City planning, by F. L. Olmsted.
American Federation of Arts. r7io
Proceedings of the convention at which the American Federation of
Arts was formed, held at Washington, D. C. May nth-i3th, 1909. 1909.
American Institute of Architects, Pittsburgh chapter. ryio Asi22
Plan for the architectural improvement of Pittsburgh. [1904.]
Reprinted from the "Proceedings of the sixth annual convention of the Archi-
tectural League of America," 1904.
American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society. ryio A5I23
The American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, a national
society for the protection of natural scenery, the preservation of land-
marks and the improvement of cities. [1908?]
American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society. r7io Asi23a
Annual report (5th, 9th-i6th), 1900, 1904-1910/11. 1900-11.
Brunner, Arnold William, & Carrere, J. M. qryio 683
Preliminary report for a city plan for Grand Rapids [Mich. 1909.
Dickinson].
Brunner, Arnold William, and others. qryio R$j
A city plan for Rochester [N. Y.]; a report prepared for the Roches-
ter Civic Improvement Committee by A. W. Brunner, F. L. Olmsted^
B.J.Arnold. 1911. Rochester Civic Improvement Committee.
Carnegie Dunfermline Trust. ryio C2i
Report of the proceedings for the year igos-date. igos-date.
The trust has charge of the fund given by Mr Carnegie in 1903 to be used for the
benefit of the people of Dunfermline, Scotland, his native town.
Chicago Plan commission. r7io C43
Chicago's greatest issue; an official plan. 1911.
Outline of the proposed plan for improving and beautifying the city.
Cleveland Public buildings and grounds, Board of qr7io Cs8
supervision for.
Group plan of the public buildings of the city of Cleveland; report
made to the mayor and to the Board of public service by D. H. Burn-
ham, J. M. Carrere, A. W. Brunner. 1907.
Columbus, Ohio Plan commission. qr7io C72
Plan of the city of Columbus; report made to the mayor, to the
Board of public service and to the city council. 1908.
Detailed study of unsightly and bad features of the city, with plans and suggestions.
for improvement.
\
CIVIC ART. CITY PLANNING 1301
Co-partnership Tenants' Housing Council. qryio Cjg
Garden suburbs, villages and homes; all about co-partnership houses.
1906.
Description of English garden suburbs, with plans for houses and suggestions for
beautifying the grounds about them.
Crow, Arthur. qryio C8g
Housing and town re-planning; an illustrated article dealing with
the question of over-crowding and congestion in the narrow streets of
the east end of London. 1909.
Reprinted from "Architects' law reports and review," v-4.
Garden, Cities and Town Planning Association, London. r7io
Practical application of town planning powers; a report of a nation-
al town planning conference arranged by the Garden, Cities and Town
Planning Association, held at the Guildhall, London, on Dec. loth,
1909, under the presidency of the lord mayor of London; papers and
speeches by Thomas Adams and others; ed. by E. G. Culpin. [1910.]
King.
Garden City Association. 710 Gi?
Town planning in theory and practice; a report of a conference, Oct.
25th, 1907, papers and speeches. [1907.]
The Garden City Association was formed in England in 1899 for the purpose of
laying out new towns and to aid in the development and beautifying of those already in
existence.
Hartford, Conn. Municipal Art Society. r7io
Bulletin, no.i-15. 1904-11.
no.6 wanting.
no-4, 8, n, 13-14 contain "Proceedings" of annual meeting (ist, sd-6th) of the
society.
Kelsey & Guild. r7io Ki7
Beautifying and improving Greenville, South Carolina; report to
the Municipal League, Greenville, South Carolina. 1907.
Los Angeles, Municipal Art Commission. qr7io L8g
Report. 1909.
Marsh, Benjamin Clarke. 710 M4i
Introduction to city planning; democracy's challenge to the Ameri-
can city. [1909.] Privately printed.
Contains a chapter on "The technical phases of city planning," by G. B. Ford;
"Some good books on city planning," p. 153-1 56.
Massachusetts Civic League. r7io M45a
Annual report, 1903/04-1910/11. 1904-11.
Massachusetts Civic League. r7io M45
Leaflets, no. 3, 5-9. 1905-07.
no.3. A village library, by M. A. Tarbell.
no-s. Village improvement, by F. L. Olmsted.
no.6. Public relief and how the private citizen can help, by Joseph Lee.
no.7- Medical inspection in the public schools; ed. by Joseph Lee and Margaret
Curtis.
no. 8. The country Doy, by G. E. Johnson.
no.9. The liquor law and its administration in suburban cities, by Arthur Lyman.
1302 CIVIC ART. CITY PLANNING
Municipal affairs. 710 Mg6
The city beautiful. 1899.
Contents: A word for municipal art. The city beautiful. New York city monu-
ments. From Battery to Harlem. The city of bridges. Civic improvement in Edin-
burgh. Decoration of school rooms. City parks. Trees in city streets. The use of
stained glass. Public art in St. Louis. Baltimore Municipal Art Conference. Munici-
pal aesthetics from a legal standpoint. Translations and reprints.
Being "Municipal affairs," Dec. 1899, v.3, 110.4.
Municipal affairs. 710 Mg6d
Decoration of cities, with co-operation of Municipal Art Society.
1901.
Contents: Municipal betterment in the New York city election. A constructive
program. Amend the debt limit. A model city. Decoration of cities.
Being "Municipal affairs," Sept. 1901, v.s, no.3.
National Conference on City Planning and the 710 Ni5
Problems of Congestion.
Proceedings of the conference (ist-3d), 1909-11. 1910-11.
Proceedings of the first conference will be found in the Congressional set of United
States documents, 6ist cong. 2d sess. Senate. Doc. no-422, v.sg.
v-3, 1911, title reads "National Conference on City Planning."
New York (city) Improvement commission. qryio Nz6
Report, 1907.
Plans and suggestions for beautifying the city and relieving traffic pressure. Well
illustrated.
Nolen, John. qr7io
Madison; a model city. 1911. [Ellis.]
Illustrated book of 160 pages, constituting the report of the landscape architect
engaged to suggest a plan for the future development of Wisconsin's capital city.
Nolen, John. qr7io N4im
Montclair [N. J.]; the preservation of its natural beauty and its
improvement as a residence town; report to the Municipal Art Com-
mission and the commission's recommendations to the citizens of
Montclair. 1909.
Nolen, John. qr7io N4i
Remodeling Roanoke [Va.]; report to the committee on civic im-
provement. 1907.
Nolen, John. r7io N4ir
Replanning Reading [Pa.], an industrial city of 100,000. 1910.
Ellis.
"Short list of books and reports relating to civic improvement," p. 105-1 07.
Nolen, John. 710 N4i
San Diego [Cal.]; a comprehensive plan for its improvement. 1908.
Ellis.
"Short list of books and reports relating to civic improvement," p. 108-109.
Detailed scheme for making the city more beautiful and more healthful.
Olmsted, Frederick Law, b. 1870. qr7io 023
Pittsburgh main thoroughfares and the down town district; im-
provements necessary to meet the city's present and future needs; a
report. 1911. (Pittsburgh Civic Commission. Publication no.8.)
Prepared under the direction of the Committee on city planning of the Pittsburgh
Civic Commission.
Comprehensive plan of a system of main thoroughfares in the centre of the city,
CIVIC ART. CITY PLANNING 1303
Olmsted, Frederick Law, b. 1870 continued. qryio 023
to the principal residence and manufacturing districts and to the surrounding boroughs.
Considers also the location of the main public buildings and grounds of the down-town
district. Illustrated.
Peabody, Robert Swain. qb7io
Holiday study of cities and ports; notes of travel offered to the
Commission on the improvement of metropolitan Boston by one of its
members. 1908. Boston Soc. of Architects.
Results of an inspection of methods of transportation and city planning in certain
of the larger European cities, as a lesson for American civic improvement, with especial
reference to Boston.
Pittsburgh Civic Commission. 710 P67
City planning for Pittsburgh; outline and procedure, a report by
Bion J. Arnold and others. 1910. [Pittsburgh.]
The same ................................................. TJIO P6j
Report by Frederick Law Olmsted, Bion J. Arnold and John R. Freeman on the
factors to be considered in developing and improving the city.
Richards, Joseph T. r7io
Railroad as a factor in civic improvement. 1908. Amer. Civic Assoc.
(Special series, no. 5.)
Address to the American Civic Association at its third annual meeting, November
20, 1907, held in Brown University, Providence.
Robinson, Charles Mulford. r7io
Report regarding the civic affairs of Santa Barbara, California, also
the report of the Committee of eleven on the improvement of the city
streets. 1909. Independent.
Robinson, Charles Mulford. r7io R54
Report with regard to civic affairs in the city of Cedar Rapids, Iowa,
with recommendations for city improvement and beautification. 1908.
Torch Press.
Robinson, Charles Mulford, ed. 710 R54C
The city plan. 1908.
Contents: The theory of planning, by C. M. Robinson and others. The practice of
planning, by J. H. McFarland and others.
Pages 1487-1562 of "Charities and the commons," Feb. i, 1908, v.ig.
The same. 1908. (In Charities and the commons, v.ig, p. 1487-
1562.) ................................................ t36i C3732 v.ig
Second part consists of accounts of civic improvement, accomplished or proposed,
in a number of American cities, particularly in Boston, New York, Philadelphia and
Chicago. Illustrated.
St. Louis, Civic League. qr7io 814
A city plan for Saint Louis; reports of the several committees ap-
pointed by the executive board of the Civic League to draft a city plan.
1907.
qb7io 877
Stadtebau; monatsschrift fur die ktinstlerische ausgestaltung der stadte
nach ihren wirtschaftlichen, gesundheitlichen und sozialen grundsatzen,
ipio-date. v.7-date. igio-date.
1304 PUBLIC PARKS
Triggs, Harry Inigo. qyio
Town planning; past, present and possible. [1909.] Methuen.
Contents: Introductory. Types of ancient and modern towns. The circulation of
traffic. Town expansion. The planning of streets. The planning of squares and open
spaces.
Unwin, Raymond. q?io U25
Town planning in practice; an introduction to the art of designing
cities and suburbs. 1909. Unwin.
"Bibliography," p.4O5-4ii.
There is no more well-informed or enthusiastic champion of the art of designing
cities than Mr Unwin, who has done practical work in connection with recent suburban
experiments in England. He deals with every detail of arrangement in the laying out
of a town. Many illustrations.
711 Public parks
Bibliography
United States Interior department. roi6.7ii U25
Magazine articles on national parks, reservations and monuments.
An endeavor has been made to list all magazine articles that have been printed up
to Dec. 31, 1910.
General works
American Academy of Political and Social Science. 711 ASI
Public recreation facilities. 1910.
Contents: Typical parks, national, state, county and city. The social significance
of parks and playgrounds.
v.3S, no.2, March 1910, of the "Annals of the American Academy of Political and
Social Science."
The same. 1910. (In American Academy of Political and Social
Science. Annals, v.35.) ................................. rso6 ASI v.35
American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society. TJII
Appeal for the preservation of City Hall park, Newr York, with a
brief history of the park by E. H. Hall. 1910.
Boston Parks, Department of. ryu 664
Annual report (ist-7th, i2th-36th) of the board of commissioners,
1875-81, 1886-1910/11. 1876-1911.
1 7th report covers 13 months, 1891 Jan. 1892.
Chicago Special park commission. ryu C43
Annual report [on] parks, playgrounds and bathing beaches, 1907-11.
I9o8-[i2].
Reports for 1909-11 contain reports on street planting.
Cincinnati Park commission. q r ?n C^Sq
A park system for the city of Cincinnati; report to the Board of
public service. 1907.
Cincinnati Park department. TJH C^S
Annual report, 1895, 1900-10. 1896-1911.
Report for 1895 will be found in the annual reports of the city departments of Cin-
cinnati (T352 48).
PUBLIC PARKS 1305
Detroit, Mich. Parks and boulevards department. 1711 048
Annual report (i6th-22d), 1904/05-1910/11. [1905-11.]
Kansas City, Mo. Park commissioners, Board of. rjii Ki2
Report (i4th-date) for the fiscal year ending April i6th, I9o6-date,
with other information regarding the park system. [i9o6]-date.
Massachusetts Metropolitan park commission. ryu M45r
Report (ist, nth-date) [1892, 1903-date]. i893~date.
Minneapolis Park commissioners, Board of. ryu My2
Annual report (i7th-25th, 27th-28th), 1899-1907, 1909-10. I9oo-[n].
The same. (In Minneapolis, Minn. Annual reports of the city of-
ficers.) r352 M72
[Moore, A. W.] qryu M8y6
Origin & development of Rochester's park system, by a veteran
reporter. 1908. Union and Advertiser Press.
New York (city) Parks department. ryu N26
Report, 1870/71, 1906-08. 1871-1909.
For volumes for 1902-05 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Nolen, John. ryu
General features of a park system for Chattanooga. 1911. Ellis.
"Selected bibliography of parks and related topics," p. 24-27.
Pennsylvania Valley Forge park commission. 1711
Reports [biennial] for the years 1894-1910. [1910.]
No report issued for 1898; the reports for 1894, 1896, 1900 are reprints.
Philadelphia Allied organizations. qryii P4942
Existing and proposed outer park systems of American cities; report
of the Philadelphia Allied Organizations written by A. W. Crawford
and F. M. Day. [1905? McFarland.]
Binder's title reads "American park systems."
Maps prepared under the direction of A. W. Crawford.
Philadelphia City Parks Association. ryu P494
Annual report (loth-nth, i6th-23d), 1897/98-1898/99, 1903/04-
1910/11.
Rhode Island Metropolitan park commissioners, Board of. qr7ii Rs8
Annual reports (2d-6th) to the General assembly at its January
sessions, 1906-10. 1906-10.
St. Louis Park commissioner. qr7ii 814
Annual report of the park commissioner of the city of Saint Louis,
for the year 1893/94, 1896/97, 1902/03, 1906/07-1910/11. i894-[i9ii].
Reports for 1893/94, 1896/97, 1902/03, 1906/07-1907/08, 1909/10 will be found in
the message of the mayor of St. Louis (qr3S2 814).
United States Gettysburg national military park ryu U25
commission.
Annual reports, 1904/05-1910/11. 1905-11.
Report for 1906/07 wanting.
Report for 1904/05-1905/06, 1907/08-1909/10 will be found in the "Annual reports
of the War department" for corresponding years (r353.6 U25).
For earlier reports see preceding catalogues.
1306 TREES
United States Interior department. TJII
Laws, regulations and general information relating to Glacier na-
tional park, Montana, 1910. 1911.
Wright, Elizur. r7ii
Appeals for the Middlesex Fells and the forests, with a sketch of
what he did for both, by his daughter, Ellen Wright. 1904. Privately
printed.
Wright was instrumental in securing the Fells as a part of the Boston park system.
712 Lawns
Barren, Leonard. 712 626
Lawns and how to make them, together with the proper keeping of
putting greens. 1906. Doubleday.
Brief, but thoroughly practical. There are numerous illustrations to make clear
various points.
715 Trees. Arbor day
Corbett, Lee Cleveland. 715 C8i
Beautifying the home grounds. 1904. (United States Agriculture,
Department of. Farmers' bulletin no.iSs.)
Brief suggestions in regard to appropriate use of trees, shrubs, plants and vines in
the adornment of city or country home grounds.
Illinois Public instruction, Superintendent of. r7i5 122
Arbor and bird day, Illinois, 1902-04, 1906-07. [1902-07.]
From 1902-03 title reads "Arbor day" as Bird day was not designated by law until
1903.
New York (state) Education department. Q r 7 I 5
Arbor day, i9O5-date. i9O5-date.
The same, 1907. 1907 .................................... qj?i5 N26
Newark, N. J. Shade tree commission. r7i5 N26i
Annual report (2d-5th), 1905-08.
ad report, for 1905, will be found in Reports of city officers of Newark, 1905
0352 Nz6i4).
With 3d-4th reports are bound the following publications of the commission:
Arbor day, 1907-08. [Leaflet issued to children]. An ordinance relating to the pro-
tection, regulation and control of shade trees and city parks, Newark. A four-fold word
for trees, by Carl Bannwart.
Ohio State commissioner of common schools. <J'"7 I 5 Oi8
Arbor day; suggestions and material for observance of the day by
Ohio's schools, 1908-10. 1908-10.
Revell, Ellen Isabel, comp. 7*5
Arbor day; exercises for the school-room. 1909. Educational Pub.
Co. (Teachers' help series.)
Rhode Island Education department. r7i5 Ra8
Annual program (i9th) for the observance of Arbor day in the
schools of Rhode Island, 1910. 1910.
PLANTS. GARDENING 1307
Skinner, Charles Rufus, comp. qyiS 862
Arbor day manual; an aid in preparing programs for Arbor day
exercises. 1896. Bardeen.
Wisconsin Public instruction, Superintendent of. V7^S W8i
Arbor and bird day annual for Wisconsin schools, 1900. 1900.
Bibliography, p. 42 44.
For other volumes see preceding catalogues.
716 Plants. Gardening
Albee, Mrs Helen (Rickey). 716 A32
Hardy plants for cottage gardens. 1910. Holt. (American nature
series.)
Pleasing record of the mistakes and successes of an enthusiastic and patient woman
gardener, illustrated by photographs and a full plan of the completed garden. Its best
feature for amateurs is a list classified by color, planting-month and kind, with descrip-
tions and cultural directions. Includes chapter on the photography of flowers and an
amusing one on the vices of certain plants.
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. 716 Bi6m
Manual of gardening; a practical guide to the making of home
grounds and the growing of flowers, fruits and vegetables for home use.
1910. Macmillan.
Combination of his earlier "Garden-making" and "Practical garden book," with
revision and enlargement to include recent experiment and practice. The best general
handbook for the home gardener who raises flowers, shrubbery and trees, vegetables
and fruits and who has an eye to the beauty of his place.
Bardswell, Mrs Frances Anne. 716 823
The herb-garden, with illustrations in colour drawn from nature by
Hon. Florence Amherst and Isabelle Forrest. 1911. Black.
"Practical notes for reference," p. 163-1 67.
Author's aim is to tell as simply as possible the way to start and cultivate an herb-
garden, to call to memory the half-forgotten uses of many herbs and to express the
pleasure such a garden may give.
Barnes, Parker Thayer. 716 825
House plants and how to grow them. 1909. Doubleday. (Garden
library.)
Batson, Mrs Henrietta M. 716 6313
The summer garden of pleasure. 1909. McClurg.
The best part of the book is devoted to the management of the flower garden in
midsummer so that some of its beauty and color may last into the autumn. Special at-
tention is. given to border plants and color combinations. The illustrations represent
actual groups and borders.
Doubleday, Mrs Nellie Blanchan (De Graff), (pseud. qji6 075
Neltje Blanchan).
American flower garden [with] planting lists by Leonard Barron.
1909. Doubleday.
"Gives good practical suggestions under such classifications as 'formal,' 'old-
fashioned,' 'naturalistic,' 'wild,' 'rock,' 'water,' etc. with planting lists and beautiful
colored and halftone illustrations of notable examples under each section. Contains also
illustrated chapters on annuals, bulbs, roses, trees, shrubs, vines, permanent fittings
and garden furniture. A beautiful and artistic book." A. L, A. booklist, /p/o.
1308 PLANTS. GARDENING
Duncan, Frances. J7i6 D8g
Mary's garden and how it grew. 1904. Century.
A little girl is taught by a German gardener to love and to tend flowers and plants.
Duncan, Frances. 716 D8g
When mother lets us garden; a book for little folk who want to
make gardens and don't know how. 1909. Moffat.
The same ............................................... J7i6 D8gw
Contents: Flower gardening. Market gardening. Indoor gardening. Verses and
quotations.
Suggestive and practical directions for children. More useful as a handbook than
author's "Mary's garden and how it grew" (J7i6 D8p). Illustrated from drawings.
Elliott, William R. Tji6 52
Practical and comprehensive treatise on fruit & floral culture and a
few hints on landscape gardening. [1871?] Privately printed.
William R. Elliott was a florist in Pittsburgh, where this book was probably pub-
lished.
Ely, Mrs Helena Rutherfurd. 716
The practical flower garden. 1911. Macmillan.
Results of author's experience in her flower garden, in caring for the grass and
evergreens, arranging flowers to secure constant flower effects, raising plants and trees
from seed, and in the use of fertilizers. Contains chapter on the treatment of terraces,
one on the wild garden, and list of shrubs, plants and vines which she has successfully
raised. Fully illustrated, partly in color.
Hays, Helen Ashe. 716 H37
A little Maryland garden. 1909. Putnam.
Chatty book by an amateur gardener. Illustrated in color.
Higgins, Myrta Margaret. J7i6 HSS
Little gardens for boys and girls. 1910. Houghton.
Describes simply and interestingly the preparation of the soil, the growth of plants
from seeds, different garden tools, etc. Gives diagrams for laying out gardens and
rules for planting and cultivating.
Home Gardening Association, Cleveland. rji6
Annual report (7th), 1906. 1906.
Much of the work of the association is done in connection with the public schools.
Illustrated by photographs showing the possibilities which lie in vacant lot cultivation.
Jekyll, Gertrude. 716 J24C
Children and gardens. 1908. Country Life. ("Country life" library.)
Odds and ends put together in somewhat whimsical but attractive fashion for the
purpose of interesting children in gardening and rural amusements. Contains some
sound elementary botany.
Jekyll, Gertrude. 716 J24CO
Colour in the flower garden. 1908. Country Life. ("Country life"
library.)
Treats the difficult problem of color effects in gardens and the question of so ar-
ranging plants that in successive months the scheme of colors will be effective. One
chapter is devoted to gardens of one color.
Lounsberry, Alice. ^716
Garden book for young people. 1908. Stokes.
Story of a young girl and her brother who make use of a triangular strip of ground
for planting a flower garden. Tells of their summer's work and play, how they started
a rosarium and transplanted ferns and of all their difficulties and successes.
PLANTS. GARDENING 1309
Lowell, Mass. City library. roi6.7i6 Lgs
Gardens and gardening; a list of books relating to gardens and gar-
dening in the Lowell City Library. [1910.]
McCollom, William C. 716 Mia
Vines and how to grow them; a manual of climbing plants for
flower, foliage and fruit effects, both ornamental and useful, including
those shrubs and similar forms that may be used as vines. 1911.
Doubleday. (Garden library.)
Contains a chapter on the cultivation of grapes.
Meyer, F. W. 716 M6s
Rock and water gardens; their making and planting, with chapters
on wall and heath gardening; ed. by E. T. Cook. 1910. "Country Life"
Offices.
"The book is written to its illustrations, a careful study of which reveals the skill
with which the finished garden is built up from its crude beginnings. Since it concerns
itself with small gardens as well as large, the volume will bring to many householders
the means of solving vexatious difficulties even on the two-acre lot, and should help to
turn many bare or unsatisfactory corners into the most pleasing features of small places.
The management of water and the beautifying of the average stone wall are also dis-
cussed." Nation, igw.
Pol, Gustaw. q?i6 P75
Hodowla roslin w mieszkaniach. 1910.
Rexford, Eben Eugene. 716 Rsyf
Four seasons in the garden. 1907. Lippincott.
Clear and definite instruction on such subjects as the making and care of the lawn,
flower-beds, backyard gardens and window-boxes, fall work in the garden, the growing
of bulbs, the home greenhouse, the care of palms and decorative plants, with two chap-
ters on village improvement societies.
Rexford, Eben Eugene. 716 R37i
Indoor gardening. 1910. Lippincott.
Admirable handbook on raising plants in pots and saucers, window and veranda
boxes.
Sedgwick, Mrs Mabel (Cabot). 716 844
The garden month by month; describing the appearance, color, dates
of bloom and cultivation of all desirable hardy plants for the formal or
wild garden, with additional lists of aquatics, vines, etc.; assisted by
Robert Cameron. 1907. Stokes.
Sidgwick, Mrs Cecily (Ullmann), & Paynter, Mrs. J7i6 856
Children's book of gardening, with illustrations in colour from
drawings by Mrs Cayley-Robinson. 1909. Black.
Tells about annuals, bulbs and bedding plants; how to raise roses, lilies, carnations
and other flowers; what to plant in shady places; how to make rock and wall gardens,
window gardens, etc. Adapted to English conditions, but will be a help to all boys
and girls interested in gardening.
Speer, A. E. 716 874
Annual and biennial garden plants; their value and uses, with full
instructions for their cultivation. 1911. Murray.
"A book which will be useful to many who wish for bright annuals and have hitherto
had recourse to the well-got-up seedsmen's catalogues for their information It contains
a full alphabetical list of plants which are either true annuals or biennials, or which
have to be treated as such in this country." Saturday re-view, 1911.
44
I3io FLOWERS
Veitch, James Herbert. qryie V24
Hortus Veitchii; a history of the rise and progress of the nurseries
of Messrs James Veitch and Sons, together with an account of the
botanical collectors and hybridists employed by them and a list of the
most remarkable of their introductions. 1906. Veitch.
"This work might well have been called a history of garden-botany during the last
three quarters of a century. It is very much more than a history of the rise and progress
of a particular firm, remarkable as that is." Athenaum, 1906.
Wright, Walter Page, comp. 1716 Wgs
Cassell's A B C of gardening; an illustrated encyclopaedia of practi-
cal horticulture. 1908. Cassell.
Flowers
[Barren, Leonard, ed.] 716.2 626
Roses and how to grow them; a manual for growing roses in the
garden and under glass. 1905. Doubleday.
Conard, Henry Shoemaker, & Hus, Henri. 716.2 74
Water-lilies and how to grow them, with chapters on the proper
making of ponds and the use of accessory plants. 1907. Doubleday.
Cook, T. H. and others. 716.2 C77
Carnations & pinks. [1911.] Jack. (Present-day gardening.)
Work of expert cultivators of carnations. Illustrated.
Curtis, Charles Henry. 716.2 Cgs
Phlox. [1911.] Agricultural & Horticultural Assoc. (One & all
garden books.)
Authoritative directions for the cultivation of this garden flower.
Durand, Louis. 716.2 Dga
Book of roses. 1911. Lane. (Handbooks of practical gardening.)
"List of good roses for garden cultivation," p. 95-99.
Illustrated.
Kingsley, Rose Georgina. 716.2 K27
Roses and rose growing, with a chapter on "How to grow roses for
exhibition," by F. Page-Roberts. Macmillan.
Kirby, Arthur Martin. 716.2 K28
Daffodils, narcissus, and how to grow them as hardy plants and for
cut flowers, with a guide to the best varieties. 1907. Doubleday.
These plants are among the most satisfactory for home gardens because they sur-
vive careless treatment and are practically unmolested by insect pests. The book gives
advice as to varieties and their management and explains how new varieties may be
produced.
Pemberton, Joseph Hardwick. 716.2 Pa8
Roses; their history, development and cultivation. 1908. Longmans.
"Authorities," p.3o6.
Practical advice on all details of rose growing. Adapted to English conditions. By
an English clergyman, long a successful exhibitor at rose shows.
Powell, I. L. 716.2 P87
Chrysanthemums and how to grow them as garden plants for out-
door bloom and for cut flowers under glass. 1911. Doubleday.
SCHOOL GARDENS 1311
Thomas, Harry H. 716.2 T37
Sweet peas and how to grow them. 1909. Cassell.
Full directions for growing for home and exhibition purposes.
Turner, Mrs Cordelia Harris. qr7i6.2 T86
Floral kingdom; its history, sentiment and poetry; with an auto-
graph letter and introductory poem by W. C. Bryant and a practical
treatise for amateurs on the Cultivation and analysis of plants. 1877.
Warren.
Arranged in dictionary form. A page is devoted to each flower, including descrip-
tion, the meaning given to each in the language of flowers and brief poetical quotations.
Wright, Horace J. 716.2 Wg3
Sweet peas. [1910.] Jack. (Present-day gardening no.i.)
Account of the flower, with a discussion of the variety of colors obtainable by
cultivation, a list of 50 desirable varieties and directions for culture, spring and autumn
seeding, raising flowers for exhibition, etc. Illustrated in color.
School gardens
Elford, Percy, & Heaton, Samuel. 716.6 45
Practical school gardening. 1909. Clarendon Press.
Greene, Maria Louise. 716.6 683
Among school gardens. 1910. Charities Publication Committee.
(Russell Sage foundation.)
"Bibliography," p.343~375.
The same. 1911. . J7i6.6 G8s
"Bibliography," P-343-375-
Covers not only the school garden as it is ordinarily understood, but some of the
big experimental gardens which almost approach farms in size, vacant lot gardens,
back-yard and front-yard patches in fact, everything down to a window-box. Practical
in its directions for choosing soils, kinds of seed to plant, time for planting, etc.
Massachusetts Horticultural Society. r7i6.6 M45
Report of the committee on school gardens and native plants for
1907. 1908.
For earlier volumes see preceding catalogue, second series.
Parsons, Henry Griscom. 716.6 P26
Children's gardens for pleasure, health and education. 1910. Stur-
gis.
"Books for the teacher," p. 194-1 97.
The same J7i6.6 P26
"Books for the teacher," p.i94-i97.
Author is (1910) director of the Department of school gardens, New York Uni-
versity. Book is based on the work at the children's school farm, DeWitt Clinton
Park, New York city.
718 Monumental brasses. Monuments
Boutell, Charles. qb7i8 665
Monumental brasses of England; a series of engravings upon wood,
from every variety of these interesting and valuable memorials. 1849.
Bell.
The notes accompanying the engravings give dates and a careful description of the
costume and armor of the figures on the brasses.
1312 MONUMENTAL BRASSES. MONUMENTS
Cooper, William Ricketts. 718 Cyg
Short history of the Egyptian obelisks, with translations of many
of the hieroglyphic inscriptions, chiefly by Frangois Chabas. [1877.]
Bagster.
Cotman, John Sell. qb7i8 C8a
Engravings of sepulchral brasses in Norfolk [and Suffolk] tending
to illustrate the ecclesiastical, military and civil costume as well as to
preserve memorials of ancient families. 2v. 1838. Bohn.
v.i. Norfolk; with an introductory essay by Dawson Turner.
v.2. Suffolk; with historical, critical and armorial illustrations.
"He was one of the most original and versatile of English artists of the first half
of this [ipth] century, a draughtsman and colourist of exceptional gifts." Dictionary of
national biography.
Greeny, William Frederick. qryiS 87
Illustrations of incised slabs on the continent of Europe, from rub-
bings and tracings. 1891. Griggs.
About 70 illustrations of the engravings on the flat stone tombs in European
churches and cathedrals, with descriptions.
Davies, Gerald Stanley. qr?i8 DSI
Renascence; the sculptured tombs of the I5th century in Rome, with
chapters on the previous centuries from noo. 1910. Murray.
"Books of reference," p. 13-1 4.
Binder's title reads "Renascence tombs of Rome."
Pt. i deals with the masters to whom the adornment of the most conspicuous graves
is attributed; in pt.2 author takes his readers from church to church, describing the
tombs, and the lives and careers of the persons whose names they bear. Contains 87
plates, mostly full-page.
Haines, Herbert. t7i8 His
Manual of monumental brasses, comprising an introduction to the
study of these memorials and a list of those remaining in the British
Isles. 2v. 1861. Parker.
Houghton, Albert Allison. 718 H83
Concrete monuments, mausoleums and burial vaults; a practical
treatise. 1911. Henley.
Treats of the molding and lettering of concrete monuments and of the construction
of the molds.
Lafayette Memorial Commission. qi"7i8 Li4
Lafayette monument; report of secretary. 1908.
With this is bound "The Lafayette memorial," issued by the commission.
Statue presented to the French government by the school children of the United
States and placed in the court of the Louvre in Paris.
Macklin, Herbert Walter. b7i8 Mi8b
Brasses of England. 1907. Methuen.
The brasses are dealt with chronologically instead of by class, with the advantage
of bringing the subject into a closer relation with history. The illustrations are numerous
and excellent.
Macklin, Herbert Walter. b7i8 Mi8
Monumental brasses. 1892. Sonnenschein.
"A literary guide," p. 113-1 22.
Handbook, giving information on the history of English brasses, some account of
the various styles of armor and dress found on them and suggestions for collectors of
rubbings.
ARCHITECTURE 1313
New York University, N. Y. VjiS N26
Hall of fame; report to the 100 electors from the senate of New
York University, Oct. 1910.
Pollen, John Hungerford, 1820-1902. 718 Py6
Description of the Trajan column. 1874. Eyre & Spottiswoode.
(South Kensington Museum Department of science and art.)
Trajan's column was erected at Rome in 114 A. D. in honor of the emperor Trajan.
Around the column ran a series of bas-reliefs picturing Trajan's achievements in his
war with the Dacians. They are of historic value as showing the costume, armor,
methods of warfare, etc. of the ancient Romans.
Rimmer, Alfred. 718 R46
Ancient stone crosses of England. 1875. Virtue.
Descriptions of the more important crosses of all kinds erected throughout the
island as memorials of the dead, or to mark some important spot. Many now serve the
architect as examples of the finest English Gothic style. Fully illustrated.
720 Architecture
The books designated by the letter b at the beginning of the call number were pur-
chased from the fund left to the Library by J. D. Bernd, and form the Bernd department
of architecture.
The Reference department contains a collection of about 1,400 photographs illus-
trating the architecture of England, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Greece and Egypt,
which may either be consulted at the Library or borrowed for home use.
Bibliography
Guppy, Henry, & Vine, Guthrie, ed. qroi6.72 697
Classified catalogue of the works on architecture and the allied
arts in the principal libraries of Manchester and Salford, with alpha-
betical author list and subject index; ed. for the Joint Architectural
Committee of Manchester. 1909. Manchester University Press.
The entries are arranged, with certain modifications, according to the Dewey
classification.
General works
American Institute of Architects. T720 ASI
Matters relating to competitions; extracts from the reports of 1905-
6-7 and 8. 1908.
Belcher, John. 720 839
Essentials in architecture; an analysis of the principles & qualities
to be looked for in buildings. 1907. Batsford.
"It is astonishing how much information he has agreeably imparted in one hundred
and sixty-six pages, many of which are occupied with illustrations. . .In a few words
and these as simple and free from technical terms as possible, he has set before his
readers the principles underlying all good architecture." Academy, 1907.
Davy, Christopher. b72O D32
Architectural precedents, with notes and observations. 1841. Wil-
liams.
Plans and elevations, accompanied by specifications and estimates, of a few English
buildings.
I 3 i4 ARCHITECTURE
qb72o Has
Handbuch der architektur; unter mitwirkung von Josef Durm und Her-
mann Ende hrsg. von Eduard Schmitt. v.2, pt.i, 4b, 5; v.3, pt.5; v.4,
pt.8e, 9. 1903-10.
V.2. DIE BAUSTILE; HISTORISCHE UND TECHNISCHE ENTWICKELUNG. pt.i,4b, 5. 1903-10.
pt. i. Die baukunst der Griechen, von Joseph Durm.
pt.4- Die romanische und die gotische baukunst.
b. Der wohnbau des mittelalters, bearbeitet von Otto Stiehl.
pt-5- Die baukunst der renaissance in Italien, von Joseph Durm.
V.3. DlE HOCHBAUKONSTRUKTIONEN. pt-5. 1907-08.
pt.s, a. Einrichtungen fur koch- und warmwasserbereitung und fur heizung von
kuchenherd aus, von F. R. Vogel.
b. Entwasserung und reinigung der gebaude, mit einschluss der spul-, wasch- und
badeeinrichtungen der aborte und pissoire, von F. R. Vogel und Eduard Schmitt.
V.4. ENTWERFEN, ANLAGE UND EINRICHTUNG DER GEBAUDE. pt.Se, 9. 1907.
pt.8. Kirchen, denkmaler und bestattungsanlagen.
e. Bestattungsanlagen, von Stefan Fayans.
pt.g. Der stadtebau, von J. Stubben: Grundlagen des stadtebaues. Bestandteile
des stadtbauplanes. Gesamtplan. Ausfiihrung des stadtplanes. Bauliche anlagen unter
und auf der strasse. Stadtische pflanzungen.
Contains many bibliographies.
Durm is (1905) 'p r fe ssor of architecture at the Polytechnikum in Carlsruhe and
has built many important edifices in Baden. On some of the subjects treated, such as
garden architecture, buildings for higher educational institutions and hospitals, this is
considered one of the best authorities. Views, plans and scale drawings.
"Collection of monographs by leading specialists on all matters relating to the
science and practice of architecture. It is a thoroughly modern book dealing with archi-
tecture not as a lost art, but as a reality." Architectural review, ipo/.
For other volumes see preceding catalogue, second series.
Paris, ficole Nationale et Speciale des Beaux-arts. qbyao Pasg
Les grands prix de Rome d'architecture de 1850 a 1900 [et] Sup-
plement, annees 1901 a 1904; reproduction en phototypie des lers, 2mes
et 2mes seconds grands prix, avec les programmes des concours; sujets
donnes par 1'Academie des Beaux-arts. 4v. in 2. Guerinet.
The prix de Rome, founded by Louis XIV, is offered each year by the French
government for the best drawing or model of a given architectural subject. The win-
ner of the prize is entitled to four years of study at Rome.
Paris, ficole Nationale et Speciale des Beaux-arts. qbj2o
Les medailles des concours d'architecture (3e annee-date), 1900/01-
date.
T Square Club, Philadelphia. qb72o Tn
American competitions; comp. and ed. by A. B. Lacey. v.i-2. 1907-08.
v.i. Soldiers' Memorial for Allegheny county, Pennsylvania. D. L. & W. R. R.
station, Scranton, Pennsylvania. Union Theological Seminary, New York city, New
York. State educational building, Albany, New York. International Bureau of the
American Republics, Washington, D. C. Connecticut State Library and Supreme Court
building, Hartford, Connecticut. Central building, Young Men's Christian Association,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
v.2. Municipal office building for the city of New York. Young Women's Chris-
tian Association building, Pittsburg, Pa. Western University of Pennsylvania, Pitts-
burg, Pa. United States Post Office building, New York, N. Y. Capitol of Porto Rico,
San Juan, Porto Rico, U. S. A. Prison plant near lona island, New York. Springfield
municipal building, Springfield, Mass. Parliament buildings, Regina, Saskatchewan,
Canada.
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel. qb720 V34
Dessins inedits; publics sous le patronage de I'administration des
beaux-arts, par les soins de A. de Baudot et J. Roussel. 3v. [1895.]
Guerinet.
Plates, without text, showing architectural details as well as plans, elevations, etc.
ARCHITECTURE 1315
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel continued. qb72o 34
of numerous French buildings, including Notre-Dame de Paris, the chateau de Pierre-
fonds, the cathedrals of Rheims and Clermont, the church of Vezelay and many others.
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel. qb72o V34<i
Discourses on architecture; tr. with an introductory essay by Henry
Van Brunt. 1875. Osgood.
Translation of the first volume of his work entitled "Entretiens sur 1'architecture."
Relates especially to the theory of architecture.
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel. qby2o V34e
Entretiens sur 1'architecture. 3v. in 2. 1863-72.
v.i -2. Texte.
v.3. Atlas.
"There is nowhere a more masterly treatise on architectural art." Sturgis and
Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Vitruvius Pollio, Marcus. qby2O Vssc
Civil architecture of Vitruvius, comprising those books of the au-
thor which relate to the public and private edifices of the ancients;
tr. by William Wilkins, with an introduction containing an historical
view of the rise and progress of architecture amongst the Greeks.
1812. Longman.
Ware, William Robert. bj20 W22
Competitions. 1899.
Reprinted from the "American architect," Dec. 30, 1899.
Considers the advantages and disadvantages of architectural competitions and the
methods by which they may best be conducted.
Adamy, Rudolf. b72o.i A22
Die architektur als kunst; aesthetische forschungen. 1881. (Archi-
tektonik auf historischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.i, pt.l.)
qb72o.2 A67
Architects' directory and specification index, containing a list of the ar-
chitects in the United States and Canada, with a specification index of
prominent dealers and manufacturers of building materials and appli-
ances, 1909. gth edition. 1909. Comstock.
For volumes for 1903/04, 1905/06-1907 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Dictionaries. Essays
Audsley, William James, & Audsley, G. A. qb72o.3 Agi
Popular dictionary of architecture and the allied arts; a work of
reference for the architect, builder, sculptor, decorative artist and gen-
eral student, v.i-3. 1881-82. Putnam.
v.i. A to Aqueduct.
v.2. Aquila to Baptisterium.
v.3. Bar to Buttery.
Britton, John. qb72O-3 875
Dictionary of the architecture and archaeology of the middle ages,
including words used by ancient and modern authors in treating of
architectural and other antiquities, with biographical notices of ancient
architects; illustrated by numerous engravings by J. Le Keux. 1838.
Longman.
I3i6 ARCHITECTURE PERIODICALS
Blomfield, Reginald. 720.4
The mistress art. 1908. Arnold.
Contents: The study of architecture. Design and temperament. Architecture and
the craftsman. The limitations of the arts. The grand manner: Egypt and Greece.
Pergamos and Hellenistic art. Rome. The grand manner: France.
Critical essays varying greatly in subject, but all bearing on his main contention
"that architecture is not mere decoration or ornamental building, but something outside
and beyond the various crafts which it calls into play."
Periodicals
qb72o-5 A674
Architectural annual; published under the auspices of the Architectural
League of America, 1907. v.8. 1908.
For v.i 2 see preceding catalogue, first series.
Architectural record; quarterly; index, v.i-2O, 1891-1906. b72o-5 A673r
For volumes of magazine see preceding catalogue, first series.
Architectural review [monthly], 1893-94. v.2-3. 1893-94.
Continuation of "Technology architectural review."
For other volumes see preceding catalogue, first series.
qb72o.s A673
Architecture and building [monthly], March ign-date. v.43-date.
ign-date.
Continuation of "Building."
v. 32-42 has title "Architects' and builders' magazine" (qb72o.s A6/3b).
For v.i 2-3 1 see preceding catalogues.
qb720.s A6735
Die Architektur des 20. jahrhunderts; zeitschrift fur moderne bau-
kunst; hrsg. von Hugo Licht, igoi-date. i. jahrgang-date. igoi-date.
Text is in German, French and English.
Issued irregularly.
qb72O-5 B86
Builder [London]; a weekly magazine, July-Dec. 1896. v.7*. 1896.
For other volumes see preceding catalogue, first series.
qr720-5 B86
Builder [Pittsburgh]; devoted to architecture [monthly], April 1904-
date. v.2O-date. i9O4-date.
v.2o, no.2, May 1904, v.2s, no.4, July 1907, wanting.
Moderne bauformen; monatshefte fur architektur, I9o6-date. 5. jahr-
gang-date. [i9o6-date.]
qb720.5 T264
Technology architectural record [quarterly], Aug. I9o8-date. v.2-date.
I9o8-date.
Published by the Architectural Society of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
qb72o.5 T26
Technology architectural review [monthly], Nov. i887~June 1888, June-
Dec. 1889, May-Dec. 1890. v.i-3. 1888-90.
Continued by "Architectural review."
Western architect; an architectural monthly, I9o8-date. v.n-date.
I9o8-date.
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE 1317
Zeitschrift fur bauwesen; herausgegeben im Ministerium der offent-
lichen arbeiten; inhalts-verzeichnis, v.i-5O, jahrgange 1851-1900.
For volumes of magazine see preceding catalogue, second series.
Societies
American Institute of Architects. T72O.6
Annuary for 1909-11. [1909-11.]
Lists members and chapters.
American Institute of Architects, Cleveland chapter. qbyao.e Asi2
Catalogue of the architectural exhibition of Cleveland chapter,
American Institute of Architects and the Cleveland Architectural Club,
held Dec. I9th to 3ist, 1910.
Cleveland Architectural Club. qb72o.6 Cs8
Catalogue of the architectural exhibition, held Oct. isth to 28th, 1909.
[1909.]
Royal Institute of British Architects. T720.6 R8i
Kalendar (76th-77th session), Nov. I9io-Oct. 1912. 1910-11.
T Square Club, Philadelphia. qb 720.6 T7g
Catalogue of the annual architectural exhibition (uth-i7th), 1904/05-
1911. 1905-11.
v.i4 17 for 1908-11 contain catalogue of annual exhibition of Philadelphia chapter
of American Institute of Architects.
For volumes for 1896/97-1898, 1903/04 see preceding catalogues.
California Architecture, Board of. T72O.7 Ci3
Biennial report (2d-3d) for the period from March 2, 1903 to June I,
1909. 1903-09.
ad report covers five years, March 2, ipos-April 14, 1908.
For report for 1901/03 see preceding catalogue, second series.
History of architecture
Fergusson, James. b72o.g
History of architecture in all countries. 2v. Dodd.
The same; ed. by R. P. Spiers, with notes and additions by George
Kriehn. 2v. 1907. Dodd qb72o.g Fs8hi2
Revised edition of a standard work first published in 1874. The author never prac-
tised as an architect but is recognized as an able critic and historian, eminent alike for
his knowledge of art and for the original genius which he has applied to the solution of
some of its most difficult problems. Without his aid the world might have waited long
for a bird's-eye view of the architecture of all ages and countries, and under all forms.
Fergusson, James. 720.9 383.
History of the modern styles of architecture. 1862.
The same. 2v. 1891 b72O.g Fs8h
"This work forms vols. 3 and 4 of Fergusson's general history; it is devoted to the
styles which began with the Renaissance of the fifteenth century." Sturgis and Kreh-
biel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
I3i8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Fletcher, Banister, & Fletcher, B. F. 720.9 F6sa
History of architecture for the student, craftsman and amateur; a
comparative view of the historical styles. 1905.
The same. 1905 b720.g F6$
"The 1 60 illustrations are remarkably well selected. Most of them are made from
photographs by the collotype process, and these are of different degrees of clearness.
The text is not attractive for continuous reading, but is intended for reference, and is
devoted to an elaborate comparison of styles." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibli-
ography of fine art.
Gurlitt, Cornelius, ed. qb72O.g Ggj
Historische stadtebilder [plates]. v.7-io, in 2. 1905-09.
v-7-8. Cambridge. Breslau.
v-9 10. Luttich. Potsdam.
For v.i -6 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Hope, Thomas. qb72o.g H78
Historical essay on architecture; illustrated from drawings made
by the author in Germany, France, Italy, &c. 2v. 1835. Murray.
v.i. Text.
v.2. Plates.
Relates chiefly to the architecture of the middle ages.
Joseph, David. qb72O.g J44
Geschichte der baukunst. v.3. [1909.]
v.3, pt.i-z. Geschichte der baukunst des 19. jahrhunderts.
Embodies the results of all the studies, researches and discoveries of recent years
and is valuable for reference and as a text-book in universities, colleges and technical
schools. Fully illustrated.
For v.i-2 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Kugler, Franz Theodor, ed. b720.g K43
Geschichte der baukunst. Sv. in 6. 1859-73. Ebner.
v.i. Geschichte der orientalischen und antiken baukunst, von Franz Kugler.
v.2. Geschichte der romanischen baukunst, von Franz Kugler.
v.3. Geschichte der gothischen baukunst, von Franz Kugler.
v-4. Geschichte der neueren baukunst: [Die renaissance in Italien], von Jacob
Burckhardt und [Die renaissance in Frankreich, von] Wilhelm Liibke.
v.s, pt.i-2. Geschichte der deutschen renaissance, von Wilhelm Liibke.
"The most complete work on the subject as far as it goes." New international
encyclopedia, 1903.
Fully illustrated.
Quatremere de Quincy, Antoine Chrysostome. qb72o.g Q2i
Histoire de la vie et des ouvrages des plus celebres architectes du
lie siecle jusqu'a la fin du i8e, accompagnee de la vue du plus re-
marquable edifice de chacun d'eux. 2v. 1830.
v.i. Buschetto. Dioti Salvi. Arnolpho di Lapo. Giotto. Jean de Pise. Brunei-
leschi. Michelozzo. L. B. Alberti. Cronaca, Simone. Bramante. Balthazar Peruzzi.
Raphael Sanzio. San Micheli. San Gallo, Antoine. Jules Romain (Pippi). Michel-
Ange Bonarroti. Sansovino (Jacopo Tatti). Galeas Alessi. Pirro Ligorio. Jacques
Barozzio dit Vignola. Ammanati.
v.2. Palladio. Philibert Delorme. Jean Bullant. Pierre Lescot et Jean Gougeon.
Dominique Fontana. Vincenzo Scamozzi. Charles Maderne. Inigo Jones. Jacques
de Brosse. J. L. Bernini. Frangois Borromini. Jacques Van Campen. Claude Per-
rault. Le Mercier. Francois Blondel. Christophe Wren. J. H. Mansart. Philippe
Ivara. Servandoni. Louis Vanvitelli. J. A. Gabriel. J. D. Antoine. Gondouin.
J. G. Soufflot. Appendice contenant 1'enume'ration, par ordre chronologique, d'une
seconde sirie d'architectes.
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE 1319
Rosengarten, Albert. b72o.g Rya
Die architektonischen stylarten; eine kurze, allgemeinfassliche dar-
stellung der charakteristischen verschiedenheiten der architektonischen
stylarten, zur richtigen verwendung in kunst und handwerk. 1857.
Vieweg.
Schnaase, Karl Julius Ferdinand. b72O.g 835
Geschichte der bildenden kiinste. 8v. in 7. 1866-79. Buddeus, &
Ebner.
v.i-2. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste bei den alten; Die volker des Orients;
Griechen und Romer.
v.3. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste im mittelalter; Altchristliche, byzantinische,
muhatnmedanische, karolingische kunst.
v.4. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste im mittelalter; Die romanische kunst.
\.$. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste im mittelalter; Entstehung und ausbildung
des gothischen styls.
v.6. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste im mittelalter; Die spatzeit des mittelalters
bis zur bliithe der Eyck'schen schule.
v.7. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste im mittelalter; Das mittelalter Italiens und die
grenzgebiete der abendlandischen kunst.
v.8. Geschichte der bildenden kiinste im 15- jahrhundert.
"Carl Schnaase, biographische skizze, von Wilhelm Lubke," v.8, p. 15-84.
After the death of Schnaase in 18-5 the work was continued by Wilhelm Liibke.
Simpson, Frederick Moore. by2o.g S6i
History of architectural development. .2-3. 1909-11. Longmans.
(Architects' library.)
v.2. Mediaeval.
v.3. Renaissance in Italy, France and England.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, second series.
Sturgis, Russell. qyao.g Sgs
History of architecture, v.i-2. 1906-09. Baker.
v.i. Antiquity: Ancient Egypt; Western Asia to 300 B. C. ; Greece; Italian peo-
ples before Roman control.
v.2. Romanesque and oriental.
The same, v.i-2 qby2o.g Sgs
Uhde, Constantin. qb72o.g Ui8
Die konstruktionen und die kunstformen der architektur; ihre ent-
stehung und geschichtliche entwickelung bei den verschiedenen volk-
ern. v.i-4. 1902-11. Wasmuth.
v.i. Die konstruktionen und die kunstformen, ihre geschichtliche systematische ent-
wickelung, begriindet durch material und technik.
v.2. Der holzbau, seine kiinstlerische und geschichtlich-geographische entwickelung,
sowie sein einfluss auf die steinarchitektur.
v.3. Der steinbau in natiirlichem stein, die geschichtliche entwickelung der gesimse
in den verschiedenen baustilen.
v.4. Der steinbau in kunstlichem stein, die geschichtliche entwickelung der gesimse
in dem verschiedenen baustilen. Eisen und bronze; ihre gewinnung, verarbeitung und
kiinstlerische gestaltung, insbesondre fur bauzwecke bis zum ausgang des 18. jahr-
hunderts.
Wallis, Frank Edwin. 72O.g Wi8
How to know architecture; the human elements in the evolution of
styles. 1910. Harper.
Contents: Pagan; the first period. Christian; the second period. Intellectual;
the third period. Modern; the fourth period.
Traces the main steps in the evolution of styles and draws many illustrations from
American buildings.
1320 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Europe
Britton, John. qbj2o.g^2 675
Architectural antiquities of Great Britain; represented and illustrated
in a series of views, elevations, plans, sections and details of various
ancient English edifices, with historical and descriptive accounts of
each. 5v. 1809-27. Longman.
v.s contains Britten's "Chronological history and graphic illustrations of Christian
architecture in England." The examples are largely Gothic.
"The artistic excellence of the illustrations procured success for what Southey...
pronounced to be the 'most beautiful work of the kind that had ever till then appeared.' "
Dictionary of national biography.
London, Society of Antiquaries. qbjzo.g^z L8z
Vetusta monumenta, quae ad rerum Britannicarum memoriam con-
servandam Societas Antiquariorum Londini sumptu suo edenda curavit.
6v. in 3. i767-[i842].
English text.
v-3 contains index for v.i-3.
v.6 is incomplete, includes plates no.i 17 without descriptive text and plates no.i8~39
with descriptive text.
Uhde, Constantin, ed. qb72o.g42 Ui8
Baudenkmaeler in Grossbritannien. 2v. 1894. Wasmuth.
One hundred and seventy-five plates, with brief historical introduction, illustrating
some of the monuments of English architecture. Includes the great cathedrals, uni-
versities, castles and baronial halls.
Architekten-Verein, Berlin. qr 720.943 A67
Berlin und seine bauten; bearbeitet und hrsg. vom Architekten-
Verein zu Berlin und der Vereinigung Berliner Architekten. 3v. in 2.
1896. Ernst.
v. i . Einleitendes. Ingenieur wesen.
v.2-3. Der hochbau: Offentliche bauten; Privatbauten.
Fully illustrated history of building in Berlin, chiefly during the last quarter of
the i gth century. Volume i is devoted to public works, including streets, squares, parks
and gardens, bridges, railroads, water-works, gas works and industrial works, with chap-
ters on building materials, heating, lighting, etc. Volume 2 is devoted to architectural
works, including churches, museums, libraries, schools, banks and mints, hospitals, thea-
tres and opera-houses, markets, etc.
Bishop, Henry Halsall. 720.944 649
Pictorial architecture of France. 1893. Soc. for Promoting Christian
Knowledge.
Guerinet, Armand, pub. qb72o.g44 Ggs
L'architecture franchise; monuments historiques du lie siecle jusqu'a
nos jours [plates]. I2pts. in 4v.
v. i -2. Exterieurs.
v-3. Exterieurs (suite). Interieurs.
v.4. Interieurs (suite). Nancy; architecture, beaux-arts, monuments. Paris et
ses monuments.
v.i title reads "Architecture en France."
Macgibbon, David. b72O.g44 Mi6
Architecture of Provence and the Riviera. 1888. Douglas.
Sketch of the history of Provence from early times through the middle ages is pre-
fixed to the description of its architectural monuments. Illustrated.
ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION 1321
045
Descrizione delle architetture, pitture e scolture di Vicenza, con al-
cune osservazioni. 2v. 1779.
v.i. Delle chiese e degli oratori.
v.2. Degli edificj pubblici e privati.
Limburger, Walther. qb72o.945 L?i
Die gebaude von Florenz; architekten, strassen und platze in alpha-
betischen verzeichnissen, mit einem plane des gegenwartigen Florenz
und einem plane vom jahre 1783. 1910.
"Abkiirzungen bei den literaturangaben," p.9-n.
Melani, Alfredo. b72O.Q45 M$8
Manuale di architettura italiana antica e moderna. [1903.] Hoepli.
Fully illustrated history of Italian architecture to the close of the ipth century.
Caveda, Jose. bjzo.g^Q Czg
Geschichte der baukunst in Spanien; aus dem spanischen iibersetzt
von Paul Heyse, hrsg. von Franz Kugler. 1858. Ebner.
Roberts, David. qb72o.Q46 RSS
Picturesque sketches in Spain, taken during ye years 1832 and 1833
[plates]. 1837. Hodgson.
Watson, Walter Crum. qb720.Q46 W32
Portuguese architecture. 1908. Constable.
"Books consulted," p. 272.
"The author is to be congratulated on having broken fresh and very interesting
ground in the subject of this volume. Nothing like a complete history of Portuguese
architecture exists in any language, while there is no other English work in which more
than a cursory consideration is given to it... Mr. Watson is well equipped for his task,
possessing a thorough knowledge of Portuguese history and an intimate acquaintance
with Portuguese buildings." Athenaum, 1908.
Stappaerts, Felix. qb72o.94Q 879
Monuments d'architecture et de sculpture en Belgique; dessins
d'apres nature lithographies en plusieurs teintes par F. Stroobant, texte
par Felix Stappaerts. [1850?]
721 Architectural construction
Daubourg, E. qb72i L)28
L'architecture interieure; portes, vestibules, escaliers, antichambres,
salons, salles a manger, chambres a coucher, bibliotheques, bureaux de
banque et de journaux, devantures et interieurs de boutique, etc.; en-
sembles et details en plans, coupes, elevations et profils. 1876. Baudry.
French and English text.
Martin, Clarence Augustine. Q72i M42
Details of building construction. 1906. Bates.
Drawings with explanatory notes.
Sharpe, Edmund. b72i.8 853
Treatise on the rise and progress of decorated window tracery in
England. 2v. 1849. Van Voorst.
Title of v.2 reads "Decorated windows; a series of illustrations of the window
tracery of the decorated style of ecclesiastical architecture."
By a thorough student of the subject. Window tracery first appeared in England
in the abbey church of St. Peter at Westminster, which was begun in 1243.
1322 ANCIENT AND ORIENTAL ARCHITECTURE
Brisville, Hugues. qb72i.88 675
Diverses pieces de serruriers inventees par Hugues Brisuille, maitre
serrurier a Paris, et gravez par Jean Berain. 1888. Quaritch.
(Quaritch's reprints of rare books, no.Q.)
Reprint of the original edition published in Paris about 1670, with reproduction of
title-page.
Meyer, Alfred Gotthold. qb72i.g M6s
Eisenbauten; ihre geschichte und aesthetik; nach des verfassers tode
zu ende gefiihrt von Wilhelm, freiherr von Tettau, mit einem geleitwort
von Julius Lessing. 1907. Neff.
At the time of his death, in 1904, the author was professor in the Konigliche Tech-
nische Hochschule at Charlottenburg. The book contains many examples of the use of
iron in the construction of bridges, railroad stations, etc.
722 Ancient and oriental architecture
Adamy, Rudolf. b722 Aaz
Architektonik des orientalischen alterthums. 1881. (Architektonik
auf historischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.i, pt.2.)
Espouy, Hector d' ? ed. qbjzz 83
Fragments d'architecture antique d'apres les releves & restaurations
des anciens pensionnaires de 1'Academie de France a Rome [plates].
v.2. 1905.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, first series.
Fergusson, James. qb722.3 Fs8e
Essay on the ancient topography of Jerusalem, with restored plans
of the temple, &c. and plans, sections and details of the church built by
Constantine the Great over the Holy sepulchre, now known as the
Mosque of Omar. 1847. Weale.
Indian architecture
[De Forest, Lockwood.] qb722.4 0371
Indian architecture and ornament. 1887. Policy.
Plates, without text, illustrating architecture in India, from 1236 A. D. to modern
times. The examples chosen are chiefly from Ahmedabad, Ajmir, Amber, Sikri, Agra,
Delhi, Amritza, Lahore and Multan.
[De Forest, Lockwood.] qb722.4 037
Indian domestic architecture. 1885. Privately printed.
Plates, without text, illustrating details of house architecture in India.
Fergusson, James. b722-4 Fs8a
History of Indian and Eastern architecture; revised and ed. with
additions by James Burgess and R. P. Spiers. 2v. 1910. Murray.
"Although appearing as the third volume of the second ed. of the 'General history
of architecture,' the present may be considered as an independent and original work."
Preface.
"Contains the only consecutive account in English of the styles of India. The ac-
count of architecture in China, Japan, etc., is very inferior and slight." Sturgis and
Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE 1323
Fergusson, James. qby22.4
Picturesque illustrations of ancient architecture in Hindostan. 1848.
Hogarth.
Full-page plates, with descriptive text, illustrating some ancient examples of Hindu
architecture, chiefly the temples of southern India.
Ram Raj. qbj22.^
Essay on the architecture of the Hindus. 1834. Royal Asiatic Soc.
of Great Britain and Ireland.
South Hindu work has been so well elucidated by Ram Raz, a native author, that
its principles may be considered clearly ascertained and settled. Condensed from En-
cyclopedia Britannica.
Rew, Henry Cunningham. T722.4
Address on the Taj Mahal, delivered Dec. 4, 1905, before the Tekla
Society, Masten Park high school [Buffalo], upon presentation of the
picture "Queen Victoria's drawing room." 1906.
The Taj Mahal is the mausoleum erected near Agra, India, by Shah Jehan in
memory of his favorite wife, who died in 1629.
Roman architecture
Adamy, Rudolf. by22.7 A22
Architektonik der Romer. 1883. Helwing. (Architektonik auf his-
torischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.i, pt.4.)
Caristie, Auguste Nicolas. qb722.7 Cig
Monuments antiques a Orange: Arc de triomphe et theatre. 1856.
Didot.
Full-page plates, with descriptive text, illustrating two notable Roman remains in
the town of Orange, France, namely, the triumphal arch, 60 feet high, celebrated for the
beauty of its architecture and its richly sculptured bas-reliefs, and an ancient theatre
with a well-preserved stage.
Choisy, Francois Auguste. qb722.7 C45
L'art de batir chez les Romains. 1873. Ducher.
Author was a French engineer and archaeologist. The book is concerned with the
technical details of construction and the text is supplemented by numerous plans drawn
by the author.
Dutert, Ferdinand Charles Louis. qb722.7 Dg$
Le Forum remain et les forums de Jules Cesar, d'Auguste, de Ves-
pasien, de Nerva et de Trajan; etat actuel des decouvertes et etude
restauree. 1876. Levy.
Fully illustrated descriptions of the five imperial forums at Rome.
Espouy, Hector d', ed. qb722.7 83
Monuments antiques; releves et restaures par les architectes pen-
sionnaires de 1'Academie de France a Rome [plates]. 3v. in 6. [1910?]
Publication de 1'Institut de France.
Giani, Ernesto. qb722-7 635
L'antico teatro di Verona; note storico-archeologiche con 19 tavole
fuori testo di C. A. Baroni. 1908.
"Bibliografia del teatro (opere principali)," p. 29.
Plates, with brief historical and archaeological notes, illustrating the Roman amphi-
theatre of Verona.
1324 GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Porter, Mary Winearls. 722.7 P83
What Rome was built with; a description of the stones employed in
ancient times for its building and decoration. 1907. Frowde.
"Works of reference," p. 103-1 04.
Highly interesting book on a curious by-path in history. Devoted chiefly to the
marble used in Roman buildings.
Van Deman, Esther Boise. qr722.7 Vi7
The Atrium Vestse. 1909. (Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Publication no.ioS.)
This investigation of one of the most interesting monuments of the Roman Forum,
the House of the Vestals, is a valuable contribution to the history of the architecture
of the Romans and to a knowledge of their methods of construction. Illustrated.
Greek architecture
Adamy, Rudolf. b722.8 A-22
Architektonik der Hellenen. 1882. Helwing. (Architektonik auf
historischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.i, pt.3.)
Anderson, William James, & Spiers, R. P. b722.8 A54
Architecture of Greece & Rome; a sketch of its historic develop-
ment. 1907. Batsford.
"List of selected books relating to classic architecture," p.333-339.
Development of Greek architecture is traced chronologically, while Roman structures
are considered by classes arranged according to their intended purpose. Many excellent
illustrations.
Beule, Charles Ernest. b722.8 646
L'acropole d'Athenes. 2v. 1853-54. Didot.
M. Beule was a distinguished archaeologist who labored for some time at Athens and
discovered the Propylsea, the ancient entrance to the Acropolis.
Boutmy, fimile Gaston. 722.8 865
Philosophic de 1'architecture en Grece. 1870.
Browne, Edith A. 722.8 6799
Greek architecture. 1909. Black. (Great buildings and how to
enjoy them.)
Short sketch, followed by illustrative examples with notes.
Dodwell, Edward. qb722.8 D67
Views and descriptions of Cyclopian or Pelasgic remains in Greece
and Italy, with constructions of a later period, from drawings by Ed-
ward Dodwell. 1834. Richter.
Intended as a supplement to his "Classical and topographical tour in Greece during
the years 1801, 1805 and 1806."
D'Ooge, Martin Luther. 722.8 D?3
The Acropolis of Athens. 1908. Macmillan.
"Select bibliography," p. 335-360.
Detailed history and description of the Acropolis and its buildings from earliest
known period to the end of the ipth century. Based on the literature of the subject
and personal study at Athens. For the general reader as well as the scholar. Many
illustrations from diagrams, plans and photographs.
Falkener, Edward. qb722.8 Fig
Ephesus and the Temple of Diana. 1862. Day.
MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE 1325
Fergusson, James. qbj22.B Fs8m
Mausoleum at Halicarnassus restored in conformity with the re-
cently discovered remains. 1862. Murray.
By an authority on historical architecture. The mausoleum, erected by Queen
Artemisia in 353 B. C. in memory of King Mausolus, ruler of Caria, was one of the
seven wonders of the world.
"The Essay... has no pretension to being a complete account. . .All that has been
attempted. . .is to recapitulate and explain the various data which have recently been
brought to light., .and to show in what manner these may be applied so as to perfect a
solution of the riddle which has so long perplexed the student of classical architecture."
Preface.
Lethaby, William Richard. 722.8 L6s
Greek buildings, represented by fragments in the British Museum.
1908. Batsford.
Contents: Diana's temple at Ephesus. The tomb of Mausolus. The Parthenon
and its sculptures. Other works.
There is no full treatment of any one of the buildings discussed. The whole volume
gives the impression of being in the form of rough notes intended to be worked out
properly later.
Marquand, Allan. 722.8
Greek architecture. 1909. Macmillan. (Handbooks of archaeology
and antiquities.)
Concise account of materials and construction, architectural forms, proportion,
decoration, composition, style and monuments. Author is (1909) professor of art and
archaeology at Princeton University. Illustrated.
Stevenson, John James. qb722.8 884
Restoration of the mausoleum at Halicarnassus. 1909. Batsford.
Description of the various restorations, with an account of the data upon which
they are based and of the actual remains of the building discovered by Sir Charles
Newton.
Wilkins, William, 1778-1839. qb722.8 W72
Antiquities of Magna Graecia. 1807. Cambridge University Press.
Author executed much work at Cambridge, England, designed University College,
and National Gallery, London.
American architecture
Long, Robert Gary. qb722.g L82
Ancient architecture of America; its historical value and parallelism
of development with the architecture of the Old World; a discourse de-
livered before the New York Historical Society, April 3, 1849. 1849.
Bartlett.
723 Mediaeval architecture
Porter, Arthur Kingsley. qb723 P83
Medieval architecture; its origins and development, with lists of
monuments and bibliographies. 2v. 1909. Baker.
v.i. The origins.
v.2. Normandy and the He de France.
"Bibliographies," v.i, p-333-467; v.2, p. 41 7-479.
Traces the development of the formative styles from the early Christian to the
renaissance. Prominent examples of each are described in classified list of monu-
ments which follows each chapter. Intended for the general reader as well as the
student of architecture. Illustrated from photographs and measured drawings.
1326 MEDIAEVAL ARCHITECTURE
Adamy, Rudolf. b723.i A22
Architektonik der altchristlichen zeit. 1884. (Architektonik auf
historischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.2, pt.i.)
Byzantine. Moorish
Choisy, Francois Auguste. qb723.2 C45
L'art de batir chez les Byzantins. 1883. Librairie de la Societe
Anonyme de Publications Periodiques.
Study of the principles and methods of construction used in Byzantine architecture.
Contains 25 full-page plates in addition to numerous illustrations in the text.
Vogiie, Charles Jean Melchior, marquis de, and others. qb723-2 Vs6
Byzantine architecture and ornament [plates]. 1890. Policy.
Calvert, Albert Frederick qb723.3 Ci4a
The Alhambra; being a brief record of the Arabian conquest of the
peninsula, with a particular account of the Mohammedan architecture
and decoration. 1907. Lane.
Calvert, Albert Frederick. 723.3 Ci4
Granada and the Alhambra; a brief description of the ancient city
of Granada, with a particular account of the Moorish palace. 1907.
Lane. (Spanish series.)
New edition of his larger work "The Alhambra."
Contains a wealth of illustrations, which include not only natural scenery but ex-
amples of Spanish and Saracenic architecture, details of buildings and famous works
of art.
Wells, Nathaniel Armstrong. qb723.3 W4Q
Picturesque antiquities of Spain; described in a series of letters,
with illustrations representing Moorish palaces, cathedrals and other
monuments of art contained in the cities of Burgos, Valladolid, Toledo
and Seville. 1846. Bentley.
Romanesque
Adamy, Rudolf. b723-4 A22
Architektonik des muhamedanischen und romanischen stils. 1887.
(Architektonik auf historischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.2, pt.2.)
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. 1723-4 677
Illustrated catalogue of the Goodyear collection of photographs of
Italian architecture and sculpture and of the survey of Italian mediaeval
buildings. [1896.]
Browne, Edith A. b723-4 678
Great buildings and how to enjoy them; Norman architecture. 1907.
Black.
"Authorities consulted," p.8.
Brief history of Norman architecture, followed by a number of illustrative exam-
ples, chiefly of English cathedrals and churches.
MEDLEY AL ARCHITECTURE 1327
Jackson, Frederick Hamilton. by23.4 Ji2
The shores of the Adriatic; the Italian side; an architectural and
archaeological pilgrimage. 1906. Murray.
"The districts chosen afford ample scope for the descriptive powers of the architect,
for within their limits are the greater of the Apulian cathedrals; the abbeys of Bari,
San Clemente in Casauria, and Pomposa; the churches of Canosa, Monte Sant' Angelo,
Ravenna, and Cividale; the castles of Castel del Monte, Lucera, Trani, Bari, and
Brindisi...A good deal of space is devoted to Manfredonia, the city built by Manfred
in the middle of the thirteenth century." Burlington magazine, 1907.
Jackson, Thomas Graham. b?23.4 Ji2&
Dalmatia, the Quarnero and Tstria, with Cettigne in Montenegro
and the island of Grado. 3v. 1887. Clarendon Press.
"One of those valuable books on architecture which are made up by the author's
personal observations, in a region rich in monuments of art. On the eastern coast
of the Adriatic the remains of the late Roman, of early Romanesque, and later Ro-
manesque art are very abundant, and have been much less- studied than those of more
accessible parts of Europe. To the general reader it may be said that the aspect and
character of a land in which ancient buildings remain almost intact is admirably re-
produced." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Rivoira, G. Teresio. qb723.4 RS*
Le origini della architettura lombarda e delle sue principali deriva-
zioni nei paesi d'oltr' Alpe. 2v. 1901-07. Loescher.
By an Italian architect and archaeologist who has devoted much time to the study
of Romanesque architecture. Contains many illustrations of cathedrals and churches.
Rohault de Fleury, Georges. qby23.4 R62t
La Toscane au moyen age; architecture civile et militaire. 2v. 1873.
Morel.
"Bibliographic" at the end of each section.
"Contains measured drawings and pictorial drawings of such interesting buildings
as the Palazzo Vecchio and the Loggia dei Lanzi, at Florence, the Palazzo Pubblico of
Siena, and private houses, city walls, and gates in half the cities of Tuscany. The
value of the whole is greatly helped by the excellent plans of the different cities which
are given, and the general views of the same cities from hill-tops near. Not students
of architecture only, but readers of mediaeval and later history and students of the fine
art of Italy will find this book extremely suggestive." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated
bibliography of fine art.
Gothic
Adamy, Rudolf. b723.5 A22.
Architektonik des gothischen stils. 1889. (Architektonik auf his-
torischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.2, pt.3.)
Corroyer, fidouard Jules. 723.5 C82a
L'architecture gothique. [1891.] Picard. (Bibliotheque de 1'en-
seignement des beaux-arts.)
"Good account of the origin and growth of the great styles of Western Europe from-
1150 to 1500, with useful illustrations. . .The work of a very competent man." Sturgis
and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Cram, Ralph Adams. 723.5 C86
Gothic quest. 1907. Baker.
Contents: On the restoration of idealism. Concerning architectural style. The
Gothic ascendency. Meeting-houses or churches. The development of ecclesiastical ar-
chitecture in England. The development of ecclesiastical architecture in America. On
1328 MODERN ARCHITECTURE
Cram, Ralph Adams continued. 723.5 C86
the building of churches. The interior decoration of churches. The contemporary ar-
chitecture of the Roman Catholic church. One of the lost arts. The case against the
ficole des Beaux Arts. Architectural education in the United States.
The same ^723. 5 C86
Collection of thoughtful essays and addresses, in general emphasizing the close re-
lation which art bears to civilization and in particular urging that more attention should
be paid to the beautiful in church architecture.
Rickman, Thomas. ^723.5 R43
Attempt to discriminate the styles of architecture in England, from
the conquest to the reformation; with,a sketch of the Grecian and Ro-
man orders, notices of numerous British edifices and some remarks on
the architecture of a part of France; fifth edition, with very consider-
able additions [by J. H. Parker]. 1848. Parker.
The same; seventh edition, with considerable additions, chiefly his-
torical [by J. H. Parker]. 1881 ^723.5 R^a
Binder's title reads "Gothic architecture."
Schayes, Antoine Guillaume Bernard. qb723-5 831
Treatise on the pointed style of architecture in Belgium; tr. by
Henry Austin. 3v. in I. [1844.]
One of the papers which appeared in Weale's "Quarterly papers on architecture,"
published in London in 1844.
Schayes was a distinguished Belgian antiquarian. The treatise gives brief descrip-
tions of the principal Gothic buildings erected in Belgium from the loth to the i6th
century.
Scott, Sir George Gilbert. b723-5 842
Remarks on secular & domestic architecture, present & future. 1857.
Murray.
Scott was one of the best known English architects of the ipth century. The book
is virtually a plea for the revival of the Gothic style.
Warton, Thomas, and others. qb723-5 W26
Essays on Gothic architecture; illustrated by 12 plates of orna-
ments, &c selected from ancient buildings, calculated to exhibit the
various styles of different periods; to which is added a list of the ca-
thedrals of England with their dimensions. 1808. Taylor.
724 Modern architecture
Lambert, Andre, & Stahl, Eduard, ed. qb724 Li8
Architektur von 1750-1850 [plates]. [1903.] Wasmuth.
Riickwardt, Hermann, ed. qb?24 R82
Architectural studies from Budapest; a collection for architects, com-
prising the finest facades and architectural details of public and private
buildings recently erected at Budapest. [1889.] Hessling.
Collection of 60 plates, with brief text in German and Hungarian.
Rusca, Luigi. qb?24 R8g
Raccolta dei disegni di diverse fabbriche costrutte in Pietroburgo e
nell' interne dell' impero russo. 2v. in i. 1810.
Title-page and text in Italian and French.
MODERN ARCHITECTURE 1329
Renaissance
Adamy, Rudolf. bjaq.i Aza
Architektonik der friihrenaissance. 1896. (Architektonik auf his-
torischer und aesthetischer grundlage, v.3, pt.i.)
Anderson, William James. 724.1 A55
Architecture of the renaissance in Italy. 1909. Batsford.
"A list of selected books relating to the Italian renaissance," p. 186-189.
"This is a delightful book, and... an important one... The main purpose... is to
unfold, and in minor sense to criticise, the works of the earlier architects of the Renais-
sance... The work leaves little to be desired in [the author's] estimate of each actor in
the drama of Renaissance architecture. . .Four fifths of his book are devoted to the
early and the culminating periods... We have here collected a thoroughly representative
series of buildings, just such as a judicious traveller would select to visit if he wished
to understand, not only the masterpieces of the painters of Italy, but also the caskets
in which their works are enshrined; and the criticisms of the author are of greater
value than his modesty seems to claim for them... The illustrations. . .help the study of
the matter to the fullest extent. . .selected as they have been with the greatest judgment
and perception." Journal of the Royal Institute of British Architects, 1896-97.
Berty, Adolphe. qbj2^.i 646
La renaissance monumentale en France; specimens de composition
et d'ornementation architectoniques empruntes aux edifices construits
depuis le regne de Charles VIII jusqu'a celui de Louis XIV [plates].
2v. 1864. Morel.
Escosura, Patricio de la. qb724.i Eyg
Espana artistica y monumental; vistas y descripcion de los sitios y
monumentos mas notables de Espana; obra dirigida y ejecutada por
Genaro Perez de Villa-Amil, texto redactado por Patricio de la Esco-
sura. 4v. 1842-50.
v.i -3. Estampas.
v.4. Texto.
Spanish and French text.
The engravings are chiefly of architectural subjects, but also represent Spanish life
and scenery. The text is historical and descriptive.
b724.i Pi?
Les palais & vues de la ville de Turin et ses environs [plates].
Published by Santo Vallardi, Milan.
With this are bound: Les principaux edifices de la ville de Genes et ses environs.
Les curiosites de la ville de Milan et de ses environs.
Small engravings. No text.
Schaefer, Carl. qb724.i 829
Die holzarchitektur Deutschlands vom 14. bis 18. jahrhundert;
hrsg. vom Verbande Deutscher Architekten- und Ingenieur-Vereine
und dem Gesammtvereine der Deutschen Geschichts- und Alterthums-
Vereine [plates]. Wasmuth.
Schiitz, Alexander, ed. qb724.i 839
Die renaissance in Italien; eine sammlung der werthvollsten er-
haltenen monumente in chronologischer folge geordnet. 4v. 1905-07.
v.i. Friih renaissance,
v.a. Hoch-renaissance.
v.3. Decoration in stein und terracotta.
v.4. Decoration in holz.
1330 MODERN ARCHITECTURE
Vallance, Aymer. qr?24-i Vis
Art in England during the Elizabethan and Stuart periods, with a
note on the first century of English engraving by M. C. Salaman; ed.
by Charles Holme. 1908. (Studio. Special spring number, 1908.)
Contents: Exteriors. Interiors. Furniture. Textiles and embroidery. The first
century of English engraving, by M. C. Salaman.
English. American
Richardson, Charles James. qb724-4 R4i
Architectural remains of the reigns of Elizabeth and James I, from
accurate drawings and measurements taken from existing specimens.
v.l in 2. 1840. Privately printed.
No more published.
Views and details of ornament in a few of the homes of the nobility of that period.
Holland house, Theobalds, the seat of Lord Burleigh and Coombe abbey, the seat of
the earl of Craven are included.
Singleton, Esther, ed. 724.9 S6i
Historic buildings of America, as seen and described by famous
writers. 1906. Dodd.
The samf r?24.g S6i
Contents: The Capitol, Washington, by J. B. Varnum. Within the Capitol, by
Charles Dickens. Arlington, Virginia, by I. D. Hardy. Carpenters' hall, by B. J.
Lossing. The Cradock house, Medford, by S. A. Drake. Fraunces tavern, by W. J.
Davis. William and Mary College, by John Fiske. The Mission Dolores, San Fran-
cisco, by Lady Hardy. King's chapel, Boston, by F. W. P. Greenwood. Some buildings
in Havana, by Richard Davey. St. Michael's church, Charleston, by W. G. Simms.
The Carlyle' house, Alexandria. Independence hall, Philadelphia, by D. W. Belisle.
The Castle of Chapultepec, by T. U. Brocklehurst. Parliament buildings, Ottawa, by
Lady Hardy. Mount Vernon, by A. S. Martin. The Old Manse, Concord, by Nathaniel
Hawthorne. The Jamestown tower, by C. F. Stansbury. Nassau hall, Princeton.
Castle Garden, New York, by Esther Singleton. Monticello, by E. C. Mead. The Wil-
liam Penn house, Philadelphia, by J. F. Watson. The Cathedral, Mexico, by T. U.
Brocklehurst. The Whipple house, Ipswich, by W. H. Downes. Fort Marion, St.
Augustine, by I. D. Hardy. St. Anne de Beaupre, Quebec, by A. T. Sadlier. The
Wadsworth-Longfellow house, Portland, by Nathan Goold. Washington's headquarters,
Newburgh, by G. C. Verplanck. The Tabernacle, Salt Lake City, by Lady Hardy.
The national Washington monument, by J. B. Varnum. The Clarke-Hancock house,
Lexington. Castle St. Louis, Quebec, by J. M. LeMoine. Sunnyside, Tarrytown, by
B. J. Lossing. The Old Witch house, Salem, by Esther Singleton. Shrine of Guada-
lupe, by T. U. Brocklehurst. Christ church, Alexandria, by Bishop Meade. A glimpse
at the houses of New Orleans, by Lady Hardy. The Chateau de Ramezay, Montreal,
by A. C. Yate. The City hall, New York, by A. S. Martin. The White house. The
White house of the Confederacy, Richmond. The Old state house, Boston, by E. G.
Porter. The Morris-Jumel house, New York. Fort Sumter, by I. D. Hardy. Old
stone tower, Newport, by B. J. Lossing. St. Paul's chapel, New York, by Charles Hem-
street. Faneuil hall, Boston, by E. G. Porter. Liberty enlightening the world, New
York, by Esther Singleton.
725 Public buildings
Hoffmann, Ludwig, stadtbaurath von Berlin. qb?25 H68
Neubauten der stadt Berlin; gesamtansichten und einzelheiten nach
den mit massen versehenen originalzeichnungen der fassaden und der
innenraume, sowie naturaufnahmen der bemerkenswertesten teile der
seit dem jahre 1897 in Berlin errichteten stadtischen bauten; mit be-
schreibenden text. v.6-io. 1907-11.
Large plates of plans, details and general views.
For v. 1-5 see preceding catalogue, second series.
PUBLIC BUILDINGS 1331
Societe d' Architecture d' Amsterdam. qt>725 867
Le Palais de la Paix a La Haye; reproductions des 6 projets primes
et de 40 autr.es projets, choisis par la Societe d'Architecture d' Amster-
dam et publics sous sa direction. [1906-07.] (Concours international
de la fondation-Carnegie.)
Desjardins, Antoine. qb725.i 046
Monographic de I'hotel-de-ville de Lyon, restaure sous 1'adminis-
tration de MM. Vaisse et Chevreau, accompagnee d'un texte historique
et descriptif. 1867. Morel.
The hotel de ville was begun in 1646, damaged by fire in 1674, and restored by
Jules Hardouin Mansart. The plates, of which there are a large number, give interior
and exterior details.
Koch, Alexander, ed. qb725.i Ks6
London County Council hall; final competition. 1908. Academy
architecture.
Issued as a special number of "British competitions in architecture."
Gauthier, Julie Celina. r725.n 624
Minnesota capitol; official guide and history. 1907. [Pioneer
Press.]
Illustrated with views of the interior sculpture, mural decorations, etc.
Herrenhaus und Abgeordnetenhaus in Berlin [plates]. qr725.ii H47
Twenty-five large and finely executed photographs by the royal court photographer,
Hermann Riickwardt. Thirteen are of the Herrenhaus and 12 of the Abgeordnetenhaus.
They are mounted and bound in book form.
Pennsylvania Attorney general. r725.ii
Report in re capitol investigation. 1907.
Report in regard to the expenditure of funds for the new state capitol, consisting
largely of correspondence between the attorney-general, the architect and the contrac-
tors.
Wolfrum, Friedrich, pub. qb725.2i W84
Das schaufenster; ausgefiihrte moderne schaufensteranlagen und
ladenfronten, wiedergegeben nach photographischen aufnahmen von
entwiirfen hervorragender architekten und erlautert durch beifiigung
der grundriss- und schnittzeichnungen. 1st ser. [1905-06.]
Gilbert, Bradford Lee. qb725.3 638
Sketch portfolio of railroad stations and kindred structures; supple-
ment. 1904.
For work which this supplements see preceding catalogue, first series.
Hospitals
Bottger, Paul. qb725.5 664
Grundsatze fur den bau von krankenhausern. 1894. Ernst.
Vortrag gehalten auf der u. wanderversammlung des Verbandes Deutscher Archi-
tekten- und Ingenieur-Vereine in Strassburg am 28. August 1894.
Gives plans of a few German hospitals.
1332 PUBLIC BUILDINGS
Galton, Sir Douglas Strutt. 725.5 615
Healthy hospitals; observations on some points connected with hos-
pital construction. 1893. Clarendon Press.
"List of some of the books Consulted in the compilation of Healthy hospitals,"
P-9-ii.
Discusses sites, heating, lighting, ventilating, the arrangement of wards and ad-
ministrative buildings, with a chapter on lying-in hospitals, and some observations on
children's hospitals, hospitals for incurables, etc. Written for English conditions. The
author has had much experience in construction.
Ochsner, Albert John, & Sturm, M. J. qbyas.s Oij
Organization, construction and management of hospitals, with nu-
merous plans and details. 1907. Cleveland Press.
Chiefly occupied with the question of construction. One of the authors is (1907)
professor of clinical surgery in the medical department of the University of Illinois
and the other a Chicago architect.
Toilet, Casimir. qb725-5 TS&
Les edifices hospitaliers depuis leur origine jusqu'a nos jours; de
1'assistance publique et des hopitaux jusqu'au I9e siecle; les hopitaux
au ige siecle, etudes, projets, discussions et programmes relatifs a leur
construction; description de 1'hopital civil et militaire suburbain de
Montpellier. 1892. [Bailliere.]
M. Toilet is an authority on hospital construction and the originator of a system
called by his name, which has for one of its chief characteristics the building of the
roof in the form of an arch. Contains plans and illustrations.
Toilet, Casimir. ^725.5 T$Sh
Les hopitaux modernes au 196 siecle, description des principaux
hopitaux franqais et etrangers; situation de 1'assistance publique en
Europe, causes principales du pauperisme, valeur sanitaire des materi-
aux de construction, leur emploi. 1894. Privately printed.
Intended to furnish a means of comparing the different types of hospitals in vari-
ous countries. Many plans are given.
Baths
Allen, John Kennott. 725.7 A42
Swimming pools; their construction, mechanical installation, water
supply, heating the water, various types of installations adapted to dif-
ferent conditions. 1907. Domestic Engineering.
Cross, Alfred William Stephens. Q725-7 C8g
Public baths and wash-houses; a treatise on their planning, design,
arrangement and fitting, having special regard to the acts arranging
for their provision, with chapters on Turkish, Russian and other special
baths, public laundries, engineering, heating, water supply, etc. 1906.
Batsford.
The same qb725-7 C8g
Author is an architect and writes from the point of view of the architect rather than
that of the municipal official or sanitarian. The book contains numerous illustrations
of baths and wash-houses and the fixtures required by each.
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE 1333
Theatres
Daly, Cesar Denis, & Davioud, G. J. A. qb725.8 Dij
Architecture conteniporaine; les theatres de la Place du Chatelet:
Theatre du Chatelet, Theatre-Lyrique. [1867?] Ducher.
The authors were well-known French architects. The work consists of plans and
reproductions of the ornament and decoration of these two Parisian theatres, prefaced
by an account of the details of their architectural construction.
Freeman, John Ripley. 725.8 Fgi
On the safeguarding of life in theaters; being a study from the stand-
point of an engineer. 1906.
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American Society of Mechanical En-
gineers."
"Contains much matter of vital importance to the public in general and to all public
officers responsible for precautions against fire in places of entertainment. It is a
scientific treatise by an expert, and its statements are amply fortified by facts, figures,
and illustrations." Nation, 1906-
Hammitzsch, Martin. qb725.8 H22
Der moderne theaterbau. 1906. v.i. Wasmuth.
v.i. Der hofische theaterbau, der anfang der modernen theaterbaukunst, ihre
entwicklung und betatigung zur zeit der renaissance, des barock und des rokoko.
Contains numerous illustrations and plans.
726 Ecclesiastical architecture. Cathedrals
Acqua, Carlo dell'. qb726 Ai8
Dell' insigne reale basilica di San Michele Maggiore in Pavia. 1875.
Historical as well as descriptive account of one of the most interesting Romanesque-
Lombard churches of the nth and i2th centuries. Illustrated.
Aitken, George Shaw. qb726
Abbeys of Arbroath, Balmerino and Lindores. 1884. Leng.
Drawings and plans of these Scottish abbeys, with brief descriptions and some facts
in regard to their history.
Baudot, Joseph Eugene Anatole de, & Perrault-Dabot, A. qb?26 6320
Les cathedrales de France [plates]. 2v. [1905-09.]
v.i. A a L.
v.2. M a Z.
Large plates with brief historical notes, providing exterior and interior views and
sometimes plans and details.
Bax, Pearce B. Ironside. 726 6330
Cathedral church of Bangor; an account of its fabric and a brief his-
tory of the see. 1907. Bell. (Bell's cathedral series.)
Well illustrated with exterior and interior views of this Welsh cathedral.
Borja, Luis Moreno y Gil de Borja, marques de. qr726 663
Panteones de reyes y de infantes en el real monasterio de el Escorial.
1909.
Publicado como suplementos en "La Ilustracion espanola y americana," 1909.
Bowler, George. qb726 6662
Chapel and church architecture, with designs for parsonages. 1856.
Jewett.
Designs for simple and inexpensive structures in the style of the middle igth
century.
1334 CATHEDRALS
Brandon, John Raphael, & Brandon, J. A. qby26 B6g
Parish churches; being perspective views of English ecclesiastical
structures, accompanied by plans drawn to a uniform scale and letter-
press descriptions. 2v. 1858. Kent.
Britton, John. qby26 Bjsch
Chronological history and graphic illustrations of Christian archi-
tecture in England. 1835. Nattali.
The same. (In his Architectural antiquities of Great
Britain, v.5.) qbj2o.g^2 675 v.5
"He first combined antiquarian with topographical description. He effected a
great improvement in the style and character of the illustrations of ancient monuments;
and the general admiration excited by the engravings in his works gave rise to a novel
interest in his subject, and became one of the incitements to deeper studies and investi-
gations." Encyclopaedia Britannica.
Bumpus, Thomas Francis. 726 B88cat
Cathedrals and churches of Belgium. [1909.] Laurie. (Cathedral
series.)
"List of some of the most remarkable pictures in the churches described or alluded
to in this volume," p. 287-295.
Although the quality of Belgium's ecclesiastical architecture is not of the highest,
it possesses some notable examples of Romanesque and early Gothic work, to which the
Flemish schools of painting have given an added lustre. Mr Bumpus provides both
historical and architectural description.
Bumpus, Thomas Francis. 726 B88c
Cathedrals and churches of northern Italy. [1907.] Laurie.
"Bibliography," p.36$.
His itinerary was from Trent to Verona, Vicenza, Padua and Venice, thence south
to Ferrara, Bologna, Ravenna, Modena, Parma, Piacenza, Cremona, Pavia and Milan.
The descriptions are almost entirely architectural, but useful lists are given of the pic-
tures and wall-paintings in the churches he describes. Fully illustrated.
Bumpus, Thomas Francis. 726 B88ca
Cathedrals and churches of Norway, Sweden and Denmark. [1908.]
Pott.
Fully illustrated.
Butler, Alfred Joshua. 726 8974
Ancient Coptic churches of Egypt. 2v. 1884. Clarendon Press.
Study of the old Christian churches in and near Cairo. The first volume treats of
the architecture of the churches and is illustrated with plans. The second volume is
filled with a minute study of the church furniture, vestments and ritual, described with
antiquarian zeal.
Champneys, Arthur Charles. qb726 Css
Irish ecclesiastical architecture, with some notice of similar or re-
lated work in England, Scotland and elsewhere. 1910. Bell.
"Ablest and fairest account that has yet appeared on the large and interesting sub-
ject of Irish architecture." Athenceum, 1910.
Coakley, Thomas F. qr?26 C62
Description of the Epiphany Church, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
[1910. Pittsburgh.]
Binder's title reads "A notable work of Christian art, the Epiphany Church, Pitts-
burgh, Pa."
CATHEDRALS 1335
Cram, Ralph Adams. 726 C86ru
Ruined abbeys of Great Britain. 1905. Pott.
Contents: Glastonbury. Lindisfarne and Whitby. Beaulieu and Netley. Tintern.
Gisburgh and Bolton. Jedburgh and Kelso. Rievaulx and Byland. Melrose and Dry-
burgh. Kirkstall. St. Mary's, York. Malmesbury. Our Lady of the Fountains.
The author is a well known church architect. Generously illustrated.
"Mr. Cram brings a well-trained eye and a reverent mind, as well as much originali-
ty and freshness of thought to bear upon the fabrics and story of his selected abbeys."
Athenaum, 1907.
De Vries, William Levering. 726
The foundation stone book, Washington cathedral, A. D. 1907. 1908.
[Adams.]
Ceremonies connected with the laying of the corner-stone. Contains memorial ad-
dress on Bishop Satterlee. Written and published by order of the bishop and chapter of
Washington. Illustrated.
Diehl, Charles. b726 057
fitudes d'archeologie byzantine; 1'eglise et les mosaiques du couvent
de Saint-Luc en Phocide. 1889. Thorin.
Historical and architectural description.
Dupasquier, Louis. qb726 Dga
Monographic de Notre-Dame de Brou [plates]. [1842.]
Gade, John Allyne. 726 Gia
Cathedrals of Spain. 1911. Houghton.
"Books consulted," ^.267-268.
"Although the book is distinctly an architectural guide-book, the non-professional
traveller will find it not only useful but readable; for it contains something more than
is given in a Baedeker, and is enlivened by occasional imaginative descriptions foreign
to the habit of the ordinary guide-book writer." Nation, 1911.
Gasquet, Francis Aidan. . 726 G2i
Greater abbeys of England, with illustrations in colour after War-
wick Goble. 1908. Dodd.
Treatment chiefly historical, based on ripe knowledge. From Catholic point of
view.
Gilbert, Antoine Pierre Marie. b726 638
Description historique de 1'eglise cathedrale de Notre-Dame
d'Arniens. 1833.
Goodyear, William Henry. qr726 663
Architectural refinements; a reply to Mr Bilson. 1907.
Extract from the "Journal of the Royal Institute of British Architects," v.s8, no.i.
Mr Bilson's criticism was chiefly directed towards what Mr Goodyear had written on
the subject of Amiens cathedral and its refinements.
Goodyear, William Henry. b726 G6s
Widening refinement in Rheims cathedral. 1907. Privately printed.
Brief account of the author's discovery of the existence of an outward vertical
divergence in the lines of the cathedral nave.
Gout, Paul femile. qb726 675
Le Mont-Saint-Michel; histoire de 1'abbaye et de la ville; etude
archeologique et architectural des monuments. 2v. 1910.
"Bibliographic," v.2, p.7i3~73O.
Very complex and irresistible is the appeal made to the imagination by the rocky
islet of Mont-Saint-Michel, rising up in lonely dignity from the beautiful bay named
1336 CATHEDRALS
Gout, Paul fimile continued. qb"j26
after it, and the noble buildings, half fortress, half abbey, crowning its summit. The
architect-in-chief, to whom the restoration and preservation of the historic monuments
of Mont-Saint-Michel were entrusted, has devoted 12 years to a close study of them.
His book is enriched by over 700 illustrations, including facsimiles of original manu-
scripts dating as far back as the toth century, reproductions of old prints and water
colors, maps and plans, views of the island and abbey as a whole, topographical and
architectural details, etc., which, even without the text, give an excellent idea of the
famous island. Condensed from Outlook (London), 1911.
Hartel, August, & Seibertz, Engelbert. qbj26
Moderne kirchenbauten [plates]. 2v. 1900. Wasmuth.
Kidder, Frank Eugene. bj26
Churches and chapels; designs and suggestions for architects. 1910.
Comstock.
Small collection of designs, details and plans offering the greatest capacity and the
best architectural effect for the least outlay.
Laspeyres, Paul. qby26 1,34
Die kirchen der renaissance in mittel-Italien. 1882. Spemann.
Plans, with brief descriptive notes.
Lefroy, William Chambers. 726 Ls4
Ruined abbeys of Yorkshire. 1891. Seeley.
Contents: St. Mary's, York. Rievaulx. Byland. Fountains. Kirkstall. Kirk-
stall and Roche. Jervaulx. Mount Grace priory. St. Agatha's and Eggleston.
Bolton, Guisborough and Kirkham. Whitby.
Lethaby, William Richard. 726 L6sw
Westminster abbey, the kings' craftsmen; a study of mediaeval
building. 1906. Dutton.
The purpose of the book is not so much to describe the abbey itself as to give an
account of the masons, carpenters, sculptors, painters and other craftsmen who built
and decorated it. The first six chapters are descriptive and historical, the rest are de-
voted to the mediaeval craftsmen whose works are preserved in the abbey.
McCall, Hardy Bertram. by26 Mi2
Richmondshire churches. 1910. Stock.
Author has selected ten churches and through them presents "an epitome of English
ecclesiastical architecture from the eleventh to the sixteenth century."
Moller, Georg. qb726 M7Q6
Denkmaler der deutschen baukunst. [1831.] Leske.
First published in 1815.
Author (17841852) was a noted German architect. The work is devoted to church
architecture and consists of plates, giving exterior views, details of ornament and ground-
plans, accompanied by brief explanations.
qb726 M83
Monographic de Notre-Dame de Paris et de la nouvelle sacristie de
MM. Lassus et Viollet-le-Duc [plates] ; precedee d'une notice historique
et archeologique par M. Celtibere. [1857?] Morel.
The 80 large plates include plans of the interior and details of the facades, en-
trances, windows, etc. Viollet-le-Duc and Lassus were the architects commissioned in
1842 to superintend the restoration and additions made to the cathedral.
Mullooly, Joseph. b726 Mg6
Saint Clement, pope and martyr, and his basilica in Rome. 1873.
Barbera.
The discoveries of Father Mullooly, an Irish abbot, have given an extraordinary
interest to this church. In spite of modernizations under Clement XI, the upper church
CATHEDRALS 1337
Mullooly, Joseph continued. bj26 Mg6
retains more of the details belonging to primitive ecclesiastical architecture than any
other building in Rome. It was erected in memory of Clement, the fellow-laborer of St.
Paul and the third, bishop of Rome. Condensed from Hare's Walks in Rome.
Otzen, Johannes. qb"j26 Osi
Ausgefuehrte bauten [plates]. 2v. 1894-1905. Wasmuth.
Pennell, Mrs Elizabeth (Robins). qj26 P$g
French cathedrals, monasteries and abbeys and sacred sites of
France. 1909. Century.
Contents: Romanesque and Provengal sunshine. Romanesque and restoration in
Aquitaine. From Poitiers to Caen. The churches of Auvergne. The most picturesque
place in the world [Le Puy]. At Toulouse and Albi. An Albert Durer town, Rocama-
dour. Notre-Dame and other churches in Paris. Chartres, the house of prayer. St.
Julien of Le Mans. "In the peril of the sea," Mont St. Michel. Notre-Dame of Laon.
St. Etienne of Bourges. Amiens, "the Parthenon of Gothic architecture." Notre-
Dame of Rouen. Where kings were crowned, Rheims. A magnificent fragment,
Beauvais.
"Beautiful volume of entertaining description and exquisite illustrations, the result
of travel and work covering the past eighteen years. The large number of reproductions
of etchings and drawings in black, and black and tint, illustrate thirty cathedrals and
churches and are in Mr. Pennell's best vein. The text is a pleasing combination of
personal impressions and description, with a slight background of history." A. L. A.
booklist, /pop.
Perkins, Thomas. 726 P43S
Short account of Romsey abbey; a description of the fabric, and
notes on the history of the convent of SS. Mary & Ethelfleda. 1907.
Bell. (Bell's cathedral series.)
Historical and architectural description.
Pittsburgh, Calvary Protestant Episcopal Church. rjz6 P6j
Architects' report to the vestry on the church windows [by R. A.
Cram], together with an explanation of the scenes and figures. 1909.
[Pittsburgh.]
Pittsburgh, St. Paul's Cathedral. r726 P674
Saint Paul's Cathedral. 1906. [Pittsburgh.]
Guide book.
Ripley, Martha M. q726 R48
The world's worship in stone; temple, cathedral and mosque. 1882.
Estes.
Descriptions, fully illustrated, of famous cathedrals, churches and temples in Europe
and Asia.
Roosval, Johnny. qr726 R68
Legender och symboler i Uppsala domkyrkas koromgang. 1908.
Rose, Elise Whitlock. 726 R7ic
Cathedrals and cloisters of midland France, with illustrations by
V. H. Francis. 2v. 1907. Putnam.
A combination of architectural description, history and anecdote, companion vol-
umes to the author's "Cathedrals and cloisters of the south of France." In this work the
cathedrals of Savoy, Dauphine. Burgundy, Auvergne and Aquitaine are discussed.
There are numerous excellent illustrations.
1338 CATHEDRALS
Rose, Elise Whitlock. 726 Ryi
Cathedrals and cloisters of the south of France. 2v. 1906. Put-
nam.
"List of works consulted," v.i, p. 13-1 5.
Comparatively little has been written in English concerning these cathedrals of
Gascony, Provence and Languedoc. The book is the fruit of many summers spent in
France. A large number of illustrations add much to the charm of the volumes.
Rossi, L. Melano.
Santuario of the Madonna di Vico; pantheon of Charles Emanuel I
of Savoy. 1907. Macmillan.
"Books referred to," p.225~23o.
In 1596 Charles Emmanuel 1, duke of Savoy, caused designs to be made for an im-
mense church which was to serve as the burial place for members of the house of Savoy.
The work then begun was not completed until toward the close of the ipth century,
when the Italian government took it as a national monument. The dome is one of the
largest in the world. The book contains excellent plans and photographs and a chrono-
logical table of the house of Savoy whose history, although Charles Emmanuel was the
only member of the family buried in the church, has been closely interwoven with that
of the santuario during almost three centuries.
Satterlee, Henry Yates, bp. 726 825
Building of a cathedral [SS. Peter and Paul, Washington, D. C.].
[1901.] Gorham.
Detailed information regarding its history, foundation, organization and building.
[Satterlee, Henry Yates, bp.] rj26 825
Washington cathedral and the working out of an ideal. [1907.]
Pamphlet giving the description and purpose of the proposed Episcopal cathedral at
Washington, D. C. Plans and interior and exterior views are included.
Sedding, Edmund H. b726 844
Norman architecture in Cornwall; a handbook to old Cornish
ecclesiastical architecture, with notes on ancient manor houses, with a
chapter on the old saints of Cornwall. 1909. Ward.
In this remote corner of England are to be found beautiful examples of Norman
work, especially those built of great blocks of serpentine, the local stone. Much valuable
information is compressed into the book and there are over 160 plates of fonts, door-
ways and other details.
Shaw, Richard Norman. qb726 853
Architectural sketches from the continent [plates]. 1872.
Plates, without text, illustrating chiefly cathedral and church architecture in France,
Italy, Germany and Belgium.
Simeoni, Luigi. qb726 858
La basilica di S. Zeno di Verona; illustrazione su documenti nuovi,
corredata de tavole fuori testo di C. A. e G. Baroni. 1909. Baroni.
Singleton, Esther, ed. 726 861
Famous cathedrals as seen and described by great writers. 1909.
Dodd.
The same ................................................. r726 S6i
Contents: Rouen cathedral, by Benjamin Winkles. St. Mark's, Venice, by Theo-
phile Gautier. Peterborough cathedral, by W. J. Loftie. Amiens cathedral, by A. J. C.
Hare. Oxford cathedral, by Francis Bond. Bourges cathedral, by Arthur Symons.
St. Peter's, Rome, by Francis Wey. Pamplona cathedral, by G. E. Street. Ely cathe-
dral, by W. D. Sweeting. Strassburg cathedral, by Julius Euting. Sens cathedral, by
L. Cloquet. Durham cathedral, by Canon Talbot. Aix-la-Chapelle cathedral, by Victor
Hugo. The Duomo, Florence, by E. Grifi. Notre Dame, Paris, by S. S. Beale. York
CATHEDRALS 1339
Singleton, Esther, ed. continued. 726 S6i
minster, by Dean Purey-Cust. Burgos cathedral, by Edmondo de Amicis. Chalons-sur-
Marne, by J. J. Bourasse. Winchester cathedral, by Dean Kitchen. Tours cathedral,
by Stanislas Bellanger. St. Bavon, Ghent, by F. G. Stephens. Bayeux cathedral, by
H. H. Bishop. St. Stephen's, Vienna, by Julius Meurer. Evreux cathedral, by Ben-
jamin Winkles. Rochester cathedral, by W. J. Loftie. Milan cathedral, by Joseph
Boldorini. Chichester cathedral, by Francis Bond. Rheims cathedral, by A. J. C. Hare.
St. Isaac's, St. Petersburg, by Theophile Gautier. Noyon cathedral, by Eugene Le-
fevre-Pontalis. St. Paul's, London, by Dean Milman. Cologne cathedral, by Esther
Singleton. Coutances cathedral, by Paul Joanne. Glasgow cathedral, by John Honey-
man. Como cathedral, by J. A. Symonds. Vassili-Blagennoi, Moscow, by Theophile
Gautier. Gloucester cathedral, by Dean Spence. Chartres cathedral, by H. J. L. L.
Masse. St. Patrick's, Dublin, by Dean Bernard. Soissons cathedral, by L. Cloquet.
Tournay cathedral, by F. G. Stephens. Le Mans cathedral, by A. J. C. Hare. Canter-
bury cathedral, by Francis Bond. Laon cathedral, by Esther Singleton. Gerona cathe-
dral, by G. E. Street. Beauvais cathedral, by Benjamin Winkles. Lichfield cathedral,
by W. J. Loftie. Poitiers cathedral, by J. J. Bourasse.
Stewart, David James. bj26 884
On the architectural history of Ely cathedral. 1868. Van Voorst.
Gives plans and illustrations.
Walcott, Mackenzie Edward Charles. 1726 Wis
Church and conventual arrangement; illustrated by ground-plans
and plates of the arrangements of churches. [1861.] Atchley.
Gives a multitude of facts relating to the development and mutual influence of
various schools of early Christian and mediaeval architecture, and shows the expansions
of the early church due to the necessities of the ritual or to outside influences. Does
not include parish churches.
Walker, John Russell. qbjz6 Wi6
Pre-reformation churches in Fifeshire. 1895. Mould.
Drawings, accompanied by short descriptions. The work is confined to the small
Scottish churches.
Webb, Benjamin. ry26 W$6
Sketches of continental ecclesiology; or, Church notes in Belgium,
Germany and Italy. 1848. Masters.
"List of books referred to," p.i8.
Description of the interiors of a large number of churches and cathedrals.
Whewell, William. 726 W62
Architectural notes on German churches, to which is added notes
written during an architectural tour in Picardy and Normandy. 1835.
Pitt Press.
First essay is an exposition of the author's theory of the nature and origin of Gothic
architecture. In the second he compares French and English churches. Illustrated.
Willmott, E. C. Morgan. 726 W75
Cathedral church of Llandaff; a description of the building and a
short history of the see. 1907. Bell. (Bell's cathedral series.)
Llandaff is the second largest of the Welsh cathedrals and the oldest Episcopal see
in Great Britain. Many illustrations.
Worley, George. 726 W8gc
Church of the Knights templars in London; a description of the
fabric and its contents, with a short history of the order. 1907. Bell.
(Bell's cathedral series.)
"A selection of works on the Temple church," p.g.
Not quite as full as Thomas Henry Baylis's book on the same subject (726 8336),
but contains more illustrations.
1340 EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS
Worley, George. 726 W8gp
Priory church of St. Bartholomew-the-Great, Smithfield; a short
history of the foundation and a description of the fabric, and also of
the church of St. Bartholomew-the-Less. 1908. Bell. (Bell's cathedral
series.)
"A selection of works on St. Bartholomew-the-Great," p.7-8.
Fully illustrated. The priory of St. Bartholomew was founded in 1123.
qr726.05 45
Christian art [monthly], April 1907-08. v.i-v.4, no.3. 1907-08.
No more published.
Formerly called "Magazine of Christian art."
727 Buildings for educational and scientific
purposes
Morrison, Gilbert Burnet. 727.1 Mgi
School architecture and hygiene. (Monographs on education in the
United States; ed. by N. M. Butler, no.9.)
"Bibliography of school house architecture and sanitation," p.S3-s6.
Issued by the Department of education for the United States commission to the
Paris exposition of 1900.
The same. (In Butler, N. M. ed. Education in the United States,
v.i.) .................................................... 370.9 697 v.i
The same. (In Butler, N. M. ed. Education in the United States,
v.i.) .................................................... r 37-9 697 v.i
United States Schoolhouse commission. ^27.1 U25
Report upon a general plan for the consolidation of public schools
in the District of Columbia, Feb. 27, 1908. 1908. (6oth cong. ist sess.
Senate. Doc. no.338.)
Report on the school buildings in the District of Columbia, with recommendations
for improvement and consolidation; followed by plans and descriptions of modern
school buildings, chiefly in New York city and Brooklyn, Chicago, Boston, St. Louis,
Cleveland and Brookline, Mass.
West Virginia Free schools department. ^27.1
School architecture, containing articles and illustrations on school
grounds, houses, outbuildings, heating, ventilation, school decoration.
furniture and fixtures; prepared by M. P. Shawkey, state superintendent
of schools. 1910.
Bryn Mawr College. r?27-3 684
Academic buildings and halls of residence; plans and descriptions.
1907.
Paris, Exposition Universelle de 1900. qb727-7 P23
L'architecture & la sculpture, premiere serie: Les Palais des beaux-
arts; Girault, Deglane, Louvet, Thomas, architectes [plates]. Guerinet.
The Palais des beaux-arts were two of the finest buildings erected for the exposition
of 1900. The Petit palais is now a museum of fine arts and in the Grand palais are
held exhibitions of various kinds. The plates include interior and exterior views.
DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE 1341
New York (city), United Engineering Society Building. V72j.g N26
Program of competition for the selection of an architect for the En-
gineering building and the Engineers Club in New York city. 1904.
728 Domestic architecture
For Building, see 690
Architectural review (Boston). Q728 A6y
American country houses. 1904. Bates.
Being "Architectural review," v.n, Jan. 1904.
Plates, with text, illustrating modern American country homes.
Association of American Portland Cement Manufacturers. qry28 A84
Competitive designs for concrete houses of moderate cost (ranging
from $2,000 to $4,500 each). [1907.]
Atlas Portland Cement Company. q728 A88
Concrete country residences. 1906.
Tlie same. Ed. 2. 1907 qry28 A88
Collection of photographs and plans of country houses built of stucco and rein-
forced concrete.
Atlas Portland Cement Company. q728 A88c
Concrete houses & cottages. 2v. 1909.
v.i. Large houses.
v.2. Small houses.
Audsley, William James, & Audsley, G. A. qb728 Agi
Cottage, lodge and villa architecture. [1870.] Mackenzie.
Plans for English houses, with brief introductory essay on different styles of
domestic architecture.
Bevier, Isabel. 728 646
The house; its plan, decoration and care. 1907. Amer. School of
Home Economics.
Series of lessons followed by test questions.
Building Brick Association of America. q?28 B86h
A house of brick for 10,000 dollars; a plea for the greater use of
brick in our domestic architecture. 1910.
The same qr728 B86
Building Brick Association of America. q?28 B86
A house of brick of moderate cost; the practicability and stability of
the brick house, its value as an investment. 1910. Rogers.
[Comstock, William T. comp.] q728 C73
Bungalows, camps and mountain houses; consisting of a large varie-
ty of designs by a number of architects. 1908. Comstock.
[Comstock, William T. comp.] q?28 C73t
Two-family and twin houses; consisting of a variety of designs con-
tributed by leading architects in all parts of the country, showing the
latest ideas in planning this class of dwellings in city, village and sub-
urbs, together with very complete descriptions. 1908. Comstock.
45
1342 DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE
[Croly, Herbert David, (pseud. William Herbert).] 728 C88
Houses for town or country. 1907. Duffield.
Fully illustrated work on American domestic architecture.
Davison, T. Raffles. q728 032
Modern homes; selected examples of dwelling houses, with a fore-
word by Sir Aston Webb. 1909. Bell.
The examples, which include city, country and suburban houses, are in various
styles and give a good idea of the work of recent years in domestic architecture. Messrs
Lutyens, Voysey, Baillie Scott, Sherrin, Norman Shaw, Basil Champneys and many
others are represented. Well illustrated.
Davison, T. Raffles, ed. 729 032
Arts connected with building; lectures on craftsmanship and design
delivered at Carpenters hall, London Wall, for the Worshipful Com-
pany of Carpenters. 1909. Scribner.
Contents: Reason in building, by R. W. Schultz. Woodwork, by E. G. Dawber.
Influence of material on design in woodwork, by F. W. Troup. The influence of tools
on design, by A. R. Green. Ideas in things, by C. F. A. Voysey. Ideals in building,
false and true, by M. H. B. Scott. House and church furniture, by Charles Spooner.
Decorative plasterwork, by L. A. Turner. External leadwork, by F. W. Troup. Decora-
tive ironwork, by J. S. Gardner.
Desmond, Harry W. & Frohne, H. W. 728 D46b
Building a home; a book of fundamental advice for the layman about
to build. 1908. Baker.
Includes chapters on the choice of a site, the selection of an architect and the
owner's relations to him and to the builder, architects' drawings, treatment of the
suburban site and the principles of architectural design.
Embury, Aymar. Q728 58
One hundred country houses; modern American examples. 1909.
Century.
Contents: Introduction: The new American architecture. New England colonial.
Southern colonial. Classic revival. Dutch colonial. Spanish or mission. American
farm-house. Elizabethan. Modern English. Italian. Art nouveau. Japanesque. The
house and the garden. The plan of the house.
Discusses the development and characteristics of the various styles of American
country house architecture, illustrating and describing the best typical examples by promi-
nent architects.
Fletcher, Banister Flight, & Fletcher, H. P. b728 63
The English home, with an introduction by the duke of Argyll.
[1910.] Methuen.
Concerns itself with the modern country house of moderate cost and gives a com-
plete and concise description of contemporary English methods of planning, construc-
tion, plumbing, heating, ventilation and decoration. Fully illustrated with photographs
and drawings of recent work by the authors' firm and other well-known English archi-
tects.
Garden Suburb Development Co. Hampstead, England. q728 Gi7
Town planning and modern architecture at the Hampstead Garden
Suburb, with contributions by Raymond Unwin and M. H. B. Scott.
1909. Unwin.
The Hampstead Garden Suburb is a tract of 240 acres northwest of Hampstead
Heath which is being developed in an enlightened way as a residential quarter for Lon-
doners. The book contains a large number of suggestive plans for houses designed for
the company by various architects.
DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE 1343
Garner, Thomas, & Stratton, Arthur. qby28 Gi8
Domestic architecture of England during the Tudor period [plates].
pt.i-2. [1908.] Batsford.
Georgian Society. qb728 631
Records of i8th century domestic architecture and decoration in
Dublin, v.2-3. 1910-11. Dublin University Press.
Gibson, Louis Henry. 728
Beautiful houses; a study in house-building. 1895. Crowell.
Gives foreign examples of domestic architecture, some plans for American houses,
and suggests materials and details.
Holly, Henry Hudson. qrj28 Hys
Country seats, containing lithographic designs for cottages, villas,
mansions, etc. with their accompanying outbuildings; also country
churches, city buildings, railway stations, etc. 1863. Appleton.
Home, Bruce J. qbjzS
Old houses in Edinburgh, ist-2d ser. 1905-07. Hay.
Contents: Sir Archibald Acheson's house. Lady Stair's house. Plainstane close.
Advocates' close from the upper end. Back of Bakehouse close (upper courtyard).
Kinloch's close, High street. Brown's court, Canongate (looking north). Advocates'
close (from the lower end). Back of Bakehouse close (lower courtyard). Interior of
Bakehouse close (east side). Brown's court, Canongate (looking south). Bakehouse
close, Canongate (looking north). Huntly house, Canongate (front view); (south
view). Back of Bakehouse close (looking north). Brodie's yard, Cowgate. Doorway
of the Gordon house, Castlehill. Dewar's close, Grassmarket. Hope house, Cowgate.
Campbell's close, Cowgate. Back of Bakehouse close (looking south). Sir Archibald
Acheson's house (looking south-east). Bailie Fyfe's close (looking south); (looking
north). Bakehouse close (general view). Bakehouse close from Acheson's house.
Baird's close from King's Stables road. Trunk close from the south; from the north.
John Knox's house from the rear. Carrubber's close from the north; from the south.
Milne's court (west side), Lawnmarket. House of Adam Bothwell, bishop of Ork-
ney. Somerville's land, Lawnmarket. Brodie's court, Lawnmarket. Milne's court,
Lawnmarket. Site of St. Mary of Placentia. St. Cuthbert's close, West Port. West
Port from High Riggs. Baird's close, looking north; looking south. Court at the Bow
Foot. Site of St. Mary of Placentia (second plate). Morrison's close. The Bow Foot,
Grassmarket. Gladstone's land, Lawnmarket. Chessels" court, Canongate. Whitehorse
close, Canongate. Canongate Tolbooth. John Knox's house, Netherbow. Advocates'
close, High street. Lady Stair's close, Lawnmarket. Old Bow Head, Lawnmarket.
Ihne, Ernst von. qr728 Ii8
[Photographs of Haus Sonneck, the seat of Herr Henry T. Boet-
tinger of Elberfeld, built by Ernst von Ihne, 1892-94.]
Twenty-nine photographs in portfolio.
qr728 124
Indoors and out; a monthly magazine devoted to art and nature, Oct.
1905-Dec. 1907. v.i-v.5, no.3. 1905-07. Rogers.
With the January number, 1908, consolidated with "House beautiful."
q728 H75
Keith's magazine on home building; monthly, i9O7~date. v.i7-date.
i9O7-date.
La Queriere, Eustache de. b728 1,32
Description historique des maisons de Rouen les plus remarquables
par leur decoration exterieure et par leur ar.ciennete; dans laquelle on
1344 DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE
La Queriere, Eustache de continued. bjz8 1,32
a fait entrer les edifices civils et religieux devenus proprietes par-
ticulieres, ornee de sujets inedits, dessines et graves par E. H. Langlois.
2v. 1821-41.
"Liste," v.i, p.255-26o, "Supplement a la liste," v.2, p.273-278.
v.i is published anonymously.
Martin, Arthur. 728 M42
The small house; its architecture and surroundings. 1906. Rivers.
Practical book on the art of building cheap and serviceable houses for the middle
classes in England.
Menken, Henry, ed. 728 M62
Bungalowcraft; a book on bungalow and cottage building in its
latest development. 1908. Eymann.
Designs for simple and inexpensive bungalows, showing exteriors and floor plans.
Some designs for mantels, buffets, doors and windows are included.
Muthesius, Hermann. qb728 Mg8
Das englische haus. 3v. 1904-05. Wasmuth.
v.i. Entwicklung des englischen hauses.
v.2. Bedingungen, anlage, gartnerische umgebung, aufbau und gesundheitliche ein-
richtigung des englischen hauses.
v.3. Der innenraum des englischen hauses.
Muthesius, Hermann, ed. qb728 Mg81
Landhaus und garten; beispiele neuzeitlicher landhauser nebst
grundrissen, innenraumen und garten, mit einleitendem text. 1907.
Bruckmann.
The illustrations, several of which are in color, give attractive examples of country
homes not only in Germany but in England and the United States as well.
Olbrich, Joseph M. qb728 023
Architektur [plates], v.2. [1904.] Wasmuth.
Examples of house architecture and decoration. The majority of the houses illus-
trated belong to the artist colony at Darmstadt.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, second series.
Osborne, Charles Francis. 728 O2gf
The family house. 1910. Penn Pub. Co.
Practical suggestions, for persons of limited means, on the points to be considered in
buying or building a house.
Palliser, George A. 728 Pi8
Palliser's up-to-date house plans, containing 150 plans of houses
costing from $500 to $18,000. 1906. Ogilvie.
Each design is accompanied by a short description, giving sizes, height of stories,
materials, finish and cost.
Palmer, Charles John. qb728 Pig
Illustrations of domestic architecture in England, during the reign
of Queen Elizabeth, as exemplified in the interior of the residence of
John Danby Palmer, situated in the borough-town of Great Yarmouth,
in the county of Norfolk, with notices of the house and its proprietors.
1838. Privately printed.
This old house contains some beautiful specimens of Elizabethan carving, which are
the chief subjects of illustration.
DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE 1345
Payne (George W.) & Son. 728 P33
Payne's modern homes; a book of designs of cottages and resi-
dences for the use of those who desire to build modern homes compact
and convenient in arrangement and moderate in cost. [1907.]
Priestman, Mabel Tuke. 728 Pg47
Artistic homes. 1910. McClurg.
Serviceable to people who are about to build and are trying to decide the style of
house best suited to their mode of living and the furniture they may already possess.
Houses described range in cost from $5,000 to $10,000. Suggestions for interior decora-
tion and for remodeling old houses are given.
Riickwardt, Hermann, ed. qb728 R82
Coiner neubauten; eine sammlung der schonsten fagaden der in der
neuzeit in Coin a. Rh. ausgefiihrten bauten [plates]. 3v. in i. [1886-
90.] Claesen.
Appeared in the "Architectonische studienblatter."
Ninety large plates, without text.
Saylor, Henry Hodgman. Q728 S27b
Bungalows; their design, construction and furnishing, with sugges-
tions also for camps, summer homes and cottages of similar character.
1911. Winston.
Saylor, Henry Hodgman, ed. Q7 2 8 827
Distinctive homes of moderate cost; being a collection of country
and suburban homes in good taste, with some value in suggestion for
the home-builder. 1910. McBride.
Compilation of articles by different contributors giving advice about the selection
of a site, relations with architect and contractor, choice of building materials, water-
supply, heating and house furnishing. Fully illustrated.
Scott, M. H. Baillie. qb728 842
Houses and gardens. 1906. Newnes.
Devoted chiefly to suggestions for interior decoration and arrangement. Numerous
plans and illustrations, several of the latter being in color.
Shackleton, Robert, & Shackleton, Mrs E. H. (Fleming). 728 829
Adventures in home-making. 1910. Lane.
Account of the transformation of a very ugly house into an attractive home. Fully
illustrated.
855
Shoppell's modern houses [Oct. i886-April 1895. 1886-95]. Co-opera-
tive Building Plan Assoc.
Many numbers wanting.
Several hundred illustrations of houses ranging in cost from $600 to $15,000, with
plans, descriptions and estimates of material and labor.
Sparrow, Walter Shaw. 728 8736
The English house; how to judge its periods and styles. 1909.
Lane.
"[Author's] design is practical and instructive, and he has succeeded in bringing
into his pages not only a comprehensive survey of the architecture of the English house,
from the Saxon hall to the newest work in garden cities, but a good deal of sound,
experienced advice on architects' plans and the actual detail of house-building." Spec-
tator, /pop.
Illustrated.
1346 DOMESTIC ARCHITECTURE
Sparrow, Walter Shaw, ed. qb-jzS 873
Flats, urban houses and cottage homes; a companion volume to
"The British home of to-day." Armstrong.
Contents: Introductory notes on the designing of flats-de-luxe or mansion flats,
by F. T. Verity. A flat-dweller's point of view, by W. S. Sparrow. Flats, British and
foreign, by E. T. Hall. Urban houses and cottage homes, by G. C. Horsley.
Stickley, Gustav. qjzS 885
Craftsman homes. 1909. Craftsman Pub. Co.
Floor plans, perspective sketches and brief descriptions of a large number of de-
signs for essentially homelike, convenient and artistic, as well as relatively inexpensive
houses. Some of the many accessories are also considered gardens, furniture, metal-
work, fabrics and native woods.
Universal Portland Cement Co. 728 U25
Representative cement houses. 1910.
Illustrations of medium priced houses.
Venice Commissione per le case sane, economiche qr728 V26
e popolari.
Case sane, economiche e popolari. [1906.]
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel. 728
Habitations of man in all ages; tr. by Benjamin Bucknall. 1876. Low.
"Fine and philosophical account, based on well-understood principles of ethnology,
of the building-arts of all the great races of man... The diagrams combined with the
text are delightfully drawn, with that almost marvellous precision, clearness, and sim-
plicity which charm the eye of all artists in all M. Viollet-le-Duc's work." Athenaum,
1876.
Vogel, F. Rud. qb728
Das amerikanische haus; entwicklung, bedingungen, anlage, aufbau,
einrichtung, innenraum und umgebung. v.i. 1910.
v.i. Entwicklung der baukunst und des amerikanischen hauses.
Williams (David) Co. pub. 728 W74la
Low-cost houses with constructive details, designed by practical
architects; embracing upward of 25 selected designs of cottages cost-
ing from $1,000 to $3,000, accompanied by elevations, floor plans and de-
tails of construction, all drawn to scale, with brief descriptions and, in
many instances, full specifications and bills of materials. 1907. (Car-
pentry and building series.)
Willmott, Ernest. qb728 W75
English house design; a selection and brief analysis of some of the
best achievements in English domestic architecture from the i6th to
the 2Oth centuries, with numerous examples of contemporary design.
1911. Batsford.
Wilson, Henry Lawrence. 728 W76
Bungalow book; a short sketch of the evolution of the bungalow
from its primitive crudeness to its present state of artistic beauty and
cozy convenience, with floor plans. [1907.] Wilson.
Wyatt, Sir Matthew Digby. qb728 Wg?
Architect's note-book in Spain, principally illustrating the domestic
architecture of that country. 1872. Autotype Fine Art Co.
PALACES 1347
Apartment houses
Hesselgren (G. C.) Pub. Co. qb728.2 H48
Apartment houses of the metropolis. 1908.
- Supplement. 1909 ............................. qb728.2
Elevations and floor plans, with brief descriptive text, of a large number of apart-
ment houses in New York city, most of them built during the years 1905-08.
Palaces
Geffroy, Gustave. 3728.3 627
Masterpieces of Versailles, with illustrations showing the principal
aspects of the palace, the Trianons, the gardens and the paintings and
sculptures of the museums. [1907.] Nilsson.
French and English texts.
Guerinet, Armand, pub. qb728.3 Gg$
Monographic du palais de Compiegne, ire-2e ser. 2v.
v.i. Exterieurs & interieurs, styles Louis XVI, icr empire.
v.2. Meubles, bronzes, decorations.
Collection of plates. Compiegne from the earliest days of the French monarchy was
a favorite royal residence. The present palace was built by order of Louis XV and later
repaired and refurnished by Napoleon I.
Nolhac, Pierre de. 728.3 N4i
Versailles and the Trianons; illustrated in color by Rene Binet.
1907. Dodd.
Author, who is (1907) director of the museum at Versailles, writes with knowledge
and enthusiasm. Book is too large to be used conveniently on the spot as a guide-book,
the primary intention having been to furnish to the intending visitor the necessary his-
torical background and to describe the works of art to be found at Versailles and the
Trianon.
Normand, Charles Nicolas. qb728-3 N44
L'Hotel de Cluny. 1888. Levy.
"Bibliographic," p.i4i-i44.
Fully illustrated architectural and historical account.
Palast-architektur von ober-Italien und Toscana vom 15. bis 18. jahr-
hundert [plates], v.4. 1908.
v.4- Verona, Vicenza, Mantua, Padua, Udine; hrsg. von Albrecht Haupt.
Beautifully engraved plates illustrating the palace architecture of upper Italy and
Tuscany from the i$th to the i8th century.
For v.i-3 see preceding catalogue, first series.
Village and country homes
Holme, Charles, ed. qr728.6 H73
Old English country cottages. 1906. (Studio. Special winter num-
ber, 1906-07.)
Many illustrations, a few of them in color, of picturesque cottages, with brief
descriptions.
Kemp, Oliver. 728.6 KIJ
Wilderness homes; a book of the log cabin. 1908. Outing.
Practical instructions for amateurs on building simple log cabins. Plans and illus-
trations.
1348 COUNTRY SEATS. CASTLES
Morris, George Llewelyn, & Wood, Esther. 728.6 Mgi
The country cottage. 1906. Lane.
Written for the Englishman of average means. In brief chapters, location, cost,
plans, etc. are discussed and the illustrations show attractive examples of English
cottages.
Radford, William A. q728.6 Ri3
Cement houses and how to build them; perspective views and floor
plans of concrete block and cement plaster houses. 1909. Radford
Architectural Co.
Swetland Publishing Company, N. Y. q728.6 897
Detached dwellings. 1909.
Reprinted from recent numbers of the "American architect."
Photographs of exteriors of country and suburban house, with floor-plans. Range
in type from shingled and clapboarded cottages to fireproof dwellings of brick, stone or
concrete.
Universal Portland Cement Co. 728.6 U25
Plans for concrete residences; being a selected number of designs
with descriptions and estimates of cost, submitted in a competition of
the Chicago Architectural Club for prizes offered by the Universal
Portland Cement Co. 1909.
Country seats.. Castles
D'Auvergne, Edmund B. 728.8 D28
The English castles. [1908?] Laurie. (Cathedral series.)
Contents: The citadels. Norman and pre-Norman castles. Castles of the Angevin
period. The Edwardian castles. The palace castles.
Concise descriptions of castles possessing historic and architectural interest. Based
on public records and chronicles. Illustrations, many from old prints.
Ditchfield, Peter Hampson. Q728.8 D6s
Manor houses of England; illustrated by S.R.Jones. 1910. Bats-
ford.
Under a broad classification by materials (half-timber, brick, lime-stone, flint)
typical houses throughout England are briefly described. The drawings not merely
harmonize delightfully with the letterpress, but give, better than photographic cuts
could, the character of the buildings. Pleasant reading and to the leisurely tourist, full
of suggestions for delights off the beaten track. Condensed from Nation, 1910.
Ebhardt, Bodo. qb728.8 E2ib
Die burgen Italiens; baugeschichtliche untersuchungen iiber die ent-
wicklung des mittelalterlichen wehrbaues und die bedeutung der
burgenreste fur die kenntnis der wohnbaukunst im mittelalter. v.i-2.
1909-10.
Ebhardt, Bodo. qb728.8 21
Deutsche burgen. pt.i-io, in 2v. 1899-1907. Wasmuth.
Gotch, John Alfred. b728.8 671
Growth of the English house; a short history of its architectural
development from noo to 1800. 1909. Batsford.
"A brief list of books recommended for the study of the history of English domes-
tic architecture," p.3i3-
"May be recommended to the architect for its accuracy, to the layman for its at-
tractiveness, and to both for the wisdom and catholicity of taste shown throughout by
COUNTRY SEATS. CASTLES 1349
Gotch, John Alfred continued. 5728.8 Gyi
its author. . .Seldom is such equal justice done by one writer to the diverse merits of
mediaeval and of classic design, and there is nothing in the book, save a little incidental
disparagement of the nineteenth century, that can be charged with being unfair... The
illustrations, many of buildings that are pleasantly unfamiliar, are worthy of the rest
of the book." Spectator, 1910.
Haseloff, Arthur Erich Georg. qr728.8 H33
Das kastell in Bari; hrsg. vorn Koniglich Preussischen Historischen
Institut in Rom [plates]. 1906. Asher.
History and description of an old Apulian castle built in Norman times, strengthened
in 1233 by Frederick II and later in the time of Charles V, in 1832 converted into a
prison. The brief text is accompanied by 19 plates, showing exterior views and details.
Ihne, Ernst von. qr728.8 Ii8
Schloss Friedrichshof bei Cronberg im Taunus; photographische
original-aufnahmen nach der natur in lichtdruck; hrsg. von Hermann
Riickwardt.
Sixty plates, without text, representing exterior and interior views of the castle built
in 1889-94 for the empress Frederick from designs by the court architect, Ernst von
Ihne.
Latham, Charles. qb728.8
In English homes; the internal character, furniture and adornments
of some of the most notable houses of England historically depicted
from photographs, v.2-3. 1907-09. Country Life.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, second series.
Le Moyne, Louis Valcoulon. qb728.8 LSQ
Country residences in Europe and America. 1908. Doubleday.
Contents: The Italian villas. The French chateaux. The English places. The
American places.
Fully illustrated. Exterior views only are given, but gardens, drives, courts, stables
and entrance gates are included.
Macgibbon, David, & Ross, Thomas. qb728.8 Mi6
Castellated and domestic architecture of Scotland from the I2th to
the i8th century. 5v. 1887-92. Douglas.
Full and amply illustrated history of castle and domestic architecture in Scotland.
v-s contains an account of over 200 Scottish sun-dials.
Nibby, Antonio. b728.8
Descrizione della villa Adriana. 1827. Ajani.
Short description of Hadrian's villa. Contains a map, but no illustrations.
Parker, Charles. qb728.8 P23
Villa rustica; selected from buildings and scenes in the vicinity of
Rome and Florence and arranged for rural and domestic dwellings, with
plans and details. 1848. Weale.
Sketches of exteriors of buildings and plans of interiors, altered to suit English
needs. Includes lodges and hunting-boxes, and such details as gateways, chimneys and
wells.
Percier, Charles, & Fontaine, P. F. L. qb728.8 ?42
Choix des plus celebres maisons de plaisance de Rome et de ses
environs; mesurees et dessinees par Charles Percier et P. F. L. Fon-
taine. 1809.
Plans and views of buildings and grounds, grottoes, fountains, interior decorations,
architectural details, etc. Very brief descriptive text.
1350 GARAGES. GREENHOUSES
Pfnor, Rodolphe. qbyaS.S P^S
Monographic du chateau d'Anet construit par Philibert de 1'Orme
en 1548, dessinee, gravee et accompagnee d'un texte historique et de-
scriptif. 1867. Pfnor. (Chateaux de la renaissance.)
Ramee, Daniel. qb728.8 Ri7
Monographic du chateau de Heidelberg, dessinee et gravee par
Rodolphe Pfnor, accompagnee d'un texte historique et descriptif par
Daniel Ramee. 1859. Morel. (Chateaux de la renaissance.)
Smith, G. Le Blanc. T728.8 864
Haddon; the manor, the hall, its lords and traditions. 1906. Stock.
Contains numerous illustrations of the exterior and interior of this famous English
mansion.
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel. b728.8 V34
Description du chateau de Pierrefonds. 1861. Bance.
Account of an old feudal castle erected in 1390 by Louis of Orleans. It was one
of the strongest and finest of the castles of that period. It was restored by Viollet-le-
Duc and now belongs to the nation.
Ward, William Henry, ed. qb728.8 W2i
French chateaux and gardens in the i6th century; a series of re-
productions of contemporary drawings hitherto unpublished by Jacques
Androuet du Cerceau, selected and described with an account of the
artist & his works. 1909. Batsford.
"List of works consulted," p. 13.
Garages. Greenhouses
American architect, pub. qb728.g ASI
Garages, country and suburban; a series of authoritative articles on
the structural features of the private garage and its equipment, the
care of the car, the safe handling of gasolene and topics of interest to
the owner and driver, to which is added illustrations of garages of
recent construction, showing both exterior and interior views and floor
plans, with architect's working drawings for a typical garage. 1911.
Atlas Portland Cement Company. 728.9 A88
Concrete garages, the fireproof home for the automobile. [1910.]
Hasluck, Paul Nooncree. 728.9 H33
Greenhouse and conservatory; construction and heating. 1907.
Cassell.
Hill, George Griswold. 728.9
Practical suggestions for farm buildings. 1903. (United States
Agriculture, Department of. Farmers' bulletin no.126.)
Ihne, Ernst von. qr728.g Ii8
[Photographs of the royal stables in Berlin, built by Ernst von Ihne,
finished in 1903.]
Six photographs in portfolio.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND DECORATION 1351
729 Architectural design and decoration
Adams, G. Louis'. qby2g Aai
Decorations interieures et meubles des epoques Louis XIII et
Louis XIV [plates]. 1865.
Bajot, fidouard. qb72g 617
Profils et tournages; recueil de documents de styles, gothique,
Frangois ler, Henri II, Henri III, Henri IV, Louis XIII, Louis XIV,
Louis XV, Louis XVI, empire, moderne [plates], 2e ser. v.2.
Specimens of architectural detail arches, columns, balustrades, doors, furniture, etc.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, first series.
Berlepsch-Valendas, Hans Eduard von. qb72g 845
Motive der deutschen architektur des 16., 17. und 18. jahrhunderts
in historischer anordnung; hrsg. von Andre Lambert und Eduard Stahl,
mit text von H. E. von Berlepsch. v.i. 1890.
v.i. Fruh- und hochrenaissance, 1500-1650.
Boito, Camillo. qb72g Bsg
Ornamenti di diversi stili, greco e romano, bisantino, arabo e
moresco, romanzo, ogivale, maniere italiane del medioevo, rinascimento
italiano, rinascimento tedesco e francese. 1895. Hoepli.
Over 100 plates illustrating architectural decoration and ornament of various styles
and periods.
Colling, James Kellaway. qb72g C6ge
Examples of English mediaeval foliage and coloured decoration
taken from buildings of the I2th to the I5th century, with descriptive
letterpress. 1874. Privately printed.
qb72g 038
Dekorative vorbilder; eine sammlung von figiirlichen darstellungen,
kunstgewerblichen verzierungen, plastischen ornamenten, dekorativen
tier- und pflanzen-typen, allegorieen, heraldischen motiven, trophaen,
etc., fur zeichner, maler, graphische kiinstler, dekorateure, bildhauer,
architekten, 1899/1900-1909/10. II.-2I. jahrgang. 1900-10.
Published by Julius Hoffmann. Colored plates. No text.
Fiedler, L. comp. qb72g F45
Das detail in der modernen architektur; tafeln nach der natur aufge-
nommen und gezeichnet, ser. 1-4. v. 1-4, in 2. [1901-04.] Wolfrum.
v.i-2. Einzelheiten neuer Wiener bauten. Einzelheiten neuer Berliner bauten.
v.3-4. Einzelheiten neuer bauten Deutschlands und Osterreichs.
International Correspondence Schools, Scranton, Pa. 72g 124
Painting and interior decoration, history of architecture and orna-
ment. 2v. 1909. International Textbook Co. (International library
of technology, v.ioo-ioi.)
The same r72g 124
Macartney, Mervyn Edmund. qb72g Mi2
Practical exemplar of architecture; measured drawings & photo-
graphs of examples of architectural details; selected by M. E. Macart-
ney. v.2-3. 1909-10. Architectural Review.
1352 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND DECORATION
Marot, Daniel. qbyzg
Das ornamentwerk [plates]. 8v. in i. 1892. Wasmuth.
Marot was an architect, designer and engraver, born in Paris about 1655. The
plates include buildings and details of buildings, elaborate designs, wall and ceiling
decorations, etc.
Nicolai, Hermann Georg, ed.
Das ornament der italienischen kunst des 15. jahrhunderts; eine
sammlung der hervorragendsten motive. 1888.
Palladio, Andrea. qby2Q Pi8
First book of architecture, with all the plates exactly copyed from
the first Italian ed. printed in Venice, 1570; revised by Colen Campbell.
1728. Harding.
First book of his "Quattro libri dell' architettura." Relates to materials, construc-
tion, the five orders of architecture, the proportions of various parts of buildings and the
construction of stairs.
Pergolesi, Michele Angelo, and others. qbj2g
Eighteenth century architectural ornamentation, furniture and deco-
ration. Policy.
Plates.
Pfnor, Rodolphe. qb72g P48
Ornementation usuelle de toutes les epoques dans les arts indus-
triels et en architecture. 2v. in I. 1866-68.
Text describes the many plates, some of which are in color.
Robinson, John Beverly. 729
Architectural composition; an attempt to order and phrase ideas
which hitherto have been only felt by the instinctive taste of designers.
1908. Van Nostrand.
The same ................................................ b72g Rssa
An attempt to formulate a body of principles for guidance in designing the exterior
of buildings. Founded upon a course of lectures given annually at Columbia University.
Complete revision of his "Principles of architectural composition" published in 1899.
Sarre, Friedrich. qb72g 824
Denkmaler persischer baukunst; geschichtliche untersuchung und
aufnahme muhammedanischer backsteinbauten in Vorderasien und
Persien. 2v. 1901-10.
v.i. Plates.
v.2. Text.
Schaefer, Carl, ed. qbjzg S2g
Bauornamente der romanischen und gothischen zeit [plates]. 1903-
Wasmuth.
Schmidt, Otto. qb72g 835
Kunstschatze aus Tirol; heliogravuren nach photographischen auf-
nahmen von Otto Schmidt, mit erlauterndem texte von J. W. Deininger.
v.4. 1902.
v.4. Malerische innenraume; neue folge.
Plates, with brief descriptive notes, illustrating interior architectural decoration and
furniture.
For v.i -3 see preceding catalogue, second series.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND DECORATION 1353
Schoy, Auguste. qb72Q 837
L'art architectural, decoratif, industrial et somptuaire de 1'epoque
Louis XVI; recueil de 300 planches tirees du cabinet de la Bibliotheque
Royale de Belgique et de la collection de 1'auteur. 2v. Claesen.
Schroll (Anton) & Co. pub. qbj2g 838
Ausgefiihrte bauornamente von Prager bildhauern; tafeln, licht-
drucke nach natur aufnahmen. v.i-S. [1907?]
Snyder, Frank M. qbjzg 867
Building details, pt.i-6, in iv. I9o6-[io]. Privately printed.
Drawings taken from architects' working drawings, and supplemented by half-tone
photographic views of the completed work. The work thus treated is by New York,
Philadelphia and Boston architects.
Villard de Honnecourt. qb72g V32
Album de Villard de Honnecourt, architecte du 13? siecle; manu-
scrit public en fac-simile, annote, precede de considerations sur la
renaissance de 1'art franc.ais au ige siecle et suivi d'un glossaire par J. B.
A. Lassus; ouvrage mit au jour par Alfred Darcel. 1858.
"Wilars...is known by an album of sketches preserved in the collection of manu-
scripts taken from the Abbey of St. Germain des Pres, which are now in the Biblio-
theque Nationale, Paris... The book contains numerous figures probably taken from
sculpture or glass, sketches of architectural details, such as the plan of the towers of
Laon, the rose window at Chartres, the rose window at Lausanne, and many mechanical
devices. From internal evidence contained in his book, it is supposed that he was one
of the leaders in the development of Gothic architecture in the thirteenth century."
Sturgis's Dictionary of architecture and building.
Viollet-le-Duc, Eugene Emmanuel. qb72Q V34
Compositions et dessins [plates]. 1884. Des Fossez.
Elementary forms
American School of Correspondence. qr72g.3
Study of the orders, by F. C. Brown [and others]. 2v. 1904-06.
v.i. Text.
v.2. Plates.
"Bibliography," p.276-28i.
"Prepared with the special purpose of giving correspondence students a clear, con-
cise description of the Classic Orders and the system of proportions to which the Orders
were reduced by the Renaissance architects the system still employed in the best archi-
tectural offices to-day." Preface.
Ball, James Turner. qb72Q.3 621
Detailed working drawings of the five orders of architecture. 1908.
Comstock.
No text. Diameter of column is made the unit of measurement by which all parts
are proportioned. Based on Vignola's standards.
Chipiez, Charles. qb72g.3 C44
Histoire critique des origines et de la formation des ordres grecs.
1876. Morel.
Fully illustrated.
1354 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND DECORATION
Esquie, Pierre. qb72g.3 84
The five orders of architecture, the casting of shadows and the first
principles of construction, based on the system of Vignola; plates.
Bates.
The most complete and useful edition of this time-honored work which has yet been
published (1910). The addition of the Greek orders in a consistent form with the Roman
orders of Vignola is here made for the first time. The explanatory notes are carefully
translated into English, and the definitions, measurements and references to figures,
scattered over the plates, have been gathered into a glossary with their English equiva-
lents. Condensed from preface.
Godfrey, Walter H. qb72g.3 GSS
The English staircase; an historical account of its characteristic
types to the end of the i8th century. 1911. Batsford.
History of the development of the staircase in English domestic architecture, chiefly
between the years 1500 and 1800. Contains 63 full-page plates and numerous illustra-
tions in the text.
Green, Edmund Tyrrell. b72g.3 G82
Towers and spires; their design and arrangement. [1908.] Gardner.
The 129 illustrations, the greater part of which are of English towers, are from
pen-and-ink drawings by the author. The text deals with the various purposes of church
towers, details of design, variety of materials, and position and arrangement.
Lambert, Theodore. qb72Q.3 Li8
Escaliers et ascenseurs, releves et dessines par Lambert; ensembles
et details d'execution. [1898.] Schmid. (Nouveaux elements d'archi-
tecture.)
Plates with a few words of explanation.
Lambert, Theodore. qb72Q.3 Li8n
Nouvelles constructions avec bow-window loggias, tourelles, avant-
corps, relevees et dessinees par Th. Lambert; ensembles et details d'ex-
ecution. [1899.] Schmid. (Nouveaux elements d'architecture, 2e
serie.)
Plates.
Normand, Charles Pierre Joseph. qb72g.3 N44
Nouveau parallele des ordres d'architecture des Grecs, des Romains
et des auteurs modernes. 1819. Didot.
Normand was a French engraver (1765-1840) and an authority on architectural
subjects. The work consists of more than 60 plates, giving the exact proportions of the
architectural orders of ancient temples, buildings, etc. accompanied by brief notes.
Spiers, Richard Phene. qb72g.3 875
Orders of architecture, Greek, Roman and Italian; a selection of
examples from Normand's "Parallel" and other authorities, with notes
on the origin and development of the classic orders, and descriptions
of the plates. 1902. Batsford.
"List of reference works containing illustrations of the orders as employed in
ancient buildings," p.3.
Wickes, Charles. qb72g.3 W67
Illustrations of the spires and towers of the mediaeval churches of
England, preceded by some observations on the architecture of the
middle ages and its spire-growth. 3v. in i. 1858-59. Thompson.
Excellent plates made from the author's own drawings. Elevations and working
details are not given.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND DECORATION 1355
Painted decoration
Charvet, A. ed. qb?2g.4 Cs8
Reiche plafonds aus italienischen schlossern und palasten des i6,
17., 18. jahrhunderts und der neuzeit [plates]. [1889.]
Ewald, Ernst, ed. qb72g.4 Eg6
Farbige decorationen vom IS.-IQ. jahrhundert [plates], v.2. 1896.
Illustrations of painted architectural decoration, chiefly in France, Italy and Germany.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, second series.
Gelis-Didot, Pierre, & Laffillee, H. L. qb?2g.4 G28p
La peinture decorative en France du ne au i6e siecle. [1888-90.]
Colored plates, with smaller illustrations in the text, showing examples of decora-
tive painting in French church architecture.
Gruner, Wilhelm Heinrich Ludwig. qr72g.4 Gg4
Fresco decorations and stuccoes of churches & palaces in Italy
during the I5th & i6th centuries [plates]. 1854. McLean.
Ponce, Nicolas. qb72g.4 P78
Arabesques antiques des bains de Livie et de la Ville Adrienne, avec
les plafonds de la Ville-Madame; peints d'apres les dessins de Raphael,
et graves par les soins de [Nicolas] Ponce. 1789.
Plates, with brief descriptive text, of the mural paintings of these Italian villas.
Seder, Anton. qb72g.4 844
Naturalistische decorationsmalereien [plates]. [1903.] Wasmuth.
Reproductions in color of examples of decorative painting in which the designs and
ornaments are taken from nature.
Ward, James, b. 1851. q?2g-4 W2i
Fresco painting; its art and technique, with special reference to the
buono and spirit fresco methods. 1909. Chapman.
Author assisted Lord Leighton in his South Kensington frescoes. One chapter is
devoted to the composition and general conditions of Italian frescoes, especially those of
Benozzo Gozzoli, Perugino, Raphael and Michael Angelo. Illustrated, partly in color.
Decoration in relief
qb72g.s M46
Materiaux et documents d'architecture et de sculpture classes par ordre
alphabetique [monthly, :872]-date. v.i-date. [i872]-date.
Edited by A. Raguenet.
Pfnor, Rodolphe. qb72g.s P48
fitudes de decorations des i6e, 176, i8e & I9e siecles; dessinees par
Rodolphe Pfnor [plates]. 1873.
Vulliamy, Lewis. qb72g.5
Examples of ornamental sculpture in architecture, drawn from the
originals of bronze, marble and terra cotta in Greece, Asia Minor
and Italy. [1823-27.] Privately printed.
1356 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND DECORATION
Plaster-work. Marquetry. Mosaic
Bankart, George P. qj2g.6 622
* Art of the plasterer; an account of the decorative development of the
craft, chiefly in England from the l6th to the i8th century, with chap-
ters on the stucco of the classic period and of the Italian renaissance,
also on sgraffito, pargetting, Scottish, Irish and modern plaster-work.
1909. Batsford.
He has rendered a real service to artists and decorators by setting before them,
through actual examples, the possibilities of a beautiful, but sadly neglected form of
decorative art. He writes throughout in the spirit of the artist and craftsman, and with
intimate knowledge of the works he describes. The technical side of the subject is not
ignored. The illustrations are numerous and of a remarkably high average quality.
Turck, Eliza. 729-6 T8s
Practical handbook to marqueterie wood-staining and kindred arts.
1903. Gill.
Short account of the history of the art of inlaying, followed by instruction in the
use of stains and enamels. Illustrated.
Fowler, William. qb?2g.7 F84
Engravings of the principal mosaic pavements which have been dis-
covered in the course of the last and present centuries in the various
parts of Great-Britain, also subjects in stained glass in the cathedrals
of York, Lincoln, &c. v.i, v.2, no.i. 1804-06. Privately printed.
Architectural accessories
Bond, Francis. b72g.g 862
Fonts and font covers. 1908. Frowde. (Church art in England.)
"Bibliography," p.i3~is.
Considers original import and methods of administration of the rite of baptism,
classifies the various kinds of fonts and traces their historical development from the izth
to the 1 6th century. Fully illustrated.
Bond, Francis. b72g.g B62W
Wood carvings in English churches, v.i-2. 1910. Frowde. (Church
art in England.)
v.i. Misericords.
v.z. Stalls and tabernacle work. Bishops' thrones and chancel chairs.
"Bibliography of misericords," v.i, p. 15-19; "Bibliography," v.2, p. 131 6.
Cox, John Charles, & Harvey, Alfred. 729.9 C8s
English church furniture. [1907.] Methuen.
"Accounts of the more remarkable examples of old church furniture which are now
extant in the parish churches of England; with lists of all chancel screens, and of the
best instances of old altar slabs, altar plate, fonts, pulpits, lecterns, piscinas, holy-water
stoups, stalls, benches, embroideries, chained books, and other details." Preface.
Fully illustrated.
Bond, Francis. b72g.g6 662
Screens and galleries in English churches. 1908. Frowde. (Church
art in England.)
"Bibliography," p. 11-12.
Begins with the rood and rood-beam of the early Christian churches and follows
their gradual development, on the one hand into the chancel-screen of the parochial and
collegiate churches, on the other, into the choir-screen and rood-screen of the churches
of the monks and the regular canons. Illustrated.
SCULPTURE 1357
Bond, Frederick Bligh, & Camm, Bede. qbyzg.gG 6622
Roodscreens and roodlofts. 2v. 1909. Pitman.
v.i. A survey of ecclesiastical screenwork from the earliest period. Screen work
in the county of Somerset.
v.2. The figures painted on the panels of Devonshire screens. Screenwork in the
county of Devon. Screenwork in the county of Cornwall. List of examples of screen-
work in churches of England and Wales.
Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. 729.97
Bent iron work (including elementary art metal work). 1906.
McKay.
Explicit directions for making candlesticks, hall lanterns, screens, grilles, lamps,
photograph frames, newspaper racks, etc.
Morse, Mrs T. Vernette. 729.97 Mg2
Venetian iron work. 1907. Flanagan.
Little book of suggestions for the beginner, illustrated by working designs.
qb729.97 835
Schmiedearbeiten aus den besten werkstaetten der gegenwart; ausge-
fuehrte vorbilder fur die praxis in zeichnungen und photographischen
aufnahmen. v.3. 1895.
Plates illustrating examples of decorative iron-work doors, gateways, railings,
grilles, etc.
For v.i 2 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Weaver, Lawrence. qr72g.g7
English leadwork; its art & history. 1910. Batsford.
"First attempt at a bibliography of publications relating to the history of English
leadwork," p.25 1257.
Most complete account (1911) of English lead work in its application to architec-
ture and ornament. Fully illustrated.
730 Sculpture
Caproni (P.P.) & Brother. qr73o CiSaa
Catalogue of plaster reproductions from antique, medieval and
modern sculpture; subjects for art schools. 1911.
Freeman, Lucy Jane. r73o Fgi
Masterpieces of sculpture; their treatment of sculptural themes.
1906. Freeman. (Key book, v.2.)
"Reading list," p.ioo-io8.
Outline for the study of sculpture, treating of nude and draped figures, equestrian
statues, groups, portrait busts and reliefs. Illustrated.
Ruskin, John. 730 R8g
Aratra Pentelici; seven lectures on the elements of sculpture given
before the University of Oxford in Michaelmas term, 1870, with an
introduction by C. E. Norton. 1892. Merrill.
Contents: Of the division of arts. Idolatry. Imagination. Likeness. Structure.
The school of Athens. The relation between Michael Angelo and Tintoret.
The same; six lectures on the elements of sculpture. 1871. Mer-
rill 730 R8ga
1358 SCULPTURE
Ruskin, John continued. 730 R8g
The same; six lectures on the elements of sculpture. 1885. Al-
den 824 R8ga
Bound with his "Arrows of the chace."
Does not contain "The relation between Michael Angelo and Tintoret."
Continuation of the Oxford lectures on art.
"His remarks on the characteristics of Greek sculpture, on the respective qualities of
the Greek and Florentine Schools, and other similar topics, are often admirable in their
discriminations, and in their setting forth the significance of methods of representa-
tion in art as indicative of the temper and thought from which they proceeded." C. E.
Norton, in introduction.
Short, Ernest Henry. 730 855
History of sculpture. 1907. Heinemann.
"List of books," p.3os~3o8.
Treats of Greek and Roman sculpture, the Italian renaissance and modern works,
except American sculpture. Very fully illustrated.
"It provides the student of sculpture with a scholarly and critical handling of the
great aims and tendencies of that art." Outlook (London), /oo/.
Singleton, Esther, ed. 730 S6i
Famous sculpture as seen and described by great writers. 1910.
Dodd.
Contents: The sphinx, by John Ward and A. W. Kinglake. Colossal statues of
Rameses the Great, by A. B. Edwards. The Colossus of Memnon, by Auguste Mariette-
Bey. Head of Memnon, by George Long. Assyrian winged lion, by A. H. Layard.
The discobolus, by Walter Pater. The bust of Jupiter from Otricoli, by Wilhelm Liibke.
Hera Ludovisi, by E. H. Short and Wilhelm Liibke. The sculptures of the Parthenon,
by W. S. W. Vaux. The eastern pediment of the Parthenon, by Charles Waldstein.
The marbles of yEgina, by Walter Pater. Niobe, by P. B. Shelley. The Niobe group,
by W. C. Perry. The Hermes of Olympia, by C. T. Newton. The marble faun, by
Nathaniel Hawthorne. The Eros of Centocelle, by W. C. Perry. The Apoxyomenos, by
A. S. Murray. The sleeping Ariadne, by Wolfgang Helbig. The Demeter of Cnidos,
by J. E. Harrison. The Apollo Belvedere, by W. C. Perry. The Diana of Versailles, by
C. O. F. J. B. de Clarac. The Nile, by Wolfgang Helbig. The Victory of Samothrace,
by L. M. Mitchell. The dying Gaul, by E. H. Short. The Laocoon, by J. W. von
Goethe. The Farnese bull, by W. C. Perry. The Venus de Milo, by W. C. Perry. The
Venus de' Medici, by Nathaniel Hawthorne. Equestrian statue of Marcus Aurelius, by
Edward Hutton. The rock carvings of Elephanta, by James Ferguson and James
Burgess. The Daibutsu, by B. H. Chamberlain and Aime Humbert. The portals of
Rheims cathedral, by Wilhelm Liibke. The baptistery doors, Florence, by E. H. Short.
St. George, by A. G. Meyer. Child musicians, by Jacopo Cavalucci and fimile Moli-
nier. Bartolommeo Colleoni, by J. A. Symonds. Tomb of St. Sebald, by Wilhelm
Lubke. King Arthur, by Cecil Headlam. David, by C. H. Wilson. The tombs of
Giuliano and Lorenzo de' Medici, by J. A. Symonds. Moses, by J. A. Symonds. Per-
seus, by C. C. Perkins. The flying Mercury, by Abel Desjardins. Diana, by Henry
Jouin. The fountain of Trevi, by Edward Hutton and Nathaniel Hawthorne. Cupid
and Psyche, by Countess d'Albrizzi and Count Cicognara. The lion of Lucerne, by
Eugene Plon. Michael and Satan, by E. H. Short and E. S. Roscoe. The statue of
Liberty, by Esther Singleton.
731 Materials and methods
Lanteri, Edward. q?3i Lag
Modelling; a guide for teachers and students. v.3_ 1911.
"This is one of those rare books which are really illuminating and helpful upon a
technical subject, because in it a true artist expresses himself with perfect clearness."
Spectator, 1904.
For v. 1-2 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Millar, William. Q73I M68
Plastering, plain and decorative; with an account of historical plas-
tering in England, Scotland and Ireland. 1905. Batsford.
Practical treatise on plastering and modeling. By a practised craftsman who had a
rigorous English apprenticeship. Many illustrations of processes and fine examples.
SCULPTURE 1359
Toft, Albert. 731 T$6
Modelling and sculpture; a full account of the various methods and
processes employed in these arts. 1911. Seeley.
Deals exclusively with the technical side of the plastic art, giving a thorough de-
scription of the different processes according to the system of Professor Lanteri.
Author has given most freely of his knowledge gained during a long practice of the
art. Second part of book is devoted to photographs of acknowledged masterpieces of
sculpture, considered and explained by the author.
732 Ancient sculpture
Mitchell, Mrs Lucy Myers (Wright). Q732
History of ancient sculpture. 1905. Dodd.
"An excellent manual for general use. It makes little claim to originality of re-
search on the part of its author, but the marshalling of the facts and the presentation of
the different theories is intelligible, and there is probably no better book for the con-
stant reference required in a library of fine art." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated
bibliography of fine art.
Sarre, Friedrich, & Herzfeld, Ernst. qby32 824
Iranische felsreliefs; aufnahmen und untersuchungen von denk-
malern aus alt- und mittelpersischer zeit. [2v.] 1910.
v.i. Text.
v.2. Plates.
Winckelmann, Johann Joachim. qr?32 W77
Monumens inedits de 1'antiquite, graves par David et Mile Sibire,
avec les explications frangaises par A. F. Desodoards. 3v. 1808-09.
Leblanc.
"The plates in this work are representations of objects which had either been
falsely explained or not explained at all. Winckelmann's explanations were of the high-
est service to archaeology, by showing that in the case of many works of art which had
been supposed to be connected with Roman history the ultimate sources of inspiration
were to be found in Homer." Encyclopaedia Britannica.
733 Greek and Roman sculpture
Amelung, Walther. qr?33 &49
Die sculpturen des Vaticanischen museums; im auftrage und unter
mitwirkung des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaologischen Instituts
(Romische abteilung). v.l-2, in 4. 1903-08.
v.i, pt. i . Braccio Nuovo. Galleria Lapidaria. Museo Chiaramonti. Giardino
della Pigna.
v.i,pt.2. Plates of the above.
v.2, pt.i. Belvedere. Sala degli Animali. Galleria delle Statue. Sala dei Busti.
Gabinetto delle Maschere. Loggia Scoperta.
v.2, pt.2. Plates of the above.
Braun, August Emil. qr?33 871
Introduction to the study of art-mythology; tr. by John Grant. 1856.
Weik.
The text is but a commentary on the plates, which are drawings from Greek sculp-
ture representing the greater gods and goddesses.
British Museum Greek and Roman antiquities department. qb733 675
Sculptures of the Parthenon, with an introduction and commentary
by A. H. Smith. 1910.
1360 SCULPTURE
Gardner, Ernest Arthur. 733 Gi8s
Six Greek sculptors. 1910. Duckworth.
Contents: Characteristics of Greek sculpture. Early masterpieces. Myron.
Phidias. Polyclitus. Praxiteles. Scopas. Lysippus. Hellenistic sculpture.
"Select bibliography," p.2S3-254.
Jones, Henry Stuart, ed. 1733 J4i
Select passages from ancient writers illustrative of the history of
Greek sculpture, with a translation and notes. 1895. Macmillan.
Binder's title reads "Ancient writers on Greek sculpture; selections."
Greek and English text.
Reinach, Salomon. V733 Rsir
Repertoire de reliefs grecs et remains, v.i-3. 1909-12.
v.i. Les ensembles.
v.2. Afrique. lies britanniques.
v-3. Italie. Suisse.
Richardson, Rufus Byam. 733 R4i
History of Greek sculpture. 1911. Amer. Book Co.
"Bibliography," p. 281.
Convenient and, on the whole, correct summary. Devotes the most considerable
part to the archaic period. Fully illustrated.
Sauerlandt, Max. q733 825
Griechische bildwerke. 1907. Langewiesche.
Over 100 examples of ancient Greek sculpture, with introduction and notes.
Stahr, Adolf Wilhelm Theodor. 733 878
Torso; kunst, kiinstler und kunstwerke der alten. 2v. 1854-55.
Vieweg.
Essays on Greek and Roman sculpture and sculptors.
Strong, Mrs Eugenie (Sellers). 733 892
Roman sculpture from Augustus to Constantine. 1907. Duckworth.
"The book is based upon a series of lectures delivered during the past seven years,
and Mrs. Strong feels constrained to apologise for having retained so much of the origi-
nal form in the chapters. We do not, however, think that any recasting would have
added much to the lucidity and breadth with which she has indicated the leading charac-
teristics of Roman art and the meaning and inspiration of the great works of the period."
Outlook (London), 7007.
Fully illustrated.
735 Modern sculpture
Sculptors
Bode, Wilhelm. q735 658
Florentine sculptors of the renaissance [tr. by Jessie Haynes. 1908].
Methuen.
Not a comprehensive work but a collection of essays of varying importance. Some
of the best chapters are devoted to Donatello, Luca della Robbia, Bertoldo di Giovanni
and the medalist Niccolo Spinelli.
Barye
De Kay, Charles. qr735 B28d
Barye; life and works of Antoine Louis Barye, sculptor, with 86
wood-cuts, artotypes and prints, in memory of an exhibition of his
bronzes, paintings and water-colors held at New-York in aid of the
fund for his monument at Paris. 1889. Barye Monument Assoc.
SCULPTORS 1361
Foley
Monkhouse, William Cosmo. <l r 735 Fyim
Works of John Henry Foley, sculptor, with critical and illustrative
notes. 1875. Virtue.
"List of works by J. H. Foley," p.6a-67.
Foley (1818-74) was born in Dublin. Fifteen of his principal works are here re-
produced.
"Foley fully deserved the favour which he enjoyed almost from the beginning to
the end of his career. His earlier and more ideal works... were marked by a natural
grace and freshness of conception which were at that time rare in modern sculpture. . .
He displayed that vigour of imagination and grasp of character which distinguished his
statues of public men from the work of most of his contemporaries." Dictionary of
national biography.
Gibson
Eastlake, Elizabeth (Rigby), lady, ed. 735 Gsye
Life of John Gibson, R. A., sculptor. 1870. Longmans.
"List of works executed at Rome by John Gibson," p.249-255.
"Gibson [17901866] may be said to have been the last and one of the best of the
'old school' of European sculpture, based on the teaching of Winckelmann, and carry-
ing out strictly the 'purist' view of sculpture as the embodiment of abstract ideas in
beautiful form." Dictionary of national biography.
"This little biography is mainly due to two friends of the sculptor. . .who at dif-
ferent times induced Gibson to narrate the simple facts of his life, and to give his opin-
ions on matters connected with the art which he pursued with rare simplicity and devo-
tion... The fragments have been skilfully woven into a whole by Lady Eastlake." Sat-
urday review, 1870.
Michael Angelo
Fagan, Louis Alexander. qr?35 M66f
Art of Michel' Angelo Buonarroti as illustrated by the various col-
lections in the British Museum. 1883. Dulau.
"Books, etc. relating to Michel' Angelo, Department of printed books," p. 179-195.
Binder's title reads "Michel" Angelo in the British Museum."
Rodin
Grautoff, Otto. qr735 Rs8g
Auguste Rodin. 1908. Velhagen. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph. Fully illustrated.
Lawton, Frederick. 735 Rs81
Life and work of Auguste Rodin. 1906. Unwin.
While giving full details of the life of M. Rodin, who is the chief representative of
the rrtodern naturalistic school, the book is principally a study of his work, his methods
and his theories of art. Gives a full account of the controversies provoked by his great
works. In a sense an authorized biography, having been written under the artist's eye.
Is eulogistic rather than critical.
Saint-Gaudens
American Institute of Architects. r735 8133
Augustus Saint-Gaudens; biography, exhibition of his works and
memorial meeting, the Corcoran Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C,
December 1908. 1908. Corcoran Gallery of Art.
"Bibliography," p.Sg-go.
1362 SEALS. WOOD-CARVING
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. qr?35 C2i
Catalogue of a memorial exhibition of the works of Augustus Saint-
Gaudens, Carnegie Institute, April 2Qth through June 3Oth, 1909. 1909.
Cortissoz, Royal. q*735 8130
Augustus Saint-Gaudens. 1907. Houghton.
An authoritative study of Saint-Gaudens's completed work and the first adequate
collection of pictures of his sculptures. The author was for many years an intimate
friend of the artist. The 24 full-page photographic illustrations represent the entire
series of Saint-Gaudens's work so far as it is of general interest.
Hind, Charles Lewis. qr735 Sish
Augustus Saint-Gaudens. 1908. Lane.
"Augustus Saint-Gaudens; his works, chronology," p-35-47.
Contains a chronological list of events in the sculptor's life and an essay in apprecia-
tion of his work, but the larger and more valuable part of the book consists of a series
of photographic reproductions of typical examples of his art.
Seals
Lenormant, Charles. V73& L6i
Sceaux des rois et reines de France. 1834. Rittner. (Tresor de
numismatique et de glyptique.)
Morgan, John Pierpont. V73&
Cylinders and other ancient oriental seals in the library of J. Pier-
pont Morgan; catalogued by W. H. Ward. 1909. Privately printed.
Ward, William Hayes. V73f>
Seal cylinders of western Asia. 1910. (Carnegie Institution of
Washington. Publication no.ioo.)
"Bibliography," p.n 18.
Exhaustive and fully illustrated study of the cylindrical seals which were used in
the East as a means of recording proprietary rights.
Wood-carving
Malim, Margaret F. qr736.i Ma8
Old English wood-carving patterns from oak furniture of the
Jacobean period; a series of examples, selected & drawn in facsimile
from rubbings, for the use of teachers, students and classes. 1906.
Batsford.
Thirty designs, prefaced by brief suggestions in regard to articles that may be made
by the amateur wood-carver.
Moller, Muriel. qr736.i
Wood-carving designs, with a foreword by Walter Crane; six sheets
comprising 31 working drawings of panels, frames, etc. with examples
of furniture suitable for them. [1906.] Batsford.
Rowe, Eleanor. 736.1 R7Q
Practical wood-carving; a book for the student, carver, teacher,
designer and architect. 1907. Batsford.
NUMISMATICS. COINS. MEDALS 1363
737 Numismatics. Coins. Medals
Adams, Edgar. Holmes. 1737 Aai
Adams' official premium list of United States private and territorial
gold coins indicated by prices brought at public coin sales. 1909. Wil-
lett Press.
Baker, William Spohn. 31737 W27b
Medallic portraits of Washington, with historical and critical notes
and a descriptive catalogue of the coins, medals, tokens and cards. 1885.
Lindsay.
Elder monthly, March I9o6-March 1908. v.i-2. 1906-08. qr737 43
Magazine devoted to numismatics, philately and archaeology.
No more published.
[Fleurimont, G. R.] qr737 F63
Medailles du regne de Louis XV. [1749?]
Illustrations of medals, 171547, with very brief descriptions.
Grueber, Herbert Appold. qr?37 G88
Coins of the Roman republic in the British Museum, with an intro-
duction and plates. 3v. 1910. Longmans.
v.i. Aes rude, aes signatum, aes grave and coinage of Rome from B. C. 268.
v.2. Coinages of Rome (continued), Roman Campania, Italy, the Social war anil
the provinces.
v.3. Tables of finds and cognomina, indexes, plates, etc.
Hayden, Horace Edwin. 1737 H37
Account of various silver and copper medals presented to the North
American Indians by the sovereigns of England, France and Spain
from 1600 to 1800; read before the Wyoming Historical and Geological
Society, September 12, 1885. 1886.
Reprinted from v.a, pt.2 of the "Proceedings" of the society.
[Hennin, Michel.] qr?37 H44
Histoire numismatique de la Revolution franchise; ou, Description
raisonnee des medailles, monnaies et autres monumens numismatiques
relatifs aux affaires de la France depuis 1'ouverture des fitats-generaux
jusqu'a 1'etablissement du governement consulaire. 1826. Merlin.
Over 900 illustrations.
Hill, George Francis. 737 Hssh
Historical Roman coins from the earliest times to the reign of
Augustus. 1909. Constable.
"The order of treatment is strictly chronological, and the method adopted is to
select two or three characteristic pieces belonging to a particular period or associated
with a particular series of events. These are described fully, with the aid of adequate
illustrations, and each group is then made the text of a discussion in which is focussed
all the light that can be drawn from historical or literary sources." Burlington maga-
zine, 1910.
Humphreys, Henry Noel. qr?37 Hg2C
Coinage of the British empire; an outline of the progress of the
coinage in Great Britain and her dependencies from the earliest period
to the present time. 1855. Bogue.
Includes a brief account of the origin of the art of coining. Examples are given
of characteristic coins of each reign or period, through the first years of Queen Vic-
toria's rule.
1364 NUMISMATICS. COINS. MEDALS
Jewitt, Llewellynn. 1737 Jsi
English coins and tokens, with a chapter on Greek and Roman coins,
by B. V. Head. 1890. Sonnenschein.
Handbook of English coins, from earliest times to Queen Victoria's reign, and of
the tokens issued by tradesmen.
[Jobert, Louis.] r737 J33
La science des medailles antiques et modernes pour 1'instruction des
personnes qui s'appliquent a les connoitre; avec quelques nouvelles de-
couvertes faites dans cette science. 2v. 1715. Boudot.
Mathews, George D. r?37 M47
Coinages of the world, ancient and modern. 1876. Scott.
Fully illustrated.
Mills, John G. qr737 M6g
Catalogue of the magnificent collection of coins of the United States
formed by J. G. Mills, Albany, N. Y., catalogued by S. H. & H. Chap-
man. 1904.
Morel, Andre. q r 737 M88t
Thesauri Morelliani tomus primus-tertius; sive, C. Schlegelii, S.
Haverkampi et A. F. Gorii Commentaria in XII. priorum imperatorum
Romanorum numismata aurea, argentea et aerea; accedunt Gorii de-
scriptio columnae Trajanae, nee non Tristini, Rubenii ac Harduini in-
terpretiones pretiosissimorum aliquot antiquitatis monumentorum, cum
praefatione Petri Wesselingii. 3v. 1752. Wetstein.
v.i-2. Text.
v.3. Plates.
Morel, Andre. qr737 M88
Thesaurus Morellianus; sive, Familiarum Romanarum numismata
omnia; juxta ordinem Fulvii Ursini et Caroli Patini disposita; accedunt
nummi miscellanei, urbis Romae, Hispanici et Goltziani dubise fidei
omnes; nunc primum edidit & commentario perpetuo illustravit Sige-
bertus Havercampus. 2v. 1734. Wetstein.
v.i. Text.
v.2. Plates.
Rapson, Edward James, comp. 1737 R2i
Catalogue of the coins of the Andhra dynasty, the western ksatrapas,
the Traikutaka dynasty and the "Bodhi" dynasty [in the British Mu-
seum]. 1908. British Museum.
Rawlings, Gertrude Burford. 737 R23
Coins and how to know them. [1908.] Methuen.
"Select bibliography," p-336-337-
"As a general and comprehensive introduction to the science of numismatics, for
the use of collectors and others newly taking up the study, it serves its purpose ad-
mirably." Museums journal, 1908.
Well illustrated.
Shinkle, Charles Humberstone, comp. 1*737 S55 a
U. S. coin values and lists [an exhibit of prices paid for U. S. coins,
at auction sales, 1907-10. 1910].
POTTERY. PORCELAIN 1365
Snowden, James Ross, comp. 1737 S67d
Description of ancient and modern coins in the cabinet collection
at the mint of the United States. 1860. Lippincott.
Illustrated.
Stickney, Matthew Adams. qr737 885
Catalogue of the celebrated collection of United States and foreign
coins of the late Matthew Adams Stickney, Salem, Massachusetts; cata-
logued by Henry Chapman, and to be sold at public auction, Philadel-
phia, June 25-29, 1907. [1907.]
Winsor, Richard B. qr737 W7Q
Catalogue of the magnificent collection of coins of the United
States formed by R. B. Winsor, Providence, R. I. 1895.
738 Pottery. Porcelain
Bibliography
Solon, Louis Marc Emmanuel, comp. qroi6.738 S68
Ceramic literature; an analytical index to the works published in
all languages on the history and the technology of the ceramic art, also
to the catalogues of public museums, private collections and of auction
sales in which the description of ceramic objects occupy an important
place, and to the most important price-lists of the ancient and modern
manufactories of pottery and porcelain. 1910. Griffin.
General works
Barber, Edwin AtLee. 738 6233
Artificial soft paste porcelain; France, Italy, Spain and England.
1907. Doubleday. (Art primer of the Pennsylvania Museum and
School of Industrial Art.)
By the curator of the Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art, Phila-
delphia (1908). Illustrated monograph containing descriptions of characteristic ex-
amples and a list of marks.
Barber, Edwin AtLee. 738 823!
Lead glazed pottery, v.i. 1907. Doubleday. (Art primer of the
Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art.)
v.i. Common clays: Plain glazed, sgraffito and slip-decorated wares.
Bibliography, v.i, p. 5.
Barber, Edwin AtLee. r738 6233
Salt glazed stoneware; Germany, Flanders, England and the United
States. 1906. (Art primer of the Pennsylvania Museum and School of
Industrial Art.)
Barber, Edwin AtLee. 738 623!
Tin enameled pottery, maiolica, delft and other stanniferous faience.
1906. (Art primer of the Pennsylvania Museum and School of Indus-
trial Art.)
T-he same. 1907. Doubleday r738 6231!
1366 POTTERY. PORCELAIN
Beckwith, Arthur. 738 836
Majolica and fayence; Italian, Sicilian, Majorcan, Hispano-Moresque
and Persian. 1877. Appleton.
"References," p. 184.
Binns, Charles Fergus. 738 B4&5p
The potter's craft; a practical guide for the studio and workshop.
1910. Van Nostrand.
Blacker, J. F. 738 Bsia
A B C of collecting old English china, giving a short history of the
English factories and showing how to apply tests for unmarked china
before 1800. [1910.] Paul.
"Fully illustrated as it is in half-tone, the interest lies primarily in the text. Mr.
Blacker writes for the novice, and he has gathered together from many sources a mass
of information which will prove of great assistance to all who are about to lay the
foundations of a collection." Outlook (London), lyio.
Blacker, J. F. 738 651
Chats on oriental china. 1908. Unwin.
"Bibliography and glossary," p. 17-1 9.
Practical guide for collectors, giving history and description of Chinese porcelain.
Brief section on Japanese pottery and porcelain. Quotes some recent sale prices of
valuable pieces. Illustrations from photographs.
Boreel, Alfred. qr738 663
Catalogue de la collection de Alfred Boreel; porcelaines de Saxe,
Hochst, Louisbourg, Frankenthal, Fiirstenberg, Berlin, Nymphenbourg,
services en porcelaine de La Haye et de Strasbourg, faience de Delft,
porcelaines de la Chine, meubles, pendules, etc.; vente a Amsterdam,
les 16 et 17 juin 1908. 1908. Muller.
Brief description of each article in the collection, followed by illustrations of the
more notable porcelain figures, plates, vases, etc.
Bowes, James Lord. qr?38 B66
Japanese marks and seals. 1882. Sotheran.
Contents: Pottery. Illuminated mss. and printed books. Lacquer, enamels, metal,
wood, ivory, &c.
Collection of marks and seals on Japanese works of art, particularly pottery.
British Museum British and mediaeval antiquities r738 8753
department.
Guide to the English pottery and porcelain. 1910.
Burton, William. qr?38 Bgsh
History and description of English earthenware and stoneware (to
the beginning of the igth century). 1904. Cassell.
"Bibliography," p. 188-189.
"A technical description of the processes employed in the making of the chief types
of pottery accompanies an historic account reliable in all particulars." Burlington mag-
azine, 1904.
Burton, William. 738 8954
Porcelain; a sketch of its nature, art and manufacture. 1906. Cas-
sell.
"As a general handbook to the study of porcelain, this book can be cordially recom-
mended. In some 250 pages it gives a digest of the materials, making and decoration
of the various Oriental and European fabrics. The thoroughness of the author's tech-
nical knowledge gives the work particular value." Burlington magazine, 1907.
POTTERY. PORCELAIN 1367
Chaffers, William. V73& C34k
Keramic gallery; containing several hundred illustrations of rare,
curious and choice examples of pottery and porcelain from the earliest
times to the beginning of the ipth century, with historical notices and
descriptions; revised and ed. by H. M. Cundall. 1907. Gibbings.
First published in 1872.
[Chu Yen.] r738 46
Description of Chinese pottery and porcelain; a translation of the
T'ao Shuo, with introduction [and] notes by S. W. Bushell. 1910.
Clarendon Press.
"Bibliography," p. 173-1 79.
"First special work written upon the subject of Chinese Ceramics, and... still
generally considered by native connoisseurs as the chief authority on the subject."
Translator's introduction.
Darcel, Alfred, & Delange, Henri. qb738 024
Recueil de faiences italiennes des I5e, i6e et 176 siecles; dessine
par Carle Delange et C. Borneman et accompagne d'un texte par A.
Darcel et Henri Delange. 1869.
Colored plates, with brief introductory text.
Dillon, Edward. 738 Ds8
Porcelain and how to collect it. [1910.] Methuen.
"Practical application to the purposes of the collector of such portions of the in-
formation contained in the author's larger work as are pertinent. Some subjects, such
as material and history, are less fully treated; others, as the details of the principal
public collections in England, are emphasized. The book is all that could be desired, a
serviceable manual from the hand of one who knows all about the matter." Spectator,
Jp/O.
Fairbanks, Arthur. qr738 Fis
Athenian lekythoi, with outline drawing in glaze varnish on a white
ground. 1907. Macmillan. (Michigan University studies; humanistic
series, v.6.)
"Literature," p. 10.
By the director (1908) of the Boston Museum of Fine Arts. The lecythus was a
small Greek vase made to contain oils or perfume.
"I have aimed to study the different classes of white lekythoi in their relation
to each other and to vases in a different technique. Using as a basis the work of
Pettier, Furtwangler, Bosanquet, and others, I have brought these classes of lekythoi
into a fairly well-established series, dating approximately from 475 to 430 B. C."
Preface.
Hayden, Arthur. 738 Htfc
Chats on English earthenware. 1909. Unwin.
Contents: How to collect; a chapter for beginners. Early ware. English delft.
Stoneware. Early Staffordshire ware; Thomas Whieldon, his contemporaries and suc-
cessors. Salt-glazed ware, Staffordshire. Josiah Wedgwood. The school of Wedg-
wood. Leeds and other factories. Transfer-printed ware. Staffordshire figures.
Swansea and other factories. Lustre ware. Late Staffordshire ware.
"Bibliography," p.23-25.
Hayden, Arthur. 738 H37
Chats on old china. 1006. Unwin.
Contents: Old Derby. Chelsea china. The Bow china factory. Old Worcester.
Plymouth and Bristol china. The Lowestoft factory. Coalport. Spode and his suc-
cessors. Nantgarw and Swansea. Minton. Old English earthenware. Lustre ware.
Liverpool ware. Wedgwood.
"Bibliography," p.23-24.
"Primer for the use of the china-lover in search of elementary information." Bur-
lington magazine, 1906.
Illustrated.
1368 POTTERY. PORCELAIN
Jacquemart, Albert. qr738 Ji3
Histoire de la ceramique; etude descriptive et raisonnee des poteries
de tous les temps et de tous les peuples. 1873. Hachette.
Jervis, William Percival. 738 J28p
Pottery primer. 1911. Privately printed.
Brief history of the potter's art from earliest times.
Loeb, James. qr?38 L76
Loeb collection of Arretine pottery; catalogued with introduction
and descriptive notes by G. H. Chase. 1908. [Laurentian Press.]
Moore, Mrs N. (Hudson). 738 M87d
Delftware, Dutch and English. 1908. Stokes.
"Judiciously and interestingly compiled from the recognized sources of authority,
with inclusion of certain data and illustrations which bear on the importation of Delft
ware to this country. The list of Delft potters with their marks is inclusive enough for
the purposes of the collectors for whom the manual is designed." Nation, 1908.
Moore, Mrs N. (Hudson). 738 M87W
Wedgwood and his imitators. 1909. Stokes. (Collector's hand-
books.)
Short sketch of the potter's life. Describes the process, glaze, design and marks
of the various kinds of pottery and art objects made at his factory and includes chapters
on nine of his imitators. The illustrations show representative pieces owned in America
and Europe.
Morgan, John Pierpont. r738 M8g
Catalogue of the Morgan collection of Chinese porcelains, v.2. 1911.
Illustrated catalogue, with descriptive notes.
For v.i see preceding catalogue, second series.
New York (city), Metropolitan Museum of Art. r738 Na6c
Catalogue of the collection of pottery, porcelain and faience, by
G. C. Pier. 1911.
"Bibliography," p. 19-22.
Put, A. van de. qr738 Pg8
Hispano-Moresque ware of the 15. century; a contribution to its
history and chronology based upon armorial specimens. 1904. Lane.
"Of all the ancient wares which have and deserve a great reputation, the Spanish
lustred pottery is the most accessible, and yet this is the first orderly and intelligent
treatise devoted to it... The general treatise occupies half the volume, and is followed
by rather full descriptions of some of the plates." Nation, 1005.
Rhead, George Woolliscroft, & Rhead, F. A. qr738 Rs8
Staffordshire pots & potters. 1907. Dodd.
Very fully illustrated account of the various kinds of pottery manufactured in Staf-
fordshire, with some facts in regard to the potters themselves and the conditions under
which they worked.
Walters, Henry Beauchamp. qr738 Wig
Catalogue of the Roman pottery in the departments of antiquities,
British Museum. 1908. British Museum.
Illustrations. Plates.
Waring, John Burley. qr?38 W22
Ceramic art in remote ages, with essays on the symbols of the circle,
the cross and circle, the circle and ray ornament, the fylfot and the
serpent, showing their relation to the primitive forms of solar and na-
ture worship. 1874. Day.
"List of works," p. 1*25-127.
POTTERY. PORCELAIN 1369
Wheatley, Henry Benjamin, & Delamotte, P. H. 738
Art work in earthenware. 1882. Scribner. (Handbooks of prac-
tical art.)
Brief historical account of the progress of the art from earliest times. Illustrated.
Wheatley, Henry Benjamin, & Delamotte, P. H. 738 Wsga
Art work in porcelain. 1883. Low. (Handbooks of practical art.)
Brief historical account of the progress of the art from earliest times. Illustrated.
Wylde, C. H. 738 Wg8
How to collect continental china. 1907. Bell.
The same ................................................ r738 Wg8
Useful guide to the identification of European pottery, chiefly of the i8th century.
The marks of each factory are reproduced.
Young, ennie J. 738
The ceramic art; a compendium of the history and manufacture of
pottery and porcelain. 1878. Harper.
"Collection of essays, of which those on Chinese wares, on Japanese pottery and
porcelain, and on the factories and fabrications of the United States, contain a great
deal that is original, and are fresh and entertaining and instructive." Nation, 1878.
Many illustrations.
Yoxall, Sir James Henry. 738 42
ABC about collecting. 1910. Paul.
Practical advice about the collecting of china, prints, miniatures, clocks, furniture,
samplers, violins, etc.
China painting. Ornamental glass
Hancock, E. Campbell. 738.1 H23
Amateur pottery & glass painter, with directions for gilding, chas-
ing, burnishing, bronzing and groundlaying. [1881.] Allen.
Keramic Studio Publishing Co., Syracuse, N. Y. q738.i Kig
Book of roses; studies for the china painter and the student of water
colors. 1903.
The designs, several of which are in color, are in all cases accompanied by instruc-
tions.
Pettier, Edmond. 738.1 P86
Douris and the painters of Greek vases; tr. by Bettina Kahnweiler,
with a preface by J. E. Harrison. 1909. Murray.
"Bibliography," p.87.
In a volume of less than 100 pages and with 25 good illustrations, we have a fas-
cinating account of the life of the Athenian potters and of the methods of their work.
Douris has been selected as representative both for the large number of vases signed
with his name and because his work reflects the contemporary art of painting most fully.
Condensed from Nation, 1910.
Dillon, Edward. q?38.2 058
Glass. 1907. Putnam. (Connoisseur's library.)
"Selected bibliography of works on glass," p. 22-27.
The same. [1907.] Methuen ........................... qr738.2 Ds8
History of glass from the earliest times to the present. Illustrated in color, many
of the examples being taken from the collections of the British Museum and the South
Kensington Museum.
1370 BRONZES. PLATE
739 Bronzes. Metal-work. Plate
Boston, Museum of Fine Arts. V739 664
American silver; the work of I7th and i8th century silversmiths, ex-
hibited at the museum June to Nov. 1906. 1906.
Caldicott, J. W. V739 Ci2
Values of old English silver and Sheffield plate from the 15th to
the ipth centuries; ed. by J.S.Gardner. 1906. Bemrose.
"Complete to a degree that no existing work can rival, and wonderfully well illus-
trated... The illustrations include not only famous and splendid pieces, but also repro-
ductions of the marks of all English assay offices, so that with its help any intelligent
person with no expert knowledge of the subject should be able to identify and, to some
extent, value any piece of silver plate which he meets with." Burlington magazine, 1906.
Dawson, Nelson. V739 E>33
Goldsmiths' and silversmiths' work. 1907. Methuen. (Connois-
seur's library.)
"This is no art history of the silverware of all ages, but an attempt made by one
who is himself no mean artist and craftsman to explain the grounds upon which the
merits of an example of artistically wrought silver, or maybe gold, are to be estimated
. ..What is especially of value in Mr. Dawson's analysis, as he takes up in turn examples
of the work of ancient or modern silversmiths, is the light he incidentally throws upon
the practical details of the craftsman's task." Burlington magazine, 1907.
Many examples are given.
Howard, Montague. V739 H84
Old London silver; its history, its makers and its marks. 1903.
Scribner.
History of the silversmith's art in England, with many illustrations of interesting
examples. Half the book is devoted to makers' marks and hall-marks, of which over
4,000 facsimiles are given.
Macquoid, Percy. 739 M22
The plate collector's guide, arranged from Cripps's "Old English
plate." 1908. Murray.
Contents: Old English plate. The provincial assay towns and their marks. Scot-
land and Ireland. Decorative and domestic plate. Chronological list of the articles of
plate which have served as authority for the construction of date-letters used at Gold-
smiths' Hall, London, and for the makers' marks. Improved tables of the date-letters
used by all the English, Scotch and Irish assay-halls from the earliest times.
Perry, John Tavenor. V739 ?44
Dinanderie; a history and description of mediaeval art work in
copper, brass and bronze. 1910. Macmillan.
"Bibliography," p. 221-222.
The word "dinanderie" is derived from Dinant on the Meuse, the chief seat of the
industry until the destruction of the place in 1466 caused the craftsmen who survived to
disperse and carry on their work elsewhere. Mr Perry stretches the term to comprehend
monumental works in bronze. He deals with the art from the points of view of
origin, materials and processes, reviews the different schools and gives an account of
many and varied examples of the art.
Pittsburgh, Art Society. T739 P67
Catalogue of the exhibition of small bronzes by American sculptors
and of the etchings by Joseph Pennell, Carnegie Institute [Pittsburgh],
Jan. 8th to soth, 1910. [1910.]
DECORATIVE ARTS. DRAWING 1371
Robinson, Sir John Charles.
Treasury of ornamental art; illustrations of objects of art and vertu
photographed from the originals and drawn on stone by F. Bedford,
with descriptive notices by I. C. Robinson. [1857.] Day.
Plates 23 and 55 wanting.
Rose, Augustus Foster. 739 R7ia
Copper work; an illustrated text book for teachers and students in
the manual arts. 1909. Davis.
The same. 1906. Davis ................................... 739 R7i
The same. 1908. Atkinson ................................ J739 R7i
A manual of copper work as it may be done in the public schools, with suggestions
regarding equipment and the possibilities of such a course. Many illustrations of ob-
jects made by upper grammar and high school pupils.
Shaw, Henry, 1800-73. 3*739 $53
Examples of ornamental metal work [plates]. 1836. Pickering.
Designs for street lamps, lanterns, railings, knockers, etc.
Wheatley, Henry Benjamin, & Delamotte, P. H. 739 Wsg
Art work in gold and silver; mediaeval. 1882. Scribner. (Hand-
books of practical art.)
Brief historical account of the progress of the goldsmith's art to the middle of the
iSth century. Illustrated.
Wheatley, Henry Benjamin, & Delamotte, P. H. 739 Wsga
Art work in gold and silver; modern. 1882. Low. (Handbooks of
practical art.)
Brief historical account of the progress of the goldsmith's art from the renaissance
to modern times. Illustrated.
Williams, John, of New York. V739 W74
Cast and wrought brass and bronze work, wrought iron work, to
special design; architectural, monumental, ecclesiastical, decorative;
designs and estimates furnished. 1899.
Wood, L. Ingleby. qr739 W8s
Scottish pewter-ware and pewterers. [1904.] Morton.
Mr Wood, besides describing in detail the most characteristic examples of Scottish
pewter ware, catalogues pieces in the national museums and in the episcopal churches.
He gives lists of free and of apprentice pewterers and describes their "touches." Town
by town he records the history of the incorporated hammermen amongst whom the pew-
terers are found. Condensed from Burlington magazine, 1905.
740 Decorative arts. Drawing
Batsford, Herbert. 1016.74 631
Some suggestions on the formation of a small reference library of
books on ornament and the decorative arts. [1897.] Privately printed.
With this is bound "Selection of books on ornament and the decorative arts of-
fered at special prices to libraries and schools of art by B. T. Batsford."
Collinot, E. & Beaumont, Adalbert de. qb74Q C6g
Encyclopedic des arts decoratifs de 1'Orient; recueil de dessins pour
1'art et 1'industrie. 6v. in 3. 1883. Canson.
v.i-2. Ornements de la Perse. Ornements turcs.
v.3-4. Ornements venitiens, hindous, russes, etc. Ornements arabes.
v.s-6. Ornements de la Chine. Ornements du Japon.
Plates in color and black and white.
1372 DRAWING
Lasar, Charles A. 740 1,33
Practical hints for art students. 1910. Duffield.
Under the several headings of drawing, composition and color the author, a suc-
cessful art teacher, sets forth advice, suggestions and rules in the form of brief maxims.
Shaw, Henry, 1800-73. q>74 853
Decorative arts, ecclesiastical and civil, of the middle ages. 1851.
Pickering.
Shaw was a well-known draftsman, engraver and antiquary. The book consists
of illustrations, many of them in color, of enamel work, carvings, stained glass, em-
broidery, etc., with brief explanatory text.
[White, Gleeson.] qr?05 893 v.2
Christmas cards and their chief designers. [1894.] (Studio. Spe-
cial winter number, 1893/94.)
Bound with v.2 of the "Studio."
741 Freehand drawing. Book illustration
Caricatures. Cartoons
Bailey, Henry Turner, ed. 741 Bis
Nature drawing from various points of view. 1910. Davis Press.
With one exception these papers were published in the "School arts book" during
its first eight years. Excellent handbook for drawing teachers and for all those who
would find decorative elements in nature.
Bartholomew, William N. 741 627
Lessons in pencil drawing from nature, with examples for prelimi-
nary practice. 2v. 1894. Taber-Prang Art Co.
v.i. Plates and text book.
v.2. Supplement; plates.
Gary, Elisabeth Luther. q74i Da8
Honore Daumier; a collection of his social and political caricatures,
together with an introductory essay on his art. 1907. Putnam.
Contains 75 reproductions of the lithographs of the famous French caricaturist
(1808-79).
Christy, Howard Chandler. 741 046
The American girl [drawings]. 1906. Moffat.
Contents: Greeting. Foreword. The sweet girl graduate. The debutante. The
American girl in the country. The American girl in the city. The American girl in
society. The American girl as a bride. Epilogue.
Clark, John Spencer, and others. 741 C52t
Teacher's manual for the Prang course in drawing for graded
schools, books 1-6. 1897. Prang Educational Co.
Exercises in form study, drawing and color work, with practical suggestions for
giving lessons. Fully illustrated.
Clark, John Spencer, and others. 741 C52
Teacher's manual for the Prang elementary course in art instruction,
books 1-2. v.i. 1898. Prang Educational Co.
v.i. Third year.
Attempt to formulate a system of art instruction upon a distinctly psychological
and educational basis. Less definite and for much younger pupils th'an authors' "Teach-
er's manual for the Prang course in drawing for graded schools" (741 521). Fully
illustrated.
DRAWING 1373
Clayton, Gertrude L. 74* 55
Crayon, chalk and pencil drawing. 1911. Flanagan.
The same J74 1 55
Clifford, Edward C. 74* Cs8
Trees and tree drawing. Rowney.
Describes for the artist the anatomy, individual and class characteristics and dis-
tribution of trees.
Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. V74 1 78
Indian drawings. [1911. Probsthain.]
Twenty-nine full-page reproductions, with 25 in the text, of drawings by Indian
artists. In the introduction an attempt is made to differentiate the various schools of
art in India.
Cruikshank, George. 74* C8Q7
Water colours, with introduction by Joseph Grego. 1903. Black.
Consists of the series of illustrations of "Oliver Twist," the "Miser's daughter" by
Ainsworth and the "History of the Irish rebellion in 1798" by Maxwell, reproduced in
color.
Cust, Lionel. qr74* Vi8
Description of the sketch-book by Sir Anthony Van Dyck, used by
him in Italy, 1621-1627 and preserved in the collection of the duke of
Devonshire at Chatsworth. 1902. Bell.
"The sketches are memoranda made by Vandyck. ..with a view to impressing on his
mind the composition or single motives of pictures he saw, chiefly those of Titian...
The interest of the sketches, often the slightest scrawls and shorthand notes, lies in their
illustration of Vandyck's method and models of study, and the evidence they afford of
pictures by Titian, not all of which can now be identified." Saturday review, 1902.
Daniels, Fred Hamilton. 74* E> 22
School drawing; a real correlation. 1909. Milton Bradley Co.
Suggestions for drawing and sand-table work to be used in connection with the
study of history and geography.
Darley, Felix Octavius Carr. ^741 J4gd
Compositions in outline from Judd's Margaret; engraved by Konrad
Huber. 1856. Redfield.
Darley, Felix Octavius Carr. qr74i I28d
Illustrations of Rip Van Winkle; designed and etched by F. O. C.
Darley for the members of the American Art-Union. 1848. Amer. Art-
Union.
Darley, Felix Octavius Carr. qr74i laS
Illustrations of the Legend of Sleepy Hollow; designed and etched
by F. O. C. Darley for the members of the American Art-Union. 1849.
Amer. Art-Union.
Davenport, Homer Calvin. t l r 74 I Dag
Cartoons, with an introduction by J. J. Ingalls. 1898. De Witt.
Collection of American political cartoons in which the trusts, Mark Hanna and
Tammany figure largely.
Doyle, Richard. q74* E>77
Foreign tour of Messrs Brown, Jones and Robinson; the history of
what they saw and did in Belgium, Germany, Switzerland & Italy
[plates]. 1860. Appleton.
One of the very popular works of the English artist and caricaturist (1824-83).
From the beginning he was one of the regular contributors to "Punch," and part of this
work first appeared there:
46
1374 DRAWING
Dupont, A. Pierre. qr?4i Dgsd
Legend of the wandering Jew, illustrated by Gustave Dore; poem
with prologue and epilogue, biographical notice by Paul Lacroix (Bib-
liophile Jacob), with the Complaint and Beranger's ballad set to music
by Ernest Dore; tr. with critical remarks by G. W. Thornbury. 1857.
Addey.
Fisher, Harrison. q74i F$3
Fair Americans [drawings]. 1911. Scribner.
Flaxman, John. TJ^I F62d
La divina commedia di Dante Alighieri, cioe 1'Inferno, il Purgatorio
ed il Paradiso, composto da Giovanni Flaxman [plates]. Vallardi.
Frost, Arthur Burdett. qr?4i Fg6
Sports and games in the open [drawings]. 1899. Harper.
"Arthur Burdett Frost," by F. R. Stockton, p.i-6.
Serious and humorous illustrations of hunting, fishing, cycling, golfing, etc.
Furniss, Harry. q74i Fggh
How to draw in pen and ink. 1905. Chapman.
Informal little book of practical advice as to general methods. Intended primarily
for illustrators. Author is (1907) an English caricature artist, for many years on the
staff of "Punch."
Gibson, Charles Dana. q74i 636
Pictures of people. 1896. Russell.
Gillray, James. qr?4i 041
Works, from the original plates, with the addition of many subjects
not before collected. Bohn.
Gillray (17571815) has no rival as a caricaturist of English politics and manners
of the years 1774 to 1809. His cartoons represent the fashionable society at Vauxhall
Gardens, lords and ladies, singers, soldiers, life at home, in the taverns, in the villages,
and in the poor quarters of London.
Grego, Joseph. qry4i G86
Rowlandson the caricaturist; a selection from his works, with anec-
dotal descriptions of his famous caricatures, and a sketch of his life,
times and contemporaries. 2v. 1880. Bouton.
Holme, Charles, ed. q74i H73
Modern pen drawings, European and American. 1901. (Studio.
Special winter number, 1900-01.)
Typical and varied examples of contemporary pen-and-ink drawings. The accom-
panying text gives a short history of the art and brief notes on the artists represented.
Many of the illustrations were done expressly for this work, or are here printed for the
first time.
International Correspondence Schools, Scranton, Pa. 741 44
Elements of pen-and-ink rendering, rendering with pen and brush,
elements of water-color rendering, rendering in water color, drawing
from nature, drawing from cast, elements of figure drawing [and]
drawing from the figure, pt.2. 1905. (International library of tech-
nology, v.55.)
pt.2. Plates.
The same r74i 44
Correspondence school course.
For pt. i see preceding catalogue, second series.
DRAWING 1375
Japanese design book. 1741 Ji8g
Small conventional designs suitable for copying. The brief text is in Japanese.
Keppel (Frederick) & Co. pub. r74i Kig
Catalogue of an exhibition of drawings by masters of the i6th and
I7th centuries, with an introduction by Frederick Keppel, Oct. 20 to
Nov. 6, 1909. [1909.]
The biographical sketches in this catalogue are for the most part taken from Bryan's
"Dictionary of painters and engravers."
Leech, John. qr74i Pg81
Pictures of life & character from the collection of Mr Punch. 2v.
[1854-69?] Bradbury.
The same [abridged] . 1884. Appleton .................. rjqi Pg8l2
Lefebvre, M. r623 11253
Military landscape sketching; tr. by W. V. Judson. 1905. (In United
States Engineer school. Occasional papers, no.3.)
McCutcheon, John Tinney. <J74* Mi4t
T. R. in cartoons. 1910. McClurg.
The same .............................................. Q r 74i Mi4t
These Roosevelt cartoons originally appeared in the "Chicago tribune."
Nicholson, William, b. 1872. q r 74i
Characters of romance. 1900. Russell.
Contents: Miss Havisham. Mr Weller. Don Quixote de la Mancha. John Silver.
Rochester. Sophia Western. Porthos. Chicot. Baron Munchausen. Miss Fother-
ingay and Captain Costigan. Madge Wildfire. Mulvaney. Jorrocks. Gargantua. Mr
Vanslyperken and Commodore Trunnion.
Nicholson has invented an absolutely new style of poster designing. He resorts to
powerful contrasts of black and white in heavy masses, harmonized by brown or gray
backgrounds, and enlivened by telling touches of primary colors. These prints of four
or five tones have an extraordinary interest. Condensed from Art amateur, 1900.
Nijhoff, Martinus, pub. rj^i N34
Drawings from the old masters, 3d ser. ; 60 reproductions of draw-
ings by Dutch and Flemish masters in the State Museum, Amsterdam,
from facsimiles published by Martinus Nijhoff. 1907. Gowans.
Overbeck, Johann Friedrich. q r 74* 033
Holy gospels, illustrated in 40 original designs. 1856. Appleton.
Overbeck (1789-1869) was a German artist, the leader of the revival of Christian
art in the igth century. Especially noteworthy among his drawings are these 40 car-
toons illustrating the Gospels.
Pennell, Joseph. qr74i
Work of Charles Keene, with an introduction & comments on the
drawings illustrating the artist's methods; to which is added a bibliog-
raphy of the books Keene illustrated, and a catalogue of his etchings by
W. H. Chesson. 1897. Unwin.
English humorous artist (1823-91) a frequent contributor to "Punch."
"His absolute command of .the medium by which his work was to be presented to
the public; his rigid suppression of the superfluous; his unfaltering instinct where to
stay his stroke; these things, taken in connection with his fidelity to nature, his skill in
composition, and his power of suggesting colour and seizing fugitive expression, made
him an almost unique personality in humorous art." Dictionary of national biography.
1376 DRAWING
Punch. 741 Pg8
Half a century of English history; pictorially presented in a series
of cartoons from the collection of Mr Punch, comprising plates by
Doyle and others, in which are portrayed the political careers of Peel
and other English statesmen. 1884. Putnam.
Retzsch, Friedrich August Moritz. 1741
Illustrations of Goethe's Faust, by Moritz Retzsch, engraved by
Henry Moses. 1843. Tilt.
Retzsch (1779-1857) was a German draftsman and painter whose fame rests chiefly
on his illustrations of the German poets and Shakespeare.
Retzsch, Friedrich August Moritz. TJ+I B8gr
Outlines to Burger's ballads; designed and engraved by Moritz
Retzsch, with Burger's text, explanations and biographical notices.
1873. Roberts.
Rhead, George Woolliscroft. 741
Treatment of drapery in art. 1904. Bell.
"He is quite right in his notion that the subject is greatly neglected in our art
schools and has been very insufficiently treated by writers on painting; and even so
elementary a work as this cannot fail to supply many useful hints to students. . .Mr.
Rhead's original illustrations are well done, and his examples from the masters are,
in general, well selected." Nation, 1904.
Shaw, Albert. Q74i 853
A cartoon history of Roosevelt's career; illustrated by 630 con-
temporary cartoons and many other pictures. 1910. Review of Re-
views Pub. Co.
Vasari Society for the Reproduction of Drawings q"74i
by Old Masters.
[Reproductions], 1905/06-1911/12. v.i-7. [i9o6]-n.
White, Gleeson. qr74i
English illustration, "the sixties," 1855-70. 1897. Constable.
"Presentation in compact form of a fine aggregate of specimen works by the
largest group of considerable artists that England produced during the nineteenth cen-
tury. The illustrators of the sixties are indeed a remarkable body in virtue of the men
of real genius included among them, but perhaps even more by reason of the spirit which
endowed even the smaller men with some touch of distinction ... Few indeed have ever
succeeded in writing what is an almost perfect book alike for the collector, the general
reader and the art student." Burlington magazine, 1007.
742 Perspective
Frederick, Frank Forrest. Q74 2 F 8 9
Simplified mechanical perspective for the use of schools. 1910.
Manual Arts Press.
Mathewson, Frank Elliott. 74 M 47
Perspective sketching from working drawings. 1908. Taylor-
Holden Co.
Graded series of exercises and problems, intended as a text-book for high-school
students but useful also to the practical machinist. Illustrated.
MECHANICAL DRAWING 1377
744 Mechanical drawing
Anthony, Gardner Chace. 744 A6ae2
Elements of mechanical drawing; use of instruments, geometrical
problems and projection. 1907. Heath.
Colvin, Fred Herbert. 744 C72
Machine shop drawings, reading drawings, making shop sketches,
laying out work. 1909. McGraw.
Concerned with the reading rather than the production of drawings. Elementary.
Edminster, Clothier Franklin. 744 Eags
Structural drawing. 1907. Privately printed.
"An excellent outline of the somewhat special class of drafting necessary for steel."
Engineering record, 1907.
Follows, George Herbert. 744 F72
Universal dictionary of mechanical drawing. 1906. Engineering
News Pub. Co.
French, Thomas Ewing. 744 Fg2
Manual of engineering drawing for students and draftsmen. 1911.
McGraw.
"Bibliography of allied subjects," p.274 280.
Leeds, Charles Carley. 744 LSS
Mechanical drawing for trade schools. 1908. Van Nostrand. (Car-
negie Technical Schools text books.)
Illustrated lessons for high-school students preparing for technical schools or for
positions as tracers and draftsmen.
Mathewson, Frank Elliott. 744 M47
Notes for mechanical drawing. 1906. Taylor.
Not a complete text-book, but a collection of explanatory notes, exercises and
practical problems suggested by long experience in teaching mechanical drawing.
Peddle, John Bailey. 744 Ps6
Construction of graphical charts. 1910. McGraw.
First work in English on this subject. Covers essentials of making and interpreting
such charts. Requires fair knowledge of mathematics. Largely reprinted from "Ameri-
can machinist."
Reid, John Simpson. 744 Rsia
Course in mechanical drawing. 1908. Wiley.
Contents: Complete outfit. Instruments. Geometrical drawing. Conventions.
Lettering and figuring. Orthographic projection. Problems in mechanical drawing
(course i). Present practice in drafting room conventions and methods in making prac-
tical working drawings.
Reinhardt, Charles William. 744
Technic of mechanical drafting; a practical guide to neat, correct
and legible drawing. 1909. Engineering News Pub. Co.
Not intended for beginners, and pays no attention to the mathematics involved.
Stephan, Walter George. 744 882
Drawing instruments; their use and abuse. 1908. McGraw.
Includes not only explicit directions for their selection and use, but also tells how
the various instruments, T-squares, triangles, etc. may be tested and kept accurate. Con-
cludes with short chapter on the general principles of modern drafting room practice.
1378 MECHANICAL DRAWING
Sylvester, F. L. 744 898
Self-taught mechanical drawing and elementary machine design,
with additions by Erik Oberg. 1910. Henley.
Requiring no previous knowledge of mathematics beyond arithmetic, an attempt is
made to present such principles of algebra, trigonometry, and mechanics as are absolutely
essential in ordinary drafting work. Not exhaustive, but the main principles of mechani-
cal drawing and the more important elements of machine design are dealt with clearly
and concisely.
Wilson, Victor Tyson, & McMaster, C. L. 744 W77
Notes on practical mechanical drawing; written for the use of stu-
dents in engineering courses. 1908. Privately printed.
Alphabets. Lettering
Arundel Society. qr744.2 A7Q
Alphabet of capital letters selected from the illuminations of Italian
choral books of the isth and i6th centuries. 1862.
Atkinson, Frank H. Q744-2 A87
"Atkinson" sign painting up to now; a complete manual of the art
of sign painting, contains 96 designs or layouts and accompanying color
notes, 75 alphabets embracing all standard styles, their modifications
and alternates, comprehensive text covering all practical phases of the
art for every day reference in the shop. 1909. Drake.
Auriol, George. 744*2 Ag2
Le livre des cachets, marques et monogrammes. 2v. 1901-08.
The same. 2v .......................................... T744-2 Ag2
v.2 title reads "Le second livre des monogrammes, marques, cachets et ex-libris."
Collection of monograms designed by Auriol.
Cromwell, John Howard. 744.2 C8ga
System of easy lettering, with a supplement consisting of eight
alphabets by George Martin [plates]. 1911. Spon.
Day, Lewis Foreman. 744-2 03332
Alphabets old and new for the use of craftsmen, with an essay on
Art in the alphabet. 1910. Batsford.
The same. 1910 ....................................... J744-2 0333
The same. 1906 ......................................... 744.2 0333
Contains 147 complete alphabets and 28 series of numerals. An introductory chap-
ter traces the historic development of letter-forms.
Huntington, Archer Milton. qb?44-2
Initials and miniatures of the 9th, loth and nth centuries from the
Mozarabic manuscripts of Santo Domingo de Silos in the British Mu-
seum [plates], with introduction by A. M. Huntington. 1904. [De-
Vinne Press.]
Johnston, Edward. qb744.2 Js6
Manuscript & inscription letters for schools & classes & for the use
of craftsmen, with five plates by A. E. R. Gill. 1909. Hogg.
ORNAMENTAL DESIGN 1379
Johnston, Edward. 744-2 ]^6
Writing & illuminating & lettering, with diagrams & illustrations
by the author & Noel Rooke. 1906. Macmillan. (Artistic crafts series
of technical handbooks.)
Compact and practical treatise written in a genuinely artistic spirit. Has a chapter
on inscriptions in stone by an expert stone-cutter.
Jones, Owen. qr744.2 J4i
1001 initial letters designed and illuminated by Owen Jones. 1864.
Day.
German an,d English title-page.
Lyons, Andrew W. 744-2 Lgg
Grammar of lettering; a handbook of alphabets systematically ar-
ranged for the use of art students, architects, decorators, sign-writers
and all classes of craftsmen; comprising practical demonstrations of
various letters and numerals, showing their construction, spacing,
brushwork, &c. 1908. Lippincott.
Shaw, Henry, 1800-73. qry44.2 853
Alphabets, numerals and devices of the middle ages; a series of 10
plates. 1845. Pickering.
Shaw, Henry, 1800-73. qrj^.2 Sssh
Hand book of mediaeval alphabets and devices. 1853. Quaritch.
Plates, with brief descriptive text. Alphabets are taken from illuminated manu-
scripts, monumental brasses, etc. from the I2th to the i6th century.
Smith, J. Gordon. qry44.2 865
Monograms in three and four letters suitable for engraving, paint-
ing, piercing, embroidering, carving, &c. 1903. Menken.
Strong, Charles Jay. 744-2 892
Art of show card writing; a modern treatise on show card writing,
designed as an educator in all branches of the art. 1907. Detroit
School of Lettering.
Trezise, Frederick James. 744-2 Tys
Letters & letter construction, with chapters on design & decoration.
1911. Inland Printer Co.
745 Ornamental design
Batchelder, Ernest Allen. 745 Bsid
Design in theory and practice. 1910. Macmillan.
"Chapters which aim to define the principles of design and their practical applica-
tion, based on definite problems that have developed during several years' experience in
teaching. A suggestive, stimulating book for students, and a guide to the general reader
seeking a more intelligent and discriminating basis for judgment. A large number of
text drawings and halftone plates fully illustrate the text." A. L. A. booklist, 1910.
Cadness, Henry. 745 Cua
Decorative brush-work & elementary design; a manual for the use
of teachers and students in elementary, secondary and technical schools.
1909. Batsford.
1380 ORNAMENTAL DESIGN
Christie, Archibald H. 745
Traditional methods of pattern designing; an introduction to the
study of decorative art. 1910. Clarendon Press.
"The evolution of the idea of decoration as it is now understood is discussed. A
survey is made of a considerable number of the most common examples of patterns, and
those which seem to have intimate relationship to one another are grouped together in
order to show the development of the most important decorative ideas, and to analyse
the means by which these are expressed. The illustrations are, with few exceptions,
taken from examples of ancient art." Preface.
Crane, Walter. 745 C86b
Bases of design. 1904. Bell.
"The book, though somewhat lacking in system and orderly development, is interest-
ing and suggestive, and contains many ingenious hints concerning the origin of various
forms of design, as well as many illustrations excellently chosen to stimulate the fancy
of students, such as those to whom these lectures were first addressed." Athenaum,
1903.
Crane, Walter. 745 C861
Line and form. 1908. Bell.
Papers based upon a series of lectures delivered to the students of the Manchester
municipal school of art. Treats the practice of design on its conventional and technical
side, illustrating the continual adaptation of nature in the best decorative art and going
closely into detail on the subject of instruments and materials. Fully illustrated with
rough sketches by the author and with reproductions from well-known works of art.
Cutler, Thomas William. qt>745 Cg4
Grammar of Japanese ornament and design, with introductory, de-
scriptive and analytical text. 1880. Batsford.
Carefully selected series of characteristic examples of the natural and conventional
ornament of the Japanese. Introductory text furnishes brief history of the Japanese
and their industrial arts and an examination of the chief elements of their ornament.
Day, Lewis Foreman. 745 0333
Nature and ornament. 2v. 1909. Batsford.
v.i. Nature the raw material of design.
v.2. Ornament the finished product of design.
[Documents du moyen-age, 136-156 siecle, et fitudes.] r745 D66
Reproductions of designs from illuminated manuscripts.
Dolmetsch, H. qt>745 D6go
Der ornamentenschatz; ein musterbuch stilvoller ornamente aus
alien kunstepochen. 1887.
Plates, many of them colored, illustrating ornament of all periods and in all
branches of art.
Dupont-Auberville. qb745 Dga
La decoration polychrome d'apres les etoffes anciennes; 100
planches en couleurs, or et argent contenant les plus beaux motifs de
tous les styles, art ancien et asiatique, moyen age, renaissance, 176
et i8e siecles; recueil historique et pratique publie sous la direction
de Bachelin-Deflorenne, avec des notes explicatives et une introduc-
tion generale par Dupont-Auberville, dessins de Kreutzberger, Regamey,
etc. [1891?]
Foord, Jeanie. qr745 ?74
Decorative plant & flower studies, for the use of artists, designers,
students & others; containing 40 coloured plates, accompanied by a de-
scription and sketch of each plant and 450 studies of growth & detail.
1906. Batsford.
ORNAMENTAL DESIGN 1381
Hatton, Richard G. ^745
Craftsman's plant-book; or, Figures of plants, selected from the
herbals of the :6th century and exhibiting the finest examples of plant-
drawing found in those rare works, arranged for the use of the decora-
tor, with supplementary illustrations and some remarks on the use
of plant-form in design. 1909. Chapman.
Holland, Charles. Q745 Hy2
Design for schools; a handbook for teachers for use in secondary
schools, the upper standards of elementary schools and elementary
classes of schools of art. 1907. Macmillan.
Japanese flower designs. 4v. 1*745 J J 8
Colored designs of the natural flowers.
Leighton, John. <l r 745 Ls6
Suggestions in design; being a comprehensive series of original
sketches in various styles of ornament, arranged for application in the
decorative and constructive arts, with descriptive and historical letter-
press by J. K. Colling. 1881. Appleton.
New York (state) Education department. 745 N26
Design and representation. 1910.
The same. (In its Annual report, 1910, v.6, pt. 3.). .1379.747 N26i2 v.6 pt-3
Handbook for teachers of drawing and design. Illustrated.
Owen, E. S. D. & Bunce, L. W. qr745 034
Nature's aid to design, comprising 115 half-tone reproductions from
photographs [plates]. 1907. Lane.
Rehlender, Georg. qr?45 Rag
Allerlei sinnbilder; 1000 entwiirfe; symbole, allegorien, vignetten,
chimaren, embleme, attribute, cartouchen, zierleisten, initialen, orna-
mente, trophaen, heraldische motive und sonstige decorative vorbilder,
[ist-2d ser.]. 2v. in I. [1892-94.] Hessling.
Ross, Denman Waldo. Q745 R?3
Theory of pure design, harmony, balance, rhythm. 1907. Houghton.
Professor Ross has been engaged for many years in the study and teaching of pure
design design that is altogether dissociated from representation. His problem is to
discover the laws of design and his book is written in a strictly scientific style.
Semper, Gottfried. t>745 847
Der stil in den technischen und tektonischen kiinsten; oder, Prak-
tische aesthetik; ein handbuch fur techniker, kiinstler und kunst-
freunde. 2v. 1860-63. Kunst und Wissenschaft, & Bruckmann.
v.i. Die textile kunst fur sich betrachtet und in beziehung zur baukunst.
v.2. Keramik, tektonik, stereotomie, metallotechnik fur sich betrachtet und in
beziehung zur baukunst.
Speltz, Alexander. 745 874
Styles of ornament exhibited in designs and arranged in historical
order with descriptive text; a handbook for architects, designers, paint-
ers, sculptors, wood-carvers, chasers, modellers, cabinet-makers and
1382 RUGS
Speltz, Alexander continued. 745 874
artistic locksmiths; tr. from the second German edition by David
O'Conor. [1906.] Hessling.
"Reference books," p.633-635.
The same; a series of 3500 examples arranged in historical order
with descriptive text, for the use of architects, designers, craftsmen
and amateurs; tr. from the second German edition, revised and ed. by
R. H. Spiers. ,,1910. Batsford b?45 874
Title reads "Styles of ornament from prehistoric times to the middle of the igth
century."
"Reference books," $.627-629.
Strange, Edward Fairbrother. Q745 S8g
Flowers and plants for designers and schools; photographed from
nature by Henry Irving. 1907. Hodder.
The same qr745 S8g
Stencil work
Hopkins, James Frederick. 745-1 H78
Decorating fabrics by stenciling; five simple lessons. 1908. Hirsh-
berg Art Co. (Art-crafts booklets.)
Rugs
Clifford, Chandler Robbins. Q745-2 Cs8
Rugs of the Orient. 1911. Clifford.
Fully illustrated guide to the classification and identification of oriental rugs, for
the dealer as well as the collector. Shows the characteristics of the different weaves
and numerous design details.
Dunn, Eliza. 745-2 Dga
Rugs in their native land. 1910. Dodd.
Author, writing from the knowledge of many years' residence in Turkey, gives the
history and characteristic designs of each variety of rug. Illustrated in color.
Holt, Rosa Belle. q?45- 2 H74a
Rugs, oriental and occidental, antique and modern; a handbook for
ready reference. 1908. McClurg.
"List of authorities," p. 175-1 78.
"Not intended to challenge comparison with Mr. Mumford's elaborate. . .work
[qr745-2 Mp6] but 'to present in concise form certain facts that may enable a novice to
appreciate the beauty and interest attaching to rugs, and assist a prospective purchaser in
judging of the merits of any particular rug he may desire to buy'... The twenty-four
full-page reproductions of rugs. . .add much to its value. Twelve of these are in color. . .
The plates in both books [Mr. Mumford's and Miss Holt's] taken together supplement
each other admirably and furnish material assistance to the student." Dial, igoi.
Larkin, Thomas Joseph. 745-2 L32
Collection of antique Chinese rugs. 1910. Privately printed.
Concise descriptions and admirable illustrations, partly in color, of rugs at Messrs
Larkin's in London.
Pushman, Garabed T. 745.2 Pg8
Art panels from the handlooms of the far Orient, as seen by a native
rug weaver, G. T. Pushman. 1905. Donnelley.
Illustrated descriptions of various types of oriental rugs.
ART NEEDLEWORK 1383
Yerkes, Charles Tyson. qr745-2 25
The Yerkes collection of oriental carpets; 27 facsimile reproductions
in color, with critical text by J. K. Mumford. 1910. Knapp.
746 Art needlework. Lace. Tapestry
Buettner (T.; & Co. Chicago. q746 B86
Designs and instructions for Irish crochet lace. 1910.
Carita, pseud. q?46 Cig
Lacis; practical instructions in filet brode, or darning on net, ist ser.
1908. Lippincott.
"Works consulted," p. 13.
Christie, Mrs Grace. 746 C46
Embroidery and tapestry weaving; a practical text-book of design
and workmanship. 1906. Hogg.
Chiefly valuable as a book of stitches, the historical development of embroidery
and tapestry being only incidentally touched upon. Illustrated with diagrams showing
most admirably the application of the stitches and the texture of materials.
Dillmont, Therese de, ed. 746 D$&
Irish crochet lace. [Dollfus.] (D. M. C. library.)
Directions for making the lace. Well illustrated.
Godon, Julien. qr746 655
Painted tapestry and its application to interior decoration; practical
lessons in tapestry painting with liquid colour; tr. by B. Bucknall. 1879.
Lechertier.
Harvey, Lula Martha. q746
Priscilla Irish crochet book; a collection of new and original designs,
with stitches and lessons for working. 1909. Priscilla Pub. Co.
746 H75
Home needlework magazine; bi-monthly, Feb. igoy-date. v.g-date.
1907-date.
Jourdain, M. 746 J46
Old lace; a handbook for collectors, an account of the different
styles of lace, their history, characteristics & manufacture. 1909. Bats-
ford.
Contents: Introduction. Lacis or darned netting. Cutwork (reticella) and punto
in aria. Early Italian bobbin lace. Venetian needlepoint and Burano lace. Milanese
lace. Cretan. Flanders. Belgian lace. Mechlin and Antwerp lace. Valenciennes
and Dutch lace. Alengon and Argentan. Lille and Arras. Chantilly. English needle-
point. English bobbin lace. English bobbin laces. Irish laces. Blondes.
Not intended to supersede the classic Mrs Palliser's "History of lace" (1746 Pi 8)
but to gather up the historical facts that have come to light since that work was last
published, and to help the collector to name and date his lace, and distinguish between
the real work and machine-made. Author is a specialist on the subject, and the book
bears evidence of wide research. Condensed from Burlington magazine, 1909.
Li2
Lace maker; ed. by Sara Hadley, 1903-11. v.i-4, v.5, pt.i. 1903-11.
1384 INTERIOR DECORATION
Lowes, Mrs Emily Leigh. 746 Lgs
Chats on old lace and needlework. 1908. Unwin.
"Bibliography," p.io.
Popular account of the history of lace and its different varieties with especial
reference to English laces. Quotes recent sale prices for valuable pieces. The section
on needlework is confined to English examples. Illustrated from photographs.
Mincoff, Elizabeth, & Marriage, Mrs M. S. 746 M72
Pillow lace; a practical hand-book, with illustrations by Ernest Mar-
riage and 50 patterns. 1907. Murray.
"A short bibliography of pillow lace," p. 223-225.
Admirable guide for amateurs in the actual making of lace. The first chapters con-
tain a short historical survey of the art of lace-making. The rest of the book is entirely
practical, describing tools and methods of lace-making and giving a large number of
patterns with full explanations, working diagrams and directions for tracing and rubbing.
Morse, Mrs T. Vernette. 746 Mg2
Embroidery. 1905. Flanagan.
Brief handbook, illustrated with working designs.
Thomson, W. G. qr746 Ta8
History of tapestry from the earliest times until the present day.
1906. Putnam.
By an English "examiner in art." Detailed account of the use, design and manu-
facture of tapestry to the beginning of the 2oth century, with descriptions of notable
examples. The chapters on English tapestries are especially valuable and are based on
official documents and manuscripts. Illustrated from drawings, photographs and water-
colors.
747 Interior decoration
Daniels, Fred Hamilton. 747
Furnishing of a modest home. 1908. Davis Press.
Contents: The problem. Nature the source of inspiration. The plan of the house.
The walls and the floor. The hall. The living room. The dining room. The bed
room. Pictures and casts. The small ornaments.
Duncan, John Hudson Elder-. Q747
The house beautiful and useful; being practical suggestions on fur-
nishing and decoration. 1907. Lane.
Contents: Introductory: A short summary of a century of applied art. General
notes on decoration. Constructive and surface decoration. Old furniture. Modern
furniture. Carpets, linoleums, mattings, fabrics, etc. Hints to purchasers.
French, Lillie Hamilton. Q747
The house dignified; its design, its arrangement and its decoration.
1908. Putnam.
Contains many illustrations from photographs of rooms and details of modern
palatial homes.
Guerinet, Armand, pub. qb747 GQ5
Le chateau de Chantilly; reproduction phototypique des interieurs
des -appartements et des details de sculpture ornementale et peintures
decoratives, meubles, etc.
qb747 124
Innen-dekoration; zeitschrift fur wohnungs-kunst und den gesamten
inneren ausbau [monthly], 1907-09. v. 18-20. 1907-09.
Continuation of "Illustrirte kuns'tgewerbliche zeitschrift fur innen-dekoration."
INTERIOR DECORATION 1385
Lenoir, G. Felix. qb?47 L6i
Die tapezier- und dekorationskunst; theoretische und praktische ab-
handlungen. [1898.] Hessling.
Large number of plates illustrating various styles of drapery for windows and doors,
bed-hangings, etc
Lenygon, Francis. qt>747 L6i7
Decoration and furniture of English mansions during the I7th and
i8th centuries. 1909. Laurie.
"Books on furniture & decoration published in England previous to 1800," p. 205-207.
"Interesting account of the decorations and furniture assembled in No.3i, Old
Burlington Street, by a firm with which the author is connected. The house . . . appears
to be the home of various admirable examples of English decoration and furniture.
The book is divided into chapters dealing with the successive periods of furniture from
that of the Early English Renaissance tapestries, wood panelling, plaster ornamentation,
paintings, damasks, gesso-work, carpets, and other matters. It is plentifully illustrated
...and contains a useful catalogue of reference books." Athenaum, /pop.
Percier, Charles, & Fontaine, P. F. L. qb?47 P+2
Style empire; interior decorations, furniture, etc., executed after
designs by Ch. Percier and P. F. L. Fontaine, Paris, 1801. [188 ?]
Reprinted and published by Helburn & Hagen, with reproduction of title-page
"Recueil de decorations interieures comprenant tout ce qui a rapport a rameublement."
Priestman, Mabel Tuke. 747 P4
Art and economy in home decoration. 1908. Lane.
Contains practical chapter on "Ornamenting fabrics by means of stencilling and
block printing."
Sherwin-Williams Company, comp. 747 855
Your home and its decoration; a series of practical suggestions for
the painting, decorating and furnishing of the home. 1910..
Issued by the decorative department of the Sherwin-Williams Company of Cleve-
land. Fully illustrated and accompanied by specifications for producing the effects
pictured.
Sparrow, Walter Shaw. 747 873
Hints on house furnishing. 1909. Nash.
Contents: The subject introduced. The house in details. The house and its
rooms.
Designed to afford hints to the helpless householder so that he shall not be entirely
at the mercy of the house decorator. The author is most useful when he applies his
principles to the house in detail. He mentions names of firms who supply different
fabrics, and the names of designers. Contains a chapter on furniture designed by Mr
Baillie Scott.
Spofford, Mrs Harriet Elizabeth (Prescott). 747 876
Art decoration applied to furniture. 1878. Harper.
Brief account of the different styles of furniture followed by practical suggestions
on the furnishing of the various rooms of a house.
748 Stained glass
Day, Lewis Foreman. 748 0333
Windows; a book about stained & painted glass. 1909. Batsford.
The same. 1902 748 033
"Definitive treatise. . .both practical and theoretic, within reasonable limits. He has
also managed most laudably to explain both theory and practice through a historical
sequence, beginning with a notice of the earliest facts, and coming down to the ques-
tions of what is done to-day, can be done, and what should be done." John La Farge, in
Bookbuyer, 1898.
1386 STAINED GLASS. FURNITURE
r748 046
Designs for ornamental window glass, with explanatory remarks and
an index. 1847. Martin.
Small plates, some in color.
Duthie, Arthur Louis. 748 Dgs
Decorative glass processes. 1908. Constable.
The same. 1908. Van Nostrand ^48 Dg5
Detailed descriptions of various methods, by a practical designer and worker in
stained glass. Has chapters on leaded lights, stained and embossed glass, etc. For the
specialist rather than the beginner. Illustrated.
Joyce, James Gerald. ^748 J48
The Fairford windows; a monograph. 1872. Arundel Society.
Fairford church is the principal ornament of a small country town in Gloucester-
shire, Eng. Its famous windows, which form a complete series illustrating the history
of the redemption, are among the most valuable examples of glass-painting in England.
Sherrill, Charles Hitchcock. 748 855
Stained glass tours in England. 1909. Lane.
"The tours proposed are four one for each of the main periods of glass-making.
This scheme, if literally carried out, necessitates doubling on the trail; York, for in-
stance, must be visited several times, as an exemplar not only of early English glass, but
of glass of the decorated and perpendicular styles. Probably most travellers will take
all their impressions of a given place at once, but they will find Mr. Sherrill's insistence
on chronological sequence logically helpful. The demarcations are made on the simplest
lines, disputed technical questions are not raised, elementary historical references are
supplied, and the enthusiastic spirit of the author combines with the intrinsic charm of
the subject to suggest a seductive programme for one's next vacation." Nation, 1909.
Winston, Charles. T748 W7gm
Memoirs illustrative of the art of glass-painting. 1865. Murray.
"Biographical memoir," p.i-62.
When this book was published Winston was the leading English authority on glass-
painting.
749 Furniture
Bates & Guild Co. pub. Q749 631
English household furniture; mainly designed by Chippendale,
Sheraton, Adam and others of the Georgian period; 100 plates. 1900.
Candee, Helen Churchill. 749 Ci7
Decorative styles and periods in the home. 1906. Stokes.
Commencing with a brief history of furniture before the renaissance and conclud-
ing with the art nouveau of the present time, the distinctive characteristics of the furni-
ture of the different periods are discussed in a very readable manner. There are many
illustrations.
Dyer, Walter Alden. 749 Dg8
Lure of the antique; a book of ready reference for collectors. 1910.
Century.
Contents: The quest for the old and beautiful. Old chairs in modern houses. Old
desks and secretaries. Tables and sideboards. Four-poster bedsteads and others.
Some old clocks. -The looking-glasses of a hundred years ago. Old lamps and candle-
sticks. Old blue Staffordshire. The beautiful pottery of Wedgwood. Luster-ware.
Lowestoft; the porcelains, salt-glaze. English and American glassware. Bohemian glass-
ware. The collecting of old silverware. The pewter on the dresser. Sheffield plate.
Old brass and copper utensils. Where ancient back-logs glowed. The truth about
antique furniture.
Many of these chapters appeared first in "Country life in America," V.Q-IQ, April
i9o6-Dec. 1910.
Accurate information is given as to makers and styles and valuable advice about
the determination of genuineness and value.
FURNITURE 1387
Helburn & Hagen, pub.
Historical art furniture; specimens of English, French, German and
Italian workmanship from the middle ages, renaissance-period and
epochs of Louis XIII, Louis XIV, Louis XV and Louis XVI [plates].
Koppen, Alfred, & Breuer, Carl. qb749
Geschichte des mobels unter beriicksichtigung der architektonischen
und tektonischen formen; eine stillehre fur bau- und mobeltischler;
die entwicklung des mobels von den anfangen des menschlichen wohn-
baus bis zur romischen kaiserzeit unter einbeziehung des mobiliars in
den ostasiatischen landern. 1904.
"Inhaltsiibersicht und verzeichnis der benutzten wissenschaftlichen arbeiten," p. 5-8.
Lockwood, Luke Vincent, comp. qr749 L?6
Collection of English furniture of the 17 & 18 centuries. 1907. Tif-
fany Studios.
This catalogue of the collection of English furniture exhibited at the Tiffany
studios will have value for collectors apart from its special purpose. Fully illustrated.
Meyer, Alfred Gotthold, comp. qb74Q M6s
Tafeln zur geschichte der mobelformen; fortgefiihrt von Richard
Graul; 3d-i2th ser. v.3-6. 1905-11.
v-3. ser.3: Bett. Wiege; ser.4: Tischf ormen ; ser.s : Truhen.
v-4. Plates of the above.
v.s- ser.6-7 : Schrankf ormen; ser.8: Spiegel. Rahmen; ser.g: Uhren; ser.io:
Englisches mobiliar; supplement ser. 1112: Mobiliar von 1780-1840, empire und bieder-
meierstil.
v.6. Plates of the above.
For v.i 2 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Moore, Mrs N. (Hudson). <1749 M87C
Collector's manual. 1906. Stokes.
Contents: Tables and sideboards. English pottery and porcelain. Chairs and
sofas. Antique glassware. Chests and cupboards. Brass and copper utensils. Old-
fashioned bedsteads. Lustre ware. Old-fashioned timepieces. Desks and secretaries.
Old pewter. Bureaus. Cottage ornaments.
Illustrated guide for collectors and lovers of antiques, especially furniture, pottery
and metal ware.
Shackleton, Robert, & Shackleton, Mrs E. H. (Fleming). 749 852
Quest of the colonial. 1907. Century.
Pleasantly written account of the experiences of two enthusiastic collectors of old
furniture. Their search was not confined to the antique shops, but they visited villages
and out-of-the-way places in New England, New York and the middle states. They
offer suggestions to the prospective collector and give, briefly, distinguishing characteris-
tics of the various styles of colonial furniture. Well furnished with illustrations.
Singleton, Esther. <lb749 S6id
Dutch and Flemish furniture. 1907. McClure.
"Miss Singleton has the faculty of treating her subject scientifically and exhaus-
tively and yet making her book interesting. . .The general treatment and scheme...
could scarcely be better or more lucid. It completely justifies its title in that it is
history, not merely a collection of fine examples with descriptive notes. The illustra-
tions are not only good in themselves but evince great selective care. So typical are
they that a very creditable knowledge of the subject could be attained by merely study-
ing the plates." Burlington magazine, 1907.
Small, John William. ^749 863
Ancient & modern furniture [plates. 1883]. Small.
1388 PAINTING
Ungewitter, Georg Gottlob. qb?49 U25
Entwiirfe gothischer mobel; perspectivische ansichten, risse und ein-
zelheiten der verschiedenartigsten mobelstiicke in einfachster und reich-
ster ausfiihrung, ein vorlagenwerk fur mobeltischler, holzbildhauer,
architekten und schulen [plates]. 2v. [1893-94.]
Ware, William Rotch, ed. 4^749 Wia
Seats of the colonists and other furnishings; illustrated largely with
measured drawings by H. C. Dunham, pt.i. 1904. Amer. Architect Co.
Illustrations, chiefly of chairs, with brief introductory text.
[Windsor, Henry H. ed.] 749 W78
Mission furniture, how to make it. pt.i-2, in 2v. 1909-10. Popular
Mechanics Co. (Popular mechanics handbook series.)
Practical directions, with working drawings, for making chairs, tables, magazine
stands, lawn swings, settees, etc.
Lamps
Adams, John Duncan. 749-2 A2i
Lamps and shades in metal and art glass; 18 complete designs, with
working drawings and full directions for their making. 1911. Popular
Mechanics Co. (Popular mechanics handbook series.)
Benesch, Ladislaus, edler von. qr74g.2 643
Das beleuchtungswesen vom mittelalter bis zur mitte des 19. jahr-
hunderts, aus Osterreich-Ungarn, inbesondere aus den Alpenlandern
und den angrenzenden gebieten der nachbarstaaten. 1905.
750 Painting
Binyon, Mrs Cicely Margaret (Powell), comp. 750 648
Mind of the artist; thoughts and sayings of painters and sculptors
on their art, with a preface by George Clausen. 1909. Chatto.
Quotations arranged under several broad headings, such as aim and ideals, methods
of work, manner, color, etc. The compiler has had recourse less to comprehensive
treatises on theory than to the more intimate expressions of opinion contained in letters,
diaries and memoirs of artists.
Blanc, Charles. 750 653
Grammar of painting and engraving; tr. by K. N. Doggett. 1879.
Griggs.
By a French art critic of considerable reputation, at one time editor of the "Gazette
des beaux-arts."
"M. Blanc's book comes as near to the ideal primer, or first book in reading the
language of art, as anything we have... It is clear, it will be understood aright by a
tolerably careful reader, it is consecutive, and does not ramble." Nation, 1874.
Caffin, Charles Henry. 750 Ci2C
Child's guide to pictures. 1908. Baker.
An attempt to explain the artist's point of view, what he means by composition, tone,
values, etc. There are few adults, not professional artists or closely associated with art,
who know all that Mr Caffin tells the children few that would not find their apprecia-
tion of the real qualities of painting stimulated and clarified by close attention to what
he has to say. Condensed from Nation. 1908.
PAINTING 1389
Cox, Kenyon. 750 85
Classic point of view,' six lectures on painting delivered on the
Scammon foundation at the Art Institute of Chicago in the year 1911.
1911. Scribner.
Contents: The classic spirit. The subject in art. Design. Drawing. Light andl
shade and color. Technique.
Herkomer, Sir Hubert von. <175 H47
My school and my gospel. 1908. Doubleday.
Discursive account of his experiences as a teacher in the famous art school at
Bushey, England. It traces the origin and rise of the school, the principles on which.
the teaching was conducted, and closes with an account of the dramatic performances
held there, with special reference to the musical accompaniments and the novelties in
stage management there introduced. Fully illustrated, both with the author's sketches
and with reproductions of works by his most talented pupils.
Hind, Charles Lewis. 750
Education of an artist. 1906. Black.
Imaginary experiences of an employee in a publishing house who at the age of 33
determined to become a painter, failed in the attempt and finally settled down to writing
as his medium of artistic expression. The purpose of the book seems to be the binding
together of the author's criticisms of some of the masterpieces of painting in European.
galleries. There are numerous illustrations.
Holmes, Charles John. 750 H73
Notes on the science of picture-making. 1909. Chatto.
Talks on art to students, considering the emphasis of design, of materials and of
personal character. Shows that a good picture is a reasonable and logical performance,
in which everything conduces to a perfectly definite end. Author is (1909) Slade pro-
fessor of fine art, Oxford, and editor of the "Burlington magazine."
"Our author keeps constantly before him the painter's actual problem; almost all
that he says is for use in the studio, and we may fairly add that since Reynolds's dis-
courses [q704 RS;] the student has never had put before him such a fruitful and sug-
gestive guide to his endeavours*" Athenaeum, /poo.
Ostwald, Wilhelm. 750 029
Letters to a painter on the theory and practice of painting; author-
ized translation by H. W. Morse. 1907. Ginn.
These letters deal wholly with the technicalities of painting, such as the making of
pastel, the testing of pigments and the different processes involved in fresco, oil and
water-color painting.
Solomon, Solomon Joseph. 750 S6&
Practice of oil painting and of drawing as associated with it. 1910.
Seeley. (New art library.)
Excellent manual from the pen of one of .the foremost figure painters of the day.
About half the book deals with the delineation of the figure, light and shade and the
technique of painting. The second part is devoted to discussing the methods and char-
acteristics of the master-painters of all the great European schools. Numerous illustra-
trations. Condensed from International studio, 1910.
Van Dyke, John Charles. 750 Vi8&
Studies in pictures; an introduction to the famous galleries. 1907.
Scribner.
Mr Van Dyke points out some of the elements that may be looked for in various
kinds of painting landscapes, portraits, etc. There are chapters on the restoration of
the old masters and on copies and forgeries. Illustrated by pictures of famous paintings.
Van Dyke, John Charles. 750 Vi8w
What is art? studies in the technique and criticism of painting.
1910. Scribner.
I3QO PAINTING
Wornum, Ralph Nicholson, ed. TJSO W8g
Lectures on painting by the Royal Academicians, Barry, Opie and
Fuseli; ed. with an introduction and notes, critical and illustrative, by
R. N. Wornum. 1848. Bohn.
751 Materials and methods
Cennini, Cennino. 751 C^i
Book of the art of Cennino Cennini; a contemporary practical
treatise on quattrocento painting; tr. from the Italian, with notes on
mediaeval art methods by C. J. Herringham. 1899. Allen.
"Principal authorities and books of reference," p. 265-266.
"Full and correct translation from the Florentine rnss. of this remarkable treatise
... In two prefatory chapters Miss Herringham discourses interestingly on the author
of the Trattato and the pedigree of the Trattato, and in a series of informing chapters
which follow the translation. . .she deals with mediaeval art methods generally the
chemical behaviour of egg-vehicles, fresco and its resemblance to tempera, early oil
painting, grounds and size, gilding, early varnishes, and so forth. The book is... an
exceedingly learned and valuable one, and one which artists and art craftsmen will find
not only useful but amusing." Studio, ipoo.
[Cosgrove, Mrs Henrietta Clarissa (Jackson).] 751 83
Amateur art; oil and water color painting, painting on china, model-
ing in clay and ware painting, pyrography or burnt wood etching, by
Henri Clarise [pseud.]. 1909. Donnelley.
Information about materials and methods; distinctly for the amateur.
Delamotte, Freeman Gage. 751 038
The amateur artist; or, Oil and water color painting without the aid
of a teacher. 1906. Drake.
Self-educational book which gives instructions in flower and landscape painting,
pastels, pen and ink drawing, china painting, pyrography and metal work.
Laurie, Arthur Pillans. 751 L37m
Materials of the painter's craft in Europe and Egypt from earliest
times to the end of the I7th century, with some account of their
preparation and use. 1910. Foulis. (Arts and crafts of the nations.)
"List of books of reference," p.386-434-
Survey of the methods of painting from the earliest times, the result of an examina-
tion not only of paintings, but also of the very considerable number of ancient writings
on the subject which have survived. Author is not only a distinguished chemist, but is
also concerned with the practical manufacture of colors for artists. Condensed from
Spectator, ign.
Toch, Maximilian. 751 T54
Materials for permanent painting; a manual for manufacturers, art
dealers, artists and collectors. 1911. Van Nostrand.
"Author is one of the foremost paint technologists; he is also a chemist, practical
color manufacturer, and art connoisseur. . .The manual is not technical, yet suf-
ficient of the chemistry of pigments, solvents, varnishes, driers, etc., is included to
give the work a particular as well as general value." Nation, ign.
Vibert, Jehan Georges. 751 Vzg
Science of painting. 1892. Young.
Covers the technical side of painting processes and materials.
Abendschein, Albert. 751.1 Ai4
Secret of the old masters. 1906. Appleton.
Attempt to discover the technical principles, methods and materials of the old
masters.
PAINTING 1391
Frederick, Frank Forrest. q75i-2
Wash method of handling water-colour. 1908. Manual Arts Press.
Reprinted from, "Manual training magazine," April 1908.
Describes the method of applying flat washes of water-color.
Enamels
Cunynghame, Henry Hardinge Samuel. q?5i-3 92
European enamels. 1906. Methuen. (Connoisseur's library.)
"Considering that so little is known individually about the enamellers who have
made the history of enamelling in Europe, Mr. Cunynghame has fulfilled a very diffi-
cult task... His own knowledge of the craft and his instinct for its beauties have alone
enabled him to make, as he has done, a very interesting and, on the whole, reliable
work on the subject." International studio, 1906.
Day, Lewis Foreman. 751-3
Enamelling; a comparative account of the development and practice
of the art. 1907. Batsford.
755 Religious art
Bernhart, Joseph, ed. V755 845
Ars sacra; blatter heiliger kunst, mit begleitenden worten von Jos.
Bernhart. v.i-2, in I. 1909.
v.i-2. Vom Erloser. Gleichnisse des Herrn.
Burns, James. 755 693
The Christ face in art. 1907. Duckworth.
Contains many reproductions of portraits of Christ. The text traces the develop-
ment of this portraiture from the early times to the present day.
Burns, James. 755 6933
Sermons in art by the great masters; interpreted by J[ames] Burns.
1908. Duckworth.
Descriptions of 15 well-known religious paintings, applying the underlying spiritual
meaning of each, as the author conceives it, to human conduct. Illustrated.
Eggleston, Edward, comp. V755 35
Christ in art; the story of the words and acts of Jesus Christ as re-
lated in the language of the four evangelists, arranged in one continu-
ous narrative; illustrated after the famous designs of Alexander Bida,
together with numerous expository engravings in the text by American
artists. 1875. Ford.
Hole, William. q755 H7i
Life of Jesus of Nazareth; 80 pictures by William Hole [preface by
William Sinclair and an introductory note by G. A. Smith. 1908]. Eyre.
Hurll, Estelle May. 755 H^b
The Bible beautiful; a history of biblical art. [1907.] Sisley.
Appendices: Some famous Latin hymns of the middle ages. Outline of subjects
in the "Biblia pauperum." Selections from the "Byzantine guide to painting."
Enumerates a large number of paintings illustrating biblical subjects from the be-
ginning of Christian art to the present day. Contains an index of subjects, of artists-
and of places where the works mentioned may be found. There are about 40 illustra-
tions.
1392 PAINTING
Slack, Marie Louise. 755 863
Studies in the life of Christ in art; teachers' outline. 1909. National
Board of the Y. W. C. A. (Bible study courses.)
"Books of reference," p. 5.
With this is bound her "Studies in the life of Christ in art; students' outline."
Smith, William Walter, comp. 1755 S66
Complete handbook of religious pictures; a practical manual for
pastors, Sunday school teachers and Bible students; a listed catalogue
of all important religious pictures, places and scenery in Bible lands;
comp. for the New York Sunday School Commission. 1905.
Sparrow, Walter Shaw, ed. qr755 873
The gospels in art; the life of Christ by great painters from Fra
Angelico to Holman Hunt; the text by Leonce Benedite, Henry van
Dyke, R. F. Horton and the bishop of Derry and Raphoe. 1904.
Stokes.
Tabor, Margaret E. 755 Tn
Saints in art, with their attributes and symbols, alphabetically ar-
ranged. [1908.] Stokes.
Much condensed compilation of the legends and other information contained in the
works of Mrs Jameson and other authorities. Gives the feast day of each saint and
mentions the place and artist of the more famous representations. Illustrated.
Temple, Alfred George, ed. qr?55 T28
Sacred art; the Bible story pictured by eminent modern painters.
[1898.] Cassell.
Portraits. Portrait painting
Bibliography
American Library Association. roi 6.757 ASI
A. L. A. portrait index; index to portraits contained in printed books
and periodicals; ed. by W. C. Lane and N. E. Browne [and published
by the Library of Congress]. 1906.
General works
Bate, Percy, ed. qr757 631
Modern Scottish portrait painters [plates], with an introductory
essay. 1910. Schulze.
Thirty-four Scottish portrait painters are represented by 61 well executed photo-
gravures after their work.
Clouet, Francois. Q r 757 C6i
Three hundred French portraits representing personages of the
courts of Francis I, Henry II and Francis II; auto-lithographed from
the originals at Castle Howard, Yorkshire by Lord Ronald Gower. 2v.
1875. Low.
PAINTING 1393
Davenport, Cyril. 757
Miniatures, ancient and modern. [1907.] Methuen. (Little books
on art.)
"Bibliography," p. 165-166.
Short account of the history and art of miniature painting. Includes silhouettes,
enamels and wax miniatures. Illustrated.
Hart, Charles Henry, ed. qt757 Sgsh
Register of portraits painted by Thomas Sully, 1801-1871. 1909.
Privately printed.
Sully (1783-1872) was a portrait painter of the early American school. The book
registers 1,931 portraits.
Hartmann, Sadakichi. 757 H$2
Composition in portraiture, by Sidney Allan [pseud.]. 1909. Wilson.
Analyzes composition, especially as it is related to portrait photography. Discusses
the placing of the head, the positions of the body, group composition, treatment of the
hands, line, tone, values and chiaroscuro. Fully illustrated.
Kuril, Estelle May. 757
Portraits and portrait painting; being a brief survey of portrait
painting from the middle ages to the present day. 1907. Page.
Moore, Mrs N. (Hudson). qJ757 M87
Children of other days; notable pictures of children of various coun-
tries and times, after paintings by great masters, with stories and de-
scriptions. 1905. Stokes.
Picture-book with short stories telling about famous baby princesses and princes,
dukes and duchesses, kings and queens.
Moule, Thomas. qr757 Mg4
Portraits of illustrious persons in English history; drawn by G. P.
Harding, with biographical and historical notices by Thomas Moule.
1869. Smith.
Pinkerton, John. qr757 P6s
Scotish gallery; or, Portraits of eminent persons of Scotland, many
of them after ( pictures by the celebrated Jameson, at Taymouth and
other places, with brief accounts of the characters represented and an
introduction on the rise and progress of painting in Scotland. 1799.
Harding.
Tregaskis, James. r757 T7ia
Caxton head catalogue of portraits, with index of painters and en-
gravers, index of family names and a general index, offered by James
Tregaskis at the sign of the Caxton head, London. 1912.
The same. 1908
Gives prices.
Williamson, George Charles. 757
How to identify portrait miniatures, with chapters on how to paint
miniatures, by Alyn Williams. 1904. Bell.
"Bibliography," p. 17-19.
Complete grammar of education to the collector, by one of the chief authorities on
the subject. It skilfully dissects the styles not only of the recognized English masters
and some of their foreign contemporaries, but also of many comparatively little known
men. Has excellent half-tone illustrations. Condensed from. Academy, 1904.
1394 PAINTING
Williamson, George Charles. q*757
Portrait miniatures; text by G. C. Williamson, ed. by Charles Holme.
(Studio. Special spring number, 1910.)
Brief survey (32 pages) of the art of the miniature painter, followed by illustra-
tive portraits, chiefly in color.
758 Landscape painting
East, Alfred. Q758 Ei8
Art of landscape painting in oil colour. 1906. Cassell.
The same qr758 Ei8
Deals in separate chapters with such subjects as color, composition, skies, trees,
grass, and the materials to be used in painting. The teachings are enforced by a large
number of reproductions of pictures by Mr East.
Harrison, Birge. 758 H2Q
Landscape painting. 1909. Scribner.
Contents: Landscape art in general. Color. Vibration. Refraction. Values.
Drawing. Composition. Quality. Pigments. On framing pictures. On schools. The-
arts and crafts. Mural painting. On vision. The importance of fearlessness in paint-
ing. The sub-conscious servant. Temperament. Character. What is a good picture?'
The true impressionism. The future of American art.
Holme, Charles, ed. qr758 H73
Sketching grounds. 1909. (Studio. Special summer number, 1909.)
Twenty-four sketching grounds beloved of painters are described and illustrated by-
different artists.
MacWhirter, John. 758 M22m
MacWhirter sketch book; being reproductions of a selection of
sketches in colour and pencil from the sketch books of John Mac-
Whirter, designed to assist the student of landscape painting in water-
colour; with an introduction by Edwin Bale. 1907. Lippincott.
Continuation of his "Landscape painting in water colours."
Michel, fimile. q758 M66
Great masters of landscape painting; from the French. 1910. Lip-
pincott.
The same qr?58 M66
Series of individual appreciations rather than a history. Living artists are omitted.
There are more than 200 illustrations, of which 40 are photogravure plates.
Phythian, John Ernest. 758 PSS
Trees in nature, myth and art. [1907.] Methuen.
Contents: The soul of a tree. Tree-worship. Trees in nature. Through the-
changing year. The architecture of trees. Trees in architecture. Trees in painting;
to the beginning of modern art. Trees in modern painting.
759 History of painting
Brinton, Christian. q759 B?5
Modern artists. 1908. Baker.
Contents: J. H. Fragonard. Antoine Wiertz. G. F. Watts. Arnold Bocklin.
Constantin Meunier. J. M. Whistler. Franz von Lenbach. I. E. Repin. J. S.
Sargent. John Lavery. Giovanni Segantini. Gari Melchers. J. J. Shannon. Ignaclo
Zuloaga.
The same qr759 875.
Appreciative criticisms, with a few examples of the work of each artist.
PAINTING HISTORY 1395
Bryant, Lorinda Munson. 759 684
Pictures and their painters; the history of painting. 1907. Lane.
A short history, giving characteristic examples of the work of each artist.
Gary, Elisabeth' Luther. 759 C24
Artists, past and present; random studies. 1909. Moffat.
Contents: Antoine Louis Barye. The art of Mary Cassatt. Max Klinger. Alfred
Stevens. A sketch in outline of Jacques Callot. Carlo Crivelli. Rembrandt at the
Cassel gallery. Fantin-Latour. Carl Larsson. Jan Steen. One side of modern Ger-
man painting. Two Spanish painters [Sorolla y Bastida and Zuloaga].
Illustrated.
Collection Pisani, Palais Pisani, Florence [plates]. qr759 C6g
Contains the following mounted photographs: The temptation of St. Anthony, The
embalming of Christ, by Domenico Morelli; Bad reception, The judgment of Paris, A
Jesuit, by J. B. Quadrone; La San Felice, by Faustini; A quiet corner, Return of a
wedding party, by F. P. Michetti; In the stable, Landscape with horses,' Landscape with
goats, by Filippo Palizzi; Hunting the falcon, by A. Pasini; A Roman idyl, by G. Muz-
zioli; The confession, by Toma; A good housekeeper, by G. Induno; Near the lake, A
country road, Landscape with figures, by J. B. C. Corot; St. Carl in Catinari, by L.
Serra; Place des Pyramides, by De Nittis; Girl knitting, by C. Banti; A procession at
Madrid, An Italian interior, by Fortuny; Landscape with cattle, by Jules Dupre.
Conway, Agnes Ethel, & Conway, Sir W. M. J759 C76
Children's book of art. 1909. Black.
Contents: Introductory. The i3th century in Europe. Richard II. The Van
Eycks. The renaissance. Raphael. The renaissance in Venice. The renaissance in the
north. Rembrandt. Peter de Hoogh and Cuyp. Van Dyck. Velasquez. Reynolds
and the i8th century. Turner. The ipth century.
Cox, Kenyon. 759 C8sp
Painters and sculptors; a second series of Old masters and new.
1907. Duffield.
Contents: The education of an artist. The Pollaiuoli. Painters of the mode.
Holbein. The Rembrandt tercentenary. Rodin. Lord Leighton.
Collection of critical articles which have been contributed by the artist to various
periodicals. Illustrated.
[Gallatin, Albert E.] 759 Gi4
Modern art at Venice, and other notes. 1910. Bowles.
Other notes: Of versatility and Whistler. The imagination of Maxfield Parrish.
The paintings of E. J. Steichen. Landscapes by C. G. Voorhees. W. J. Glackens, real-
ist. W. E. Henley as an art critic. "Studies in pictures," by J. C. Van Dyke.
Short critical papers.
Gorling, Adolph. 759 667
Geschichte der malerei in ihren hauptepochen dargestellt. 2v. in i.
1866-67. Seemann.
History of painting from the earliest times to the middle of the ipth century.
Jewett, Louise Rogers. rjsg Jai
Masterpieces of painting; their qualities and meanings; an introduc-
tory study. 1906. Freeman. (Key books, v.3.)
"Reading list," p. 128-136.
Author is (1907) professor of art in Mount Holyoke College.
"Intended to aid in an introductory study which may lead to further investigation
of schools, artists, and their individual works and appreciation of the art of painting...
Historical outlines are furnished, reading lists and a suggestive outline for club
papers." A. L. A. booklist, 1907.
Kuyper, J. R. P. C. H. de. qr759 K 44
Catalogue des tableaux, aquarelles & pastels composant la collec-
tion de feu M.-J. R. P. C. H. de Kuyper; la vente publique aura lieu 30
mai 1911, dans la grande salle de vente de Frederik Muller & Cie.
Amsterdam.
1396 PAINTING HISTORY
Macfall, Haldane. Q759 Mis
History of painting, with a preface by Frank Brangwyn. 8v. 1911.
Jack.
v.i. The renaissance in central Italy.
v.2. The renaissance in Venice.
v_3. Later Italians, and genius of Spain.
v.4. The renaissance in the north, and the Flemish genius.
v.s. The Dutch genius.
v.6. The French genius.
v.7. The British genius.
v.8. The modern genius.
Each volume contains numerous illustrations in color of masterpieces representative
of the school to which the volume is devoted.
Mach, Edmund Robert Otto von. 759 Mi 6
Art of painting in the I9th century. 1908. Ginn.
"Brief bibliography, "'p.p; "List of artists," 11.171-177.
Convenient small handbook, treating European, British and American art. Traces
development of painting in each nation and characterizes the work of the more notable
artists. Illustrated.
Mach, Edmund Robert Otto von. Q759 Mi6o
Outlines of the history of painting from 1200-1900 A. D. 1906. Ginn.
The same qr759 Mi6
"List of artists," p.6:-87.
Of purely utilitarian character. Its most important feature is a series of tables
grouping and grading all the prominent painters from the isth century to the end of
the i gth. The painters are grouped by nationalities, dates, subject-matter, style, etc.
and graded as to relative importance.
Meier-Graefe, Julius Alfred. Q759 M57
Modern art; being a contribution to a new system of aesthetics; from
the German by Florence Simmonds and G. W. Chrystal. 2v. 1908.
Putnam.
v.i. The struggle for painting. -The pillars of modern painting. Colour and
composition.
v.2. Colour and composition (continued). Modern art in Germany. The struggle
for style.
The same V759 M57
Chiefly concerned with painters, illustrators and sculptors of the igth century.
Many illustrations.
"He has a point of view, and it leads him to judgments often refreshingly at
variance with those currently accepted, and the result will be found highly stimulating by
those to whom, as to himself, art really means something." Atheneeum, 1909.
Meynell, Wilfrid, ed. V759 M6ss
Some modern artists and their work. 1883. Cassell.
Contents: Sir Frederick Leighton. Sir John Gilbert. G. H. Boughton. Vicat
Cole. Joseph Edgar Boehm. Jean Louis Ernest Meissonier. Sir Joseph Noel Paton.
Henry Stacy Marks. Mrs Butler. Laurens Alma-Tadema. Hamo Thornycroft.
Luke Fildes. Rosa Bonheur. William Frederick Yeames. George Dunlop Leslie.
Michael Munkacsy. Briton Riviere. Erskine Nicol. Eastman Johnson. James Clarke
Hook. Frank Holl. Professor Legros. Haynes Williams. William H. Beard. John
Pettie. Louise Jopling. Marcus Stone. Richard Ansdell. George Frederick Watts.
Philip Hermogenes Calderon. Joseph Fluggen.
Short illustrated essays.
Mix, Jennie Irene. 1759 ^75
Great pictures and their painters; a series of articles on some of
the Medici prints owned by the Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh. 1910.
Pittsburgh.
Contents: Interior of a Dutch house, by Pieter de Hooch. Family group, by
PAINTING HISTORY 1397
Mix, Jennie Irene continued. Q759 M75
Frans Hals. Fruitfulness, by P. P. Rubens. Lilith, by D. G. Rossetti. Vision of St.
Augustine, by Botticelli. Lady Hamilton, by George Romney. Beatrice d'Este, by Am-
brogio de Predis. Virgin in adoration, by Filippino Lippi. Portrait of an unknown
lady, by Piero della Francesca. Archangel Gabriel, by Melozzo da Forli. The annuncia-
tion, by Lorenzo di Credi. Madonna of the cherries, by Titian. Madonna della Colon-
na, by Raphael. Portrait of a gentleman, by Jacope de' Barbari. Georg Gisze, by Hans
Holbein.
The same .............................................. q"759 M75
Clippings from the "Pittsburgh post," in which the articles appeared each Sunday
from July 24 to Oct. 30, 1910. Illustrated.
Muther, Richard. qr759 Mg8
History of modern painting, continued by the author to the end of
the iQth century. 4v. 1907. Dent.
"Bibliography" at the end of each volume.
History of painting in the iQth century, with bibliographies, lists of artists, and
copious illustrations.
Muther, Richard. * 759 Mg8h
History of painting from the fourth to the early igth century; tr.
from the German and ed. with annotations by George Kriehn. 2v.
1907. Putnam.
The same ............................................... r75g Mg8h
"Neither biography nor technique is ignored, but each is subordinated to the con-
sideration of the place and importance of the painter and his creations in the intellectual
development of his time." Outlook (London), 1907.
Phythian, John Ernest. 75g PSS
Fifty years of modern painting, Corot to Sargent. 1908. Richards.
Contents: Introductory. The pre-Raphaelite brotherhood. The impressionists and
their allies. The course of pre-Raphaelitism. Painting in France. Painting in other
countries. Painting in Great Britain.
Illustrated popular account of the art of the last half of the igth century. Brings
together a great many names, important as well as little known and devotes but a
small amount of space to any one painter.
Rutter, Frank. 759
Revolution in art; an introduction to the study of Cezanne, Gauguin,
Van Gogh and other modern painters. 1910. Art News Press.
Contents: For people who know nothing whatsoever of the art of painting. Tradi-
tional art. Painting to-day is a terrible problem. Paul Cezanne. Gauguin. Vincent
Van Gogh. The autumn salon.
Little book of 56 pages written in defense of certain modern artists whose work, at
the time of writing, was first being exhibited in London.
Stothert, Henry G. & Sandhurst, P. T. ed. V759 S88
Gallery of famous painters; a history of art in all countries and ages.
Glynn. Pittsburgh.
Wedmore, Sir Frederick. 759
Whistler and others. 1906. Pitman.
Contents: The place of Whistler. Venetian painting. Fantin and Boudin.
Richard Wilson. Goya. The rise of English water-colour. Romney and Lawrence.
Raeburn and Zaffany. Ruskin. Constable's "English landscape." Etty. Large water-
colours. Hine. An endless roll-call. The field of the print collector. The Norwich
masters. Thomas Collier. Pictures by Orchardson. Charles Keene. Paris and Fulley-
love. D. Y. Cameron. Still life. The art of Barbazon. The personality of Watts.
Author speaks with authority on. modern prints, and the most valuable essays in
this volume are those about etchers, lithographers and print collecting.
1398 PAINTING AMERICAN SCHOOL
Schools of painting
American school
Berlin Photographic Company, New York. qr75Q.i 645
Masterpieces of American paintings; a selection of photogravures
after paintings exhibited at the Royal Academy of Arts, Berlin, 1910,
with an introduction by Christian Brinton.
Caffin, Charles Henry. 759.1 Ci2S
Story of American painting; the evolution of painting in America
from colonial times to the present. [1907.] Stokes.
The same ................................................ r?59-i Ci2
"At first the story is necessarily associated with the efforts of a few individuals.
Later, however... it becomes concerned less with individuals than with principles of
motive and method. The influence, in turn, of England, Dusseldorf, Munich, and
Paris, is discussed. .'.I have tried, in fact, not only to help the reader to a knowledge of
some few painters; but, much more, to put Mm in possession of a basis of appreciation,
on which he may form judgments for himself of the work that is being done to-day by
American artists." Author's note.
Contains many illustrations, especially of the work of contemporary artists. John
La Farge and Whistler are two of the painters to whom especial prominence is given.
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. 1759-I Czi
Catalogue of an exhibition of paintings by eight American artists,
Carnegie Institute, March 5th through 3ist, 1909. [1909.] Pittsburgh.
The artists represented were Arthur B. Davies, William J. Glackens, Robert Henri,
Ernest Lawson, George B. Luks, Maurice B. Prendergast, Everett Shinn and John Sloan.
Koehler, Sylvester Rosa. qr75g.i
American art; illustrated by 25 plates, executed by the best Ameri-
can etchers and wood engravers from paintings selected from public
and private collections, with text by S. R. Koehler. 1886. Cassell.
Poland Spring Art Gallery, South Poland, Maine. ^59.1 P75
Annual exhibition (2d-i7th) of paintings and sculpture by promi-
nent painters and sculptors at the Poland Spring Art Gallery, Maine
state building, South Poland, Maine, 1896-1911.
zd-3d and isth exhibitions did not contain sculpture.
West
Jackson, Henry Ezekiel. 759-1 Ws6j
Benjamin West; his life and work; a monograph, with a letter by
Henry Van Dyke. 1900. Winston.
Biographical and critical monograph on an American historical and portrait painter
(1738-1820).
Whistler
Bacher, Otto Henry. qr759-i W62b
With Whistler in Venice; illustrated with many reproductions of
Whistler's work and of etchings and photographs by the author. 1909.
Century.
The thread of reminiscences is spun out very thin, but the chapters on Whistler's
technical methods in producing the now famous Venetian etchings are valuable. Here
Mr Bacher, an accomplished etcher himself, writes with authority.
PAINTING AMERICAN SCHOOL 1399
Gary, Elisabeth Luther. q759-i W6ac
Works of James McNeill Whistler; a study. 1907. Moffat.
"Tentative list of the artist's works," p. 155-298.
"Within the brief space of eight short chapters the master's achievements in the
several media in which he worked are surveyed and analyzed with. . .insight, and the
whole aspect and trend of his art are set forth." Dial, 1907.
Contains illustrations of 30 of Whistler's works.
{Gallatin, Albert E.] 759.1 W62g
Whistler; notes and footnotes, and other memoranda, by A. E. G.
1907. Collector and Art Critic Co.
Contents: Whistler as a man of letters. Whistler's realism. The Whistler Memo-
rial Exhibition, Boston, 1904. On certain drawings by Whistler. Whistler and others.
Whistler, master of the lithograph. On some grotesques by Leonardo. Puvis de
Chavannes as a caricaturist. Arthur Symons on Aubrey Beardsley. A book-plate by
Otho Gushing. Some notable criticism. The etchings in colour of Bernard Boutet de
Monvel. The art of Everett Shinn. The English caricaturists. Childe Hassam, a note.
First three essays appeared in his "Whistler's art dicta."
Hartmann, Sadakichi. 759-1 W62h
The Whistler book; a monograph of the life and position in art of
James McNeill Whistler, with a careful study of his more important
works. 1910. Page.
"Bibliography," p.253-258; "Principal magazine articles," p.259-26i; "Principal
paintings," p. 262-264; "Nocturnes," p.26s-266.
"The entire book is an odd combination of real perceptiveness, with extravagance of
statement and allusion, but it has the virtue of readableness and enthusiasm." Nation,
1910.
Menpes, Mortimer. qr759-i W62m
Whistler as I knew him. 1904. Black.
"The excellent renderings of some rare states of Whistler's etchings give the book
a certain value to collectors, which is largely discounted by the triviality and 'bad
form' of the letterpress." Burlington magazine, 1904.
The book is valuable also for its detailed account of the technical methods which
Whistler employed.
Pennell, Mrs Elizabeth (Robins), & Pennell, Joseph. q759-i W62p
Life of James McNeill Whistler. 2v. 1908. Lippincott.
The same. 1911 qr759-i W62p
The official biography, lavishly illustrated, affording new light on his art and
character, as well as a great deal of entertainment. Written in a spirit of extreme ad-
miration by personal friends.
Wimar
Hodges, William Romaine. 759-1 V/Tjh
Carl Wimar; a biography. 1908. Reymershoffer.
"List of Wimar's works and their owners," comp. by Charles Reymershoffer.
P-3I-37-
German-American painter (1828-62), whose pictures of American Indians possess
some ethnological interest.
English school
Armstrong, Sir Walter. qr759-2 &73
Scottish painters; a critical study [with many illustrations after
Raeburn, Wilkie, Geddes, Phillip, Chalmers, Orchardson, Pettie, Mac-
beth and other artists]. 1888. Seeley.
1400 PAINTING ENGLISH SCHOOL
Art annuals, v.6-8. 1903-12. qt75Q.2 Ay8
v.6. Hatton, Joseph. Life and work of Alfred Gilbert. Sinclair, W. M. John
MacWhirter, R. A., his life and work. Baldry, A. L. G. H. Boughton, R. A., his life
and work. Dibdin, E. R. Art of Frank Dicksee, R. A.
v-7. Baker, C. C. Sir E. A. Waterlow. Bridge, Sir C. A. G. William Lionel Wyl-
lie. 'Pea, Allan. J. Seymour Lucas.
v.8. Sketchley, R. E. D. Art of J. W. Waterhouse. Dircks, Rudolf. Later work
of Sir Laurence Alma-Tadema. Hind, C. L. Art of Stanhope Forbes. Sinclair, W. M.
Art of Joseph Farquharson.
Issued as holiday numbers of the "Art journal," which was discontinued in 1912.
For v.i 5 see preceding catalogue, first series.
Caw, James Lewis. qt75g.2 Czg
Scottish painting, past and present, 1620-1008. 1908. Jack.
Considers its development, phases and characteristics. Gives significant events in
lives of the artists. Many illustrations. Author is (1909) director of National and
National Portrait Galleries of Scotland.
Colvin, Sidney. q759-2 Cjz
Children in Italian and English design, with illustrations after Luca
della Robbia, Marc Antonio, Correggio, Blake, Stothard and Flaxman.
1872. Seeley.
Davies, Randall. q?59-2 E>3i
English society of the i8th century in contemporary art. 1907.
Seeley. (Portfolio monographs.)
Contents: The Augustan age. Hogarth and his times. -The influence of Reynolds
and Gainsborough. The close of the century.
The same qr75g.2 DSI
Pictures the characteristic features of the i8th century through reproductions of
paintings by Hogarth, Reynolds, Gainsborough, Copley, Zoffany, Rowlandson and
others. The very readable text accompanying the pictures quotes freely from Fanny
Burney and other writers of the day.
Holme, Charles, ed. qr759-2 Hyar
Royal Institute of Painters in Water Colours. 1906. (Studio.
Special spring number, 1906.)
Forty reproductions in color of work by members of the institute. A list of its
members and associates from its foundation in 1831 to 1905 is also included, together
with a history of the institute.
Holme, Charles, ed. qr759-2 H7sro
Royal Scottish Academy. 1907. (Studio. Special spring number,
1907.)
Forty reproductions in color of work by members of the academy, with list of
members and associates from its foundation in 1826 to 1906, and an account of its
history.
Hueffer, Ford Madox. 759-2 H88
Pre-Raphaelite brotherhood; a critical monograph. [1907.] Duck-
worth.
"What Mr. Hueffer has written is, in the main, a review of Mr. Holman Hunt's
autobiography, toward which his attitude is one of sympathy. . .He limits his inquiry
to the Brotherhood in the strictest sense, as it subsisted from 1848 to 1853. He elimi-
nates the art of Madox Brown and the aesthetic movement that arose from Rossetti, and
finds, with Mr. Holman Hunt, the essence of Pre-Raphaelism in two painters only
Mr. Hunt himself and the young Millais." Athenceum, 1907.
Huish, Marcus Bourne. 759- 2 Hgi
British water-colour art in the first year of the reign of King Ed-
ward the Seventh and during the century covered by the life of the
PAINTING ENGLISH SCHOOL 1401
Huish, Marcus Bourne continued. 759-2 Hgi
Royal Society of Painters in Water Colours; illustrated by the collec-
tions of drawing dedicated by that society to the king and queen at
their coronation. 1904. Fine Art Soc., London.
The short account of the Royal Society of Painters in Water Colours is based upon
Roget's authoritative history of the society (1759.2 R6i8). This account is followed by
brief sketches of the 59 members who contributed to the coronation gift. The illustra-
tions are in color.
White, Gleeson, ed. Q759-2 W6s
Master painters of Britain. 1909. Jack.
A picture-book, pure and simple, the text being entirely insignificant. Its interest
is that of a review of two centuries of British painting.
Beechey
Roberts, William. 759-2 B37r
Sir William Beechey, R. A. 1907. Duckworth.
English portrait painter (1753-1839).
"The task of tracing out the identity of Beechey's sitters, which included most of
the celebrities of his time, has been pursued by Mr. Roberts with most patient industry
and he has unearthed a mass of information of great value to future biographers. He
sifts out carefully different versions of the same period of the artist's life, and gives
the evidence in their favour without insisting on the acceptance of one or the other. His
chapter reproducing Beechey's account books, and his appendix of pictures of the
Beechey family, are instances of his zeal for collecting facts." Academy, 1907.
Brangwyn
Sparrow, Walter Shaw, ed. qr75g.2 B6gs
Spirit of the age, the work of Frank Brangwyn, with a critical essay
by Leonce Benedite. 1905. Hodder.
Reproductions of pictures by Brangwyn.
"His art is fresh, strong and manly; it has imagination; it is always interesting,
always stimulating. . .His confidence betrays him, now and again, into using a some-
what reckless palette. It is, however, this very quality of courage, this greatly daring
to attempt big work which. . .gives to his art its primary attraction." Studio, 1897.
Burne-Jones
Bell, Malcolm. 759-2 Bg2b
Sir Edward Burne-Jones; a record and review. 1901. Bell.
The same. 1892 qr759-2 Bg2b
Title reads "Edward Burne-Jones."
Full and accurate chronicle, not only of his oil and water-color paintings, but also
of his designs for stained glass and other decorative work. The unusually fine illus-
trations reproduce nearly all his important works, including many interesting drawings.
Constable
Henderson, Mrs May Gertrude (Sturge). 759-2 C76he
Constable. 1905. Duckworth.
"Catalogue of the valuable finished works, studies and sketches of John Constable,"
P-2O9-22O.
Account of the life and work of the English landscape painter (1776-1837) based
upon the biography by Leslie (192 C76il). Illustrated.
Cox
Cox, David. qr759-2 C8s
Drawings [with a life of Cox by A. J. Finberg. 1906?] Newnes.
English landscape painter (1783-1859).
1402 PAINTING ENGLISH SCHOOL
Forbes
Birch, Mrs Lionel. 759-2
Stanhope A. Forbes and Elizabeth Stanhope Forbes. 1906. Cassell.
Joint account of the life and works of two living (1907) English painters, the most
eminent exponents of the Newlyn school of painting.
Hogarth
Hogarth, William. ^59.2 H68a
Anecdotes, written by himself; with essays on his life and genius
and criticisms on his works, selected from Walpole, Gilpin, J. Ireland,
Lamb, Phillips, and others; to which are added a catalogue of his
prints, account of their variations and principal copies, lists of paint-
ings, drawings, &c. 1833. Nichols.
Weitenkampf, Frank, (pseud. Frank Linstow qr75g.2 H68w
White), comp.
Bibliography of William Hogarth. 1890. (Harvard University
Library. Bibliographical contributions, v.2, no.37.)
Hunt
Schleinitz, Otto von. qr75g.2 Hg4s
William Holman Hunt [in German]. 1907. Velhagen. (Kiinstler-
monographien.)
English painter and one of the founders of the preraphaelite brotherhood. A
criticism of his work is given, some account of his life and many illustrations of his
paintings.
Leighton
Barrington, Mrs Emilie Isabel (Wilson). Q759' 2 Ls6b
Life, letters and work of Frederic Leighton. 2v. 1906. Allen.
"List of principal works, with date and place of exhibition," v.z, p.38 1392.
"Though the results of her labours will prove a rich mine for future biographers to
delve in, she fails to give her readers either a clear image of the man or a consecutive
account of his career." Academy, 1907.
Contains many reproductions of the artist's work.
Lucas
Fea, Allan. qr759-2 Ay8 v.7
J. Seymour Lucas, R. A. 1908. (Art annuals.)
Morland
Gilbey, Sir Walter, & Cuming, E. W. D. ^59.2 M8gg
George Morland; his life and works. 1907. Black.
"Chronological catalogue of engravings, etchings, etc. after George Morland,"
$.246-263.
"Engravings after paintings or sketches by George Morland, in the print-room of
the British Museum," p.264-284.
Pinwell
Williamson, George Charles. q759-2 P64
George J. Pinwell and his works. 1900. Bell.
Biographical and critical sketch of an English water-color painter and book illus-
trator (1842-75). Many reproductions, both of his water-color and black and white
work are given, as well as various catalogues of his works.
PAINTING ENGLISH SCHOOL 1403
Reynolds
Osborn, Max. qt75g.2 Rs7o
Joshua Reynolds [in German]. 1908. Velhagen. (Kiinstler-mono-
graphien.)
"Literatur," p. 130.
Fully illustrated critical and biographical study.
Stephens, Frederic George. 759-2
English children as painted by Sir Joshua Reynolds; an essay on
some of the characteristics of Reynolds as a designer, with especial
reference to his portraiture of children. 1884. Remington.
"Catalogue of the engraved pictures of children by Sir Joshua Reynolds," p. 73 85.
Scott
Gray, John Miller. qr759-2
David Scott and his works, with a catalogue of his paintings, en-
gravings and designs. 1884. Blackwood.
Scottish painter (1806-49). Several examples of his work are here reproduced.
"To such as are unfamiliar with the now rare memoir of David Scott by his brother,
Mr. William Bell Scott, the well-known painter, poet, and art-writer, this monograph
by Mr. Gray will have all the charm of novelty; while to those who possess or know the
older chronicle, it will appear as a valuable and delightful supplement. . .In addition to
thorough knowledge of his subject, Mr. Gray is fortunate in having that catholicity of
taste without which there can be no true art-criticism." William Sharp, in Academy,
Thompson
Jewitt, Llewellynn. qr75g.2
Life and works of Jacob Thompson. 1882. Virtue.
Illustrated monograph on an English landscape painter, 1806-79.
Turner
Finberg, Alexander J. q?59-2 T86f
Turner's sketches and drawings. [1910.] Methuen. (Classics of
art.)
"List of volumes referred to," p.iss.
Mr Finberg has recently catalogued all the Turner sketches in the National* Gallery,
and has thus acquired the most intimate acquaintance with the materials of the present
study. It is a careful analysis of the relation borne by the sketches to the finished
works founded upon them and of the method, in regard to detail, through which the
genius of Turner expressed itself.
Rawlinson, W. G. & Finberg, A. J. qr759-2 T86r
Water-colours of J. M. W. Turner; text by W. G. Rawlinson and
A. J. Finberg, foreword by Sir Charles Holroyd. 1909. Studio. (Stu-
dio. Special spring number, 1909.)
Turner, Joseph Mallord William. qr75g.2 T86t
The Turner gallery; a series of 120 engravings, the descriptive text
by W. C. Monkhouse. 2v. [1879.] Appleton.
Waterhouse
Sketchley, Rose E. D. qr?59-2 A?8 v.8
Art of J. W. Waterhouse. 1909. (Art annuals.)
1404 PAINTING GERMAN SCHOOL
Waterlow
Baker, C. Collins. 3^59.2 A78 v.y
Sir E. A. Waterlow, R. A., P. R. W. S. 1906. (Art annuals.)
Wright
Bemrose, William. qrjsg.z Wgab
Life and works of Joseph Wright, A. R. A., commonly called
"Wright of Derby," with a preface by Cosmo Monkhouse. 1885. Bem-
rose.
Wright (1734-97) was an English figure and portrait painter. His fame rests
chjefly on his pictures of figures illuminated by artificial light.
Wyllie
Bridge, Sir Cyprian Arthur George. qr75Q.2 Ay8 v.y
William Lionel Wyllie, R. A. 1907. (Art annuals.)
German school
Bredt, Ernst Willy. Q759-3 872
Deutsche lande, deutsche maler. 1909.
"Verzeichnis der kunstler und ihrer werke," p.26s 271.
On modern German landscapes and landscape painters. Many illustrations, some
in color.
Janitschek, Hubert. Q759-3 Ji?
Geschichte der deutschen malerei. 1889. (Geschichte der deutschen
kunst, v.3.)
The same qr?59-3 Ji?
An important work. Comes down to about 1888. Illustrated in color and black and
white.
New York (city), Metropolitan Museum of Art. roi6.75Q N26
Exhibition of contemporary German art; list of books and periodi-
cals relating to modern German art and artists in the library of the
museum. 1909.
I
Bracht
Osborn, Max. qr?59-3 6670
Eugen Bracht [in German]. 1909. (Kiinstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph on a modern German landscape painter. Fully
illustrated.
Cranach
Heyck, Eduard. qr759-3 C86h
Lukas Cranach. 1908. Velhagen. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical sketch of the German painter and illustrator (1472-1553)-
Illustrated.
Geselschap
Jordan, Max. qr?59-3
Geselschap [in German]. 1906. Velhagen. (Kunstler-monogra-
phien.)
Criticism of the work, and some account of the life, of the German painter (1835-
98). Many illustrations.
PAINTING GERMAN SCHOOL 1405
Kriiger
Osborn, Max. qr759-3 420
Franz Kriiger. 1910. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph on a German portrait and animal painter
(1797-1857).
Menzel
Menzel, Adolf Friedrich Erdmann. qr759-3 M62t
Abbildungen seiner gemalde und studien; auf grund der von der
Kgl. National-Galerie im fruhjahr 1905 veranstalteten ausstellung
unter mitwirkung von E. Schwedeler-Meyer und J. Kern; hrsg. von
Hugo von Tschudi. 1906. Bruckmann.
"Zur chronologic von Menzels leben und werken," p.9-i6.
Monumental illustrated catalogue of the great Menzel exhibition held in Berlin in
the spring of 1905. The large quarto volume contains reproductions of the best of the
master's oil paintings and water-color sketches, chronologically arranged, with brief
descriptive comments on each picture.
Schnorr von Carolsfeld
Singer, Hans Wolfgang. qr759-3
Julius Schnorr von Carolsfeld. 1911. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph on a German historical painter (1794-1872).
Fully illustrated.
Triibner
Rosenhagen, Hans. qr759-3 Tjyr
Wilhelm Triibner. 1909. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph on a modern German artist (b. 1851). Fully
illustrated.
Zugel
Biermann, Georg. qr759-3
H. von Ziigel. 1910. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Fully illustrated monograph on a German artist (b. 1850), one of the great animal
painters of the time.
French school
Baudry, Paul Jacques Aime. qt>759-4 832
Peintures decoratives du grand foyer de 1'Opera [Paris]; notices
par Edmond About.
Photogravures, with brief descriptive text.
Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh Department of fine arts. ^59.4 C2i
Catalogue of an exhibition of paintings by the French impressionists,
at the Carnegie Institute, Feb. lo-March 10, 1908. [1908.] Pittsburgh.
Eaton, Daniel Cady. 759-4
Handbook of modern French painting. 1909. Dodd.
"Index of provincial museums," p. 17-32; "Alphabetical list of artists," p.36s~367.
From the beginning of the i8th century to 1908. Contains biographical and critical
sketches of the more important artists. Numerous illustrations from photographs.
Author has been for many years professor of the history and criticism of art at Yale
University.
47
V759A
1406 PAINTING GERMAN SCHOOL
Gruyer, Francois Anatole.
La peinture au chateau de Chantilly; ecole franchise. 1898.
"Table chronologique," p.483~495.
Descriptive catalogue of paintings, representing French art from the beginning of
the i6th to the end of the ipth century. Many illustrations. Author is (1908) curator
of the chateau, which, as the Mus6e Conde, was bequeathed to the Institut de France at
the death of the owner in 1897.
La Farge, John. , 759.4 Li42
The higher life in art; a series of lectures on the Barbi^fen school of
France, inaugurating the Scammon course at the Art Institute of Chi-
cago. 1908. McClure.
Contents: The school. Delacroix. Millet. Decamps and Diaz. Rousseau, Dupre,
Daubigny. Corot.
Shinn, Earl, (pseud. Edward Strahan). qr759-4 855
Modern French art. 1881. Lovering.
Contents: Gerome and his school. Meissonier and the "realists." Hector Le
Roux and the "idealists." Tissot and the "medievalists." Brion, Dore and the Alsa-
tians. Eugene Lambert and the "toy painters." Landscape "au fusain." Modern
French sculpture.
Turner, Percy M. & Baker, C. C. 759.4 T86
Stories of the French artists from Clouet to Delacroix. 1909.
Chatto.
Contents: Introduction. The early painters of France. The commencement of
the renaissance. The Clouets. The followers of the Clouets. Le Nain and Nicholas
Poussin. Gaspard Poussin and Claude Lorraine. Vouet, Bourdon, Le Sueur. The
reign of Louis XIV, Colbert and Le Brun. Mignard, Van der Meulen and Coypel.
The portrait painters, Rigaud and Largilliere. Desportes and Oudry. The regency and
the reign of Louis XV. Anthony Watteau. Lancret and Pater. Chardin. Latour and
Perronneau. Frangois Lemoine. Jean Francois de Troy. Carle van Loo. Frangois
Boucher. Fragonard. Joseph Vernet. Hubert Robert. Jean Baptiste Greuze. Pierre
Prud'hon. Portrait painters of Louis XV and XVI. Jacques Louis David. Jean Dom-
inique Auguste Ingres. Eugene Delacroix.
Degas
Grappe, Georges. qr759-4 Ds8g
E. M. Degas. 1909. Unwin. (International art series.)
Admirable textually and in illustrations. M. Grappe analyzes Degas with peculiar
sympathy.
Delacroix
Bussy, Mrs Dorothy. 759-4 I>38b
Eugene Delacroix. 1907. Duckworth.
Somewhat eulogistic study of the life and work of the French painter (1798-1863).
Illustrated.
Ingres
[Uzanne, Louis Octave.] 759-4 J 24U
Ingres [tr. by Helen Chisholm]. Newnes.
Ingres (1780-1867) was a French historical painter. The book consists chiefly of
reproductions of his paintings, with a 1 4-page biographical and critical introduction.
Manet
Duret, Theodore. Q759-4 ^32
Manet and the French impressionists; tr. by J. E. C. Flitch. 1910.
Lippincott.
Contents: Edouard Manet. The French impressionists: The impressionist group;
PAINTING ITALIAN SCHOOL 1407
Duret, Theodore continued. 3759-4 MSZ
Pissarro; Claude Monet; Sisley; Renoir; Berthe Morisot; Cezanne; Guillaumin; In
1909. Appendices.
The friend and executor of Manet writes of his subject with knowledge and
authority. About half the book is devoted to Manet and a catalogue of his paintings
and pastels is included.
Meissonier
Greard, Vallery Clement Octave. Q759-4 ^57S
Meissonier; his life and his art, with extracts from his note-books,
and his opinions and impressions on art. 1897. Armstrong.
Catalogue of Meissonier's works, p.363-395.
The same. 2v. 1897. Armstrong <l r 759-4 M57g
Catalogue of Meissonier's works, v.i, p.i43-i/5.
Full biographical and critical study, but the most important feature of the work is
the number and excellence of the illustrations.
Neuville
Richard, Jules. qr?59-4 R 39
En campagne; tableaux et dessins de A. de Neuville, texte de Jules
Richard. [1885?]
Battle pictures, with descriptive text, by a French military painter and illustrator.
Italian school
Allen, Grant. 759-5 A42
Evolution in Italian art. 1908. Richards.
Contents: Introduction. The marriage of the Virgin. The visitation. The an-
nunciation. The Madonna and child. The Madonna and saints. The adoration of the
magi. The presentation. The Pieta. That great painter, Ignoto. Our Lady of Fer-
rara. The painters' Jordan.
Practically complete at the time of the author's death, but its chapters have been
revised and brought up to date in the light of recent knowledge and research by J. W.
Cruickshank.
Starting with the idea that Italian art comprised a certain number of subject
studies taken largely from the life of Christ and from the lives of the saints, the author
views a given work not primarily as a Giotto or a Raphael, but as a "Nativity" or a
"Crucifixion" or a "St. Francis." Written from this point of view, that each picture
is a variant on a central type, the book suggests interesting comparisons.
Berenson, Bernhard. 759-5
North Italian painters of the renaissance. 1907. Putnam.
"Index to the works of the principal north Italian painters," p. 159-304.
Mantegna and Correggio are the best known of the artists here treated. The index
to their works is an important feature, giving the places where the paintings may be
found.
Berenson, Bernhard. 759-5 B45V2
Venetian painters of the renaissance, with an index to their works.
1907. Putnam.
The same. 1897 ....................................... qr759-5 B45v
"Sympathetic examination into the history and true nature of Venetian painting."
Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Borenius, Tancred. 759-5 663
Painters of Vicenza, 1480-1550. 1909. Chatto.
Contents: Bartolomeo Montagna.- Benedetto Montagna. Giovanni Buonconsiglio.
"Bibliography," p. 2 19-226.
1408 PAINTING ITALIAN SCHOOL
Crowe, Sir Joseph Archer, & Cavalcaselle, G. B. 759.5 C8g6h
History of painting in Italy, Umbria, Florence and Siena, from the
second to the i6th century; ed. by Langton Douglas, assisted by S. A.
Strong. v.3~4. 1908-11. Murray.
v-3. The Sienese, Umbrian & north Italian schools.
v.4. Florentine masters of the i$th century.
"Biographies of the authors," v.i, p. 9-18.
For v.i-2 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Guizot, Francois Pierre Guillaume. 759-5 Gg6
The fine arts; their nature and relations; tr. with the assistance of
the author by George Grove. 1855. Bosworth.
Contents: Painting, sculpture and engraving; their relations and differences.
Descriptive criticisms of pictures of the Italian and French schools: ITALIAN SCHOOL:
Raffaelle; Giulio Romano; Correggio; Andrea del Sarto; Andrea Sguazzella; Andrea
Solari; Bassano; Paul Veronese; Palma (the younger); Lodovico Caracci; Annibale
Caracci; Domenichino; Orazio Lomi; Guide Reni; Caravaggio; Cristofano Allori;
Guercino; Pietro da Cortona; Salvator Rosa; Carlo Dolci. FRENCH SCHOOL: Nicolo
Poussin; Eustache Lesueur; Jean Baptiste Santerre; Laurent de La Hyre; Carl Vanloo.
APPENDIX: Letter of Michel Angelo; Letter of Raffaelle.
"Table of authorities referred to," p.zi6.
Jarves, James Jackson. 759-5 J*9
Art studies; the "old masters" of Italy; painting. 1861. Derby.
Discussion of the characteristics of the Italian masters.
"He has gone to the usual sources of information, but has not slavishly copied his
authorities. There are many proofs of an independent and generally sound judgment."
Saturday review, 1861.
Jewett, Louise Rogers, comp. r 759-5 J3 1
History of Italian painting; outlines and references. 1908. (Mount
Holyoke College Department of art. Courses 7 and 8.)
"General reference books," p.6~7.
Kugler, Franz Theodor. 759-5 K43
The Italian schools of painting, based on the handbook of Kugler;
revised by A. H. Layard. 2v. 1907. Murray.
The same. 2v T759-5 43
Same as his "Handbook of painting; the Italian schools."
Lanzi, Luigi Antonio, abate. 759-5 L29S
Storia pittorica dell'Italia dal risorgimento delle belle arti fin presso
al fine del 18 secolo. I4v. in 3. 1837-39.
Morelli, Giovanni. q759-5 M88p
Delia pittura italiana; studii storico critici, le Gallerie Borghese e
Doria Pamphili in Roma. 1897.
"Cenni biografici intorno a Giovanni Morelli," di Gustavo Frizzoni, p. 1-28.
Powers, Harry Huntington, and others. T759-5 P 8 7
Outlines for the study of art. 4v. 1905-07- Bureau of University
Travel.
v.i. Early Italian art, from the isth to the i$th century, to accompany a collec-
tion of 500 reproductions (series B, the University prints).
v.2. [Italian art of the i6th and i;th centuries], to accompany a collection of
reproductions of later Italian art (the University prints).
v.3-4. Plates.
Contains numerous bibliographies; v.2 is by Harry Huntington Powers and L. M.
Powe.
PAINTING ITALIAN SCHOOL 1409
Powers, Harry Huntington, and others continued.
The same. [Enl. ed.] v.2, 4. 1911 r?59-5 P8ya
v.2. Later Italian art, from the i6th to the i8th century, to accompany a collec-
tion of 500 reproductions (series C, the University prints).
v.4. Plates.
Contains numerous bibliographies.
Rose, George B. 759-5 R?ia
Renaissance masters. 1908. Putnam.
Contents: Raphael. Michelangelo. Leonardo da Vinci. Titian. Correggio.
Botticelli. Rubens. Claude Lorraine.
Andrea del Sarto
Knapp, Fritz. qr759-5
Andrea del Sarto [in German]. 1907. Velhagen. (Kunstler-mono-
graphien.)
"Literatur," p. 136.
Fully illustrated account of his life and work.
Fra Angelico
Wingenroth, Max. qr?59-5 As8w
Angelico da Fiesole [in German]. 1906. Velhagen. (Kiinstler-
monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph on Fra Angelico. Fully illustrated.
Bellini
Gronau, Georg. qr?59-5 B4ig
Die kunstlerfamilie Bellini. 1909. (Kunstler-monographien.)
"Verzeichnis der abbildungen," p. 133- 134.
Biographical and critical study of this family of Venetian renaissance painters.
Fully illustrated from photographs.
Carpaccio
Molmenti, Pompeo Gherardo, & Ludwig, Gustav. qr?59-5 C22m
Life and works of Vittorio Carpaccio; tr. by R. H. H. Cust. 1907.
Murray.
Contains a chapter on Lazzaro Bastiani and his school.
"Apart from its main interest as a study of Carpaccio himself, its most novel ^ at-
traction for the student lies in the authors' claim that Lazzaro Bastiani. ..was Vittorio's
real master. . .Praise is due to Mr. Cust for his conscientious, painstaking, and, above
all, scholarly transcription of a work which... is sure to remain the standard book upon
the life and surroundings of the fascinating Venetian painter... if not upon the subject
of his hazy artistic beginnings." Athenaum, 1908.
Illustrated.
Correggio
Mignaty, Mme Marguerite (Albana). 759-5 C82tn
Le Correge; sa vie et son oeuvre. 1900.
"Essai sur la vie et 1'oeuvre de Margherita Albana, par fidouard Schure," p. 1-89;
"Table chronologique," p-349-356.
Sympathetic study of Correggio's life and ideals as revealed in his pictures. No
illustrations.
Ghirlandajo
Davies, Gerald Stanley. q759-5
Ghirlandaio. [1908.] Methuen.
"Works by Domenico Ghirlandaio," p. 162-1 69.
First separate work on the subject in English. Written agreeably and with en-
thusiasm but lacking in proportion and deficient from the point of view both of exact
historical and of aesthetic criticism. 50 excellent plates.
I 4 io PAINTING ITALIAN SCHOOL
Giorgione. Palma Vecchio
Boehn, Max von. V759-S
Giorgione und Palma Vecchio. 1908. Velhagen. (Kiinstler-mono-
graphien.)
Brief critical studies. Many illustrations.
Guide Reni
Boehn, Max von. V759-5 Gg6b
Guido Reni [in German]. 1910. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Biographical and critical monograph, fully illustrated.
Leonardo da Vinci
Miintz, Eugene. Q759-5 L62m
Leonardo da Vinci; artist, thinker and man of science. 2v. 1898.
M. Miintz has made the first attempt to classify and catalogue Leonardo's drawings,
or to give the details of the processes of his paintings, from the first sketch to the last
touch. Leonardo's literary work, his religious beliefs, his studies in the antique are
treated with the authority of abundant information. The author has supplemented his
careful study of all previous works on the subject by the most extensive personal re-
searches, and has been enabled to settle some hitherto disputed points. Illustrated by 44
full-page plates and many illustrations in the text.
Perugino
Button, Edward. 759-5 P44*i
Perugino. [1907.] Duckworth. (Popular library of art.)
"Mr. Hutton makes no claim to completeness for his little essay on Perugino, but
the subject is one to which his temper is naturally sympathetic, and the result, though
it contains little that is novel, gives a fair picture of the artist both in his strength and
his weakness." Burlington magazine, 7907.
Illustrated by many examples of Perugino's work.
Knapp, Fritz. qr759-5 P44k
Perugino [in German]. 1907. Velhagen. (Kunstler-monographien.)
"Literatur," p. 132.
Combines criticism with biography. Many of the works of the celebrated Italian
painter (1446-1523) are here reproduced.
Pippi
Arco, Carlo d'. qr759>5 P648a
Istoria della vita e delle opere di Giulio Pippi Romano. 1838.
Giulio Romano (14921546) was the pupil and assistant of Raphael, and after him
the head of the Roman school. His work consists chiefly of mythological and religious
frescoes in Rome and Mantua. Plates.
Pollaiuolo
Cruttwell, Maud. 759-5 P76c
Antonio Pollaiuolo. 1907. Duckworth.
"Chronological table of the life and works of Antonio and Piero Pollaiuolo,"
P.222-22Q.
"Bibliography," p.23o-232.
In a prefatory note Miss Cruttwell states that this is the first book on Antonio
Pollaiuolo published in any language. He was an Italian painter, sculptor and gold-
smith of the early renaissance, one of the first to obtain a knowledge of anatomy
through dissection. The book treats also of his younger brother Piero, who was as-
sociated with him in his work. Illustrated.
"Her study is careful, intelligent, for the most part excellent. Its faults arise
from a too great admiration for her hero, which leads her into frequent exaggeration
of praise." Nation, 1907.
PAINTING SPANISH SCHOOL 1411
Raphael
Bigot, Charles. V759-5 RiQb
Raphael and the Villa Farnesina; tr. from the French by Mary
Healy. 1884. Paul.
Study of certain frescoes in this Roman villa, painted for its owner, Agostino
Cbigi, and usually attributed to Raphael. Critics, however, believe that they were
executed by his pupils under the master's direction. Illustrated.
Minghetti, Marco. q759-5
Raffaello. 1885. Zanichelli.
Bibliography, p.z8i-288.
Tintoretto
Bensusan, Samuel Levy. 759-5
Tintoretto; illustrated with eight reproductions in colour. Jack.
(Masterpieces in colour.)
Brief biography and comment on his art and his pictures.
Titian
Ricketts, Charles S. qr?59-5
Titian. [1910.] Methuen. (Classics of art.)
"Authentic pictures by Titian in public and private galleries and churches," p. 175-
188.
Detailed consideration of each of Titian's works, as far as possible in the order of
its production. Author has much to say on the technical side of Titian's art and the
present condition of the works is described. The plates, 181 in number, are brought
together at the end of the volume.
Spanish school
Caffin, Charles Henry. 759-6 Cia
Story of Spanish painting. 1910. Century.
Begins with a summary of Spanish history and proceeds through a general view of
the characteristics of Spanish painting to a more detailed treatment of El Greco,
Velasquez, Mazo, Carreno, Ribera, Murillo, Cano, Zurbaran and Goya. Illustrated with
reproductions of paintings in the Prado and elsewhere.
Cole, Timothy. qr759-6 C68
Old Spanish masters; engraved by Timothy Cole, with historical
notes by C. H. Caffin and comments by the engraver. 1907. Century.
Engravings, 31 in all, of paintings by Murillo, El Greco, Velasquez, Morales, Ribera,
Zurbaran, Cano and Goya. Mr Caffin's notes furnish an excellent outline of the history
of Spanish painting.
Goya
Calvert, Albert Frederick. 759-6 6750
Goya; an account of his life and works, with reproductions from his
pictures, etchings and lithographs. 1908. Lane. (Spanish series.)
"Catalogue of the works of Goya," p.i2i-i94.
The special value of the work lies in the illustrations, which number over 600.
Oertel, Richard. qr?59-6 6750
Francisco de Goya [in German]. 1907. Velhagen. (Kiinstler-
monographien.)
Fully illustrated critical and biographical monograph on the noted Spanish painter
(1746-1828).
1412 PAINTING SPANISH SCHOOL
El Greco
Calvert, Albert Frederick, & Hartley, C. G. 759.6 G82C
afterward Mrs Gallichan.
El Greco; an account of his life and works, with 136 reproductions
from his most celebrated pictures. 1909. Lane. (Spanish series.)
Spanish painter of the i6th century.
Sorolla y Bastida
Hispanic Society of America. 759-6 S7ih
Catalogue of paintings by Joaquin Sorolla y Bastida exhibited by the
Hispanic Society of America, Feb. 8 to March 8, 1909, with introduc-
tion by Leonard Williams. 1909. Hispanic Soc. of America.
The same ^759-6 S7ih
Hispanic Society of America. 759-6 S7ihi
Eight essays on Joaquin Sorolla y Bastida. 2v. 1909.
v.i. Joaquin Sorolla y Bastida, by Aureliano de Beruete. M. Sorolla y Bastida, by
Camille Mauclair. Un astre qui se leve, by Henri Rochefort. The art of Joaquin
Sorolla, by Leonard Williams. Sorolla y Bastida, one of the great modern masters, by
E. L. Gary. Sorolla y Bastida, by J. G. Huneker. Sorolla at the Hispanic Society, by
Christian Brinton.
v.2. Joaquin Sorolla; the man and his work, by W. E. B. Starkweather. Apprecia-
tions of the press. Catalogue.
St. James's Gallery Company, pub. qr759-6 8715
Catalogue of the exhibition of paintings by Senor Sorolla y Bastida
at the Grafton galleries, May, June & July 1908, with a biographical and
critical essay on Sorolla's art by Leonard Williams. 1908.
Velasquez
Calvert, Albert Frederick, & Hartley, C. G. afterward 759.6 V25C
Mrs Gallichan.
Velazquez; an account of his life and works. 1908. Lane. (Spanish
series.)
"List of the paintings of Velazquez, with an indication of where the originals arc
to be found," p.i8i-2i8.
Zuloaga
Hispanic Society of America. r75g.6 Z8sh
Catalogue of paintings by Ignacio Zuloaga exhibited by the His-
panic Society of America, Mar. 21 to Apr. n, 1909, with introduction by
Christian Brinton. 1909.
Polish school
Jaroszynski, Tadeusz. 759-7 J*9
Zaranie malarstwa polskiego; szkic do historyi. 1905.
Swedish school
Servaes, Franz. qr759-8 Z8is
Anders Zorn [in German]. 1910. (Kunstler-monographien.)
"Publikationen und literatur," p.ioi.
Biographical and critical monograph on a Swedish painter (b. 1860). Fully illus-
trated.
PAINTING DUTCH AND FLEMISH SCHOOLS 1413
Dutch and Flemish schools
Bode, Wilhelm. . 759.9 658
Great masters of Dutch and Flemish painting; tr. by M. L. Clarke.
1909. Duckworth.
Contents: Rembrandt van Rijn. Frans Hals. The Dutch genre picture. Land-
scape painting in Holland. Dutch still-life. Adriaen Brouwer. Rubens and Van Dyck.
Translation from the second and revised edition of "Rembrandt und seine zeit-
genossen."
Caffin, Charles Henry.
Story of Dutch painting.
1909. Century.
759.9 Cl2
Contents: The end of the old. The old order changes. Beginning of the new.
Frans Hals. Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn. The influence of Hals and Rembrandt.
Dutch genre. Gerard Terborch, Jan Vermeer and Jan Steen. Biblical subjects and
portraiture. Landscape. Van Goyen and Hobbema. Jacob van Ruisdael.
"Account, of seventeenth-century Dutch art Gives in attractive form a good deal
of timely descriptive and historical information but considerably more attention is
devoted to the lives of the individual artists and the subjects of their pictures than to
their workmanship." A. L. A, booklist, igio.
Fromentin, Eugene. 759-9 Fg6r
A regi mesterek; franciabol forditotta Erdey Aladar. 1908.
Lemonnier, Camille. V7S9-9 L-59
L'ecole beige de peinture, 1830-1905. 1906. Van Oest.
"Lemonnier's study of the gradual development of Belgian painting is a careful
piece of writing, supplemented by a number of good reproductions." Burlington maga-
zine, 1907.
Marius, G. Hermine. 759-9
Dutch art in the igth century; tr. by A. Teixeira de Mattos. 1909.
Lippincott.
"Index of painters," p. 199-203.
"Careful and temperate guide." Burlington magazine, 1909.
Smith, John, picture dealer of London. ^759.9 865
Catalogue raisonne of the works of the most eminent Dutch, Flemish
and French painters, in which is included a short biographical notice of
the artists, with a copious description of their principal pictures [and] a
statement of the prices at which such pictures have been sold at public
sales on the continent and in England. 9v. 1829-42. Smith.
Baertsoen
Fierens-Gevaert, Hippolyte. Q759-9
Albert Baertsoen [in French]. 1910. (Collection des artistes beiges
contemporains.)
"Catalogue de 1'oeuvre d' Albert Baertsoen," p.79-83.
Claus
Lemonnier, Camille. Q759-9
fimile Claus [in French]. 1908. (Collection des artistes beiges con-
temporains.)
"Catalogue de 1'ceuvre d'fimile Claus," p.53-66; "Bibliographic," p.67-
I4H PAINTING JAPANESE AND CHINESE SCHOOLS
Van Eyck
Weale, William Henry James. qr?59-9 Eggw
Hubert and John van Eyck; their life and work. 1908. Lane.
"Bibliography," p.55-ii4.
Represents the labor of a man who has consecrated the greater part of a long
and almost incredibly diligent life to the study of the art and archaeology of the Nether-
lands. It presents in a perfectly methodical form and with rare restraint the sum of
positive knowledge on the subject. Contains an exhaustive bibliography, followed by
biographies of the painters and closely detailed descriptions of the pictures, each with
its own bibliography. There are 41 illustrations in photogravure and nearly 100 in half-
tone. Condensed from Burlington magazine, 1908.
Jordaens
Rooses, Max. qr?59-9 J42r
Jacob Jordaens; his life and work; tr. from the Dutch by E. C.
Broers. 1908. Dent.
"List of Jordaens' works," p.2$ 1-269.
Will probably be the standard work on Jordaens (1593-1678) for some time to come.
The unwearied scholarship of the author has brought together a mass of facts relating
to the personal history of Jordaens, and he swells the list of the artist's known works to
dimensions which will astonish those whose acquaintance with Jordaens is merely acci-
dental. Condensed from Burlington magazine, /pop.
Maria
Thomson, David Croal. qr759-9 Ma8t
Brothers Maris (James, Matthew, William) ; ed. by Charles Holme.
1907. (Studio. Special summer number, 1907.)
Reproductions of the work of three igth century Dutch painters, with short dis
cussion of their lives, influence and methods.
Japanese and Chinese schools
Binyon, Laurence. qr75g.Q2 848
Japanese art. 1909. Unwin. (International art series.)
"Mr. Binyon wisely has set himself to put before his reader the attitude of the
Kano school, which may be held typical of the attitudes of Japanese art, rather than
analyses of technicalities." Outlook (.London), 1010.
Strange, Edward Fairbrother. 759-92 H6gs
Hokusai, the old man mad with painting. 1906. Siegle. (Langham
series of art monographs.)
Essay on the work of the noted Japanese artist, with reproductions of a few of his
drawings.
Taki, Sei-ichi. qr759-92 Ti4
Three essays on oriental painting. 1910. Quaritch.
Contents: Characteristics of Japanese painting. Chinese landscape painting. On
India-ink painting. Appendices: Historical periods of Japan; Chinese dynasties; List
of the Chinese characters for important Japanese and Chinese names.
Contains 57 full-page plates.
Binyon, Laurence. qr759-93 648
Painting in the Far East; an introduction to the history of pictorial
art in Asia, especially China and Japan. 1908. Arnold.
"The author ... although at a disadvantage by reason of the probable paucity of
fine original examples to refer to, has succeeded in producing a valuable resume of the
History of Art in China and Japan which is a welcome addition to our literature upon
the subject. Some regret, however, will be felt by lovers of that art at the altogether
unrepresentative character of the illustrations to the volume." International studio, /pop.
ENGRAVING 1415
760 Engraving
Bibliography
Levis, Howard C. comp. 1016.76 L66
Bibliography of American books relating to prints and the art and
history of engraving; also of catalogues of important sales and ex-
hibitions of prints held in America; also of a few books and catalogues
published in England relating to American prints. 1910. Chiswick
Press.
General works
Austin, Stanley Elston. 760 Ags
History of engraving from its inception to the time of Thomas
Bewick. [1908?] Laurie.
Popular manual.
Baker, William Henry, b. 1869, ed. r76o 6177
Dictionary of engraving, together with terms used in related branches,
as electrotyping, lithography, advertising, printing, art, photography,
etc., idiomatic and technical. 1908.
Bourcard, Gustave. qr76o 865
A travers cinq siecles de gravures, 1350-1903; les estampes celebres
rares ou curieuses. 1903. Rapilly.
"Essai d'un index bibliographique," p. 619-638.
Catalogue of the best engravings of the work of well-known artists of all countries.
Reproductions are not given, but there are usually brief descriptive notes and some
record of the prices which the pictures have brought at sales.
Carson, Hampton Lawrence. qr76o W27C
Unique collection [of H. L. Carson] of engraved portraits of Gen.
George Washington, including nearly all that are mentioned in Baker's
"Engraved portraits of Washington" and many rarities unknown to
Baker and the great St. Memin personal collection, to be sold Jan. 21-
22, 1904, Philadelphia; catalogue comp. and sale conducted by S. V.
Henkels. 1904. [Fell.] (Catalogue no.9o6, pt.i.)
Carson, Hampton Lawrence. qt76o C23
Unique collection [of H. L. Carson] of engraved portraits of signers
of the Declaration of independence, presidents and members of the
Continental congress, officers in the American revolution, views of
Independence Hall, to be sold Dec. i6th-i7th [1904], Philadelphia; cat-
alogue comp. and sale conducted by S. V. Henkels. [1904. Fell.]
(Catalogue no.9o6, pt.3.)
Carson, Hampton Lawrence. qr76o C23U
Unique collection [of H. L. Carson] of engraved portraits of Thomas
Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin and Gilbert Mottier de La Fayette, to be
sold April 2Oth-2ist [1904], Philadelphia; catalogue comp. and sale con-
ducted by S. V. Henkels. [1904. Fell.] (Catalogue no. 906, pt.2.)
I4i6 ENGRAVING
Gunn, Maurice James. 760 Ggy
Print restoration and picture cleaning; an illustrated practical guide
to the restoration of all kinds of prints, with chapters on cleaning water-
colours, print "fakes" and their detection, anomalies in print values and
prints to collect. 1911. Gill.
Hardie, Martin. qryfo H25
English coloured books. 1906. Putnam. (Connoisseur's library.)
Bibliography of coloured books, p. 307-321.
"Likely to prove of permanent value to the collector of those interesting books with
colored plates, which were produced in such profusion in England during the first half
of the nineteenth century, as well as to the general reader or student who wishes to
know something of the various processes of printing in colors, their development, and
their final results, the finished prints. Although the volume is largely devoted to Eng-
lish books with colored plates, it covers, in fact, the whole period from the first book
containing printing in two colors down to the modern 'three-color' process." Nation,
1906.
Hind, Arthur Mayger. 760
Short history of engraving & etching for the use of collectors and
students, with full bibliography, classified list and index of engravers.
1908. Constable.
"General bibliography," p. 391-411.
The same. 1911 .......................................... r76o Hs6
Useful, readable and careful work, bringing the history to the end of the igth cen-
tury. Author is (1909) a junior curator in the British Museum. Many illustrations.
Keppel, Frederick. 760 Kigg
Golden age of engraving; a specialist's story about fine prints.
1910. Baker.
Contents': Introductory chapter, chiefly personal. The golden age of engraving.
Some masterpieces of the old engravers. Four centuries of line engravings. Drawings
by old masters. Sir Joshua Reynolds. Samuel Cousins, R. A. The modern disciples of
Rembrandt. Personal sketches of some famous etchers. Original etchings by Queen
Victoria. Charles Jacque. Jean-Francois Millet. A notable masterpiece by Millet.
Sir Seymour Haden. Charles Meryon. Maxime Lalanne. Whistler as an etcher. --
One day with Whistler. Bracquemond and Buhot. Alphonse Legros. Evert Van Muy-
den. Joseph Pennell. D. Y. Cameron. Henri Fantin-Latour. The illustrators of
"Punch." Charles Keene. George du Maurier. What etchings are. Pitfalls for trans-
lators. A chapter of verse.
"Bibliography," p.3O3-3i4.
Keppel, Frederick. q76o Kig
Golden age of engraving; an introductory essay on the old en-
gravers. 1893. Keppel.
Reprinted from "Harper's magazine," 1878.
Concerned chiefly with the engravers of the i7th and i8th centuries. Illustrated.
The same. 1910. Baker. (In his Golden age of engraving,
p.i-24) ..................................................... 760 Kigg
Lippmann, Friedrich. 760 L73
Engraving and etching; a handbook for the use of students and print
collectors; tr. by Martin Hardie. 1906. Grevel.
Handbook of the Royal Museum, Berlin.
"The literature of engraving," p. 11-17.
"Well-printed version in English of the best concise treatise ever written about .
the history of intaglio prints... The record is carried only to the beginning of the
nineteenth century." Nation, 1906.
ENGRAVING 1417
Nevill, Ralph. 760 N25
French prints of the i8th century. 1908. Macmillan.
"Good elementary handbook of the subject and something better; for it is agreeably
written and contains much of anecdotal interest. . .Provides. .. a select catalogue of the
more important prints, including summary notices as to states, sale prices, etc." Nation,
2909.
Fully illustrated.
Salaman, Malcolm Charles. 760 815
Old engravers of England in their relation to contemporary life and
art (1540-1800). 1906. Cassell.
"English bibliography of copper-plate engraving," p. 219-220.
History of the English school of engraving from its commencement to its decline,
recorded in a popular form for the general reader.
Singer, Hans Wolfgang. qr76o S'6i
Die kleinmeister. 1908. Velhagen. (Kunstler-monographien.)
Devoted chiefly to the work of Aldegrever, Altdorfer, Barthel Beham, Sebald
Beham, Bink, Hirschvogel, Lautensack, Pencz and Solis, a group of German engravers
known as the "little masters" on account of the exceedingly small dimensions of their
prints.
Sumner, Charles. qr76o 895
Best portraits in engraving. [1875.] Keppel.
Brief critical review of notable engravers of portraits, from the i6th to the i8th
century. By an enthusiastic collector. Illustrated.
Weitenkampf, Frank, (pseud. Frank Linstow White). 760 W47
How to appreciate prints. 1908. Moffat.
The same. 191 1 1760 W47
By the curator (1908) of the Print department of the New York Public Library.
Technical, historical and aesthetical comments on the processes of reproduction en-
graving, etching and lithography, with numerous examples of each. Also advice on col-
lection and preservation of prints.
"The emphasis is on appreciation. . .Object is not to furnish cut-and-dried invariable
rules, but to aid in the development of a critical spirit paired with liberal-mindedness."
Preface.
Willshire, William Hughes. rj6o W76
Introduction to the study & collection of ancient prints. 2v. 1877.
Ellis.
"Bibliography," v.2, p. 279-287.
"There are curious omissions from this work, but it is in spite of them the best
book there is for the beginner in the study or purchase of old prints." Sturgis and
Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art, 1897.
761 Wood-engraving
Ammon, Jobst. r76i A52
Wappen- & stammbuch; Frankfort a/M bei Sigm. Feyrabend, 1589.
1881. Hirth. (Liebhaber-bibliothek alter illustratoren in facsimile-
reproduction, v.3.)
Reproductions of engravings. Ammon (1539-91) was born in Switzerland, but
spent a large part of his life in Nuremberg.
"As an engraver, he was one of the most laborious of the industrious artists of
his country. . .The number of his plates is prodigious, and his work amounts to upwards
of five hundred and fifty prints, many of which being of a diminutive size, he is some-
times ranged among the artists denominated the Little Masters." Bryan's Dictionary
of painters and engravers.
I4i8 ENGRAVING
Creelman, James. ry6i
Romance and tragedy of wood engraving, with engravings by Henry
Wolf of paintings by Alexander, Chase, Reynolds, Shannon, Wiles. 1907.
Pages 291-295 of "Pearson's magazine," March 1907.
Dodgson, Campbell, ed. qrySi D6y
Holzschnitte zu zwei Nurnberger andachtsbiichern aus dem an-
fange des 16. jahrhunderts. 1909. (Graphische Gesellschaft. n. ver-
offentlichung.)
Wood-engravings from two i6th century books of devotion.
Kristeller, Paul, ed. qr76i K^2
Eine folge venezianischer holzschnitte aus dem 15. jahrhundert im
besitze der stadt Niirnberg. 1909. (Graphische Gesellschaft. 9. ver-
offentlichung.)
Collection of isth century wood-engravings illustrating the life of Christ. Brief
introductory text.
Lehrs, Max, ed. qrj6i LSS
Holzschnitte der ersten halfte des 15. jahrhunderts im Konigl.
kupferstichkabinett zu Berlin. 1908. (Graphische Gesellschaft. 7.
veroffentlichung.)
Facsimiles of the 31 examples.
Lippmann, Friedrich. q?6i L?3
Art of wood-engraving in Italy in the I5th century, with extensive
corrections and additions by the author which have not appeared in
the German original. 1888. Quaritch.
Binder's title reads "Wood engraving in Italy."
Schreiber, Wilhelm Ludwig. qr76i 843
Catalogue of the valuable collection of W. L. Schreiber, which will
be sold by auction at Vienna, 3d and 4th of March 1909. 1909.
Contents: Formschnitte des 15. jahrhunderts. Holztafeldrucke. Holzschnitte des
1 6. jahrhunderts. Clair-obscurs. Inkunabeln des kupferstichs.
German text.
Seidlitz, Woldemar von. qy6i 845
History of Japanese colour-prints; tr. by A. H. Dyer and Grace
Tripler. 1910. Heinemann.
"Bibliography," p.i95~2oo.
"This corrected and amplified translation of Von Seidlitz's standard work OR
appraisal of the material." Nation, igw
762 Metal-engraving
Banner, G. A. 762 622
Practical engraving on metal, including hints on saw-piercing, carv-
ing, inlaying, &c. [1908.] Hampton.
Brief directions for beginners. Has chapters on gold and silver engraving, letter-
ing, crests and monograms, gun and copper-plate engraving, etching on copper, etc.
Illustrated.
Browne, Warren C. 762 B8i
Metal plate printing; a treatise on printing in the lithographic man-
ner from zinc and aluminum plates. 1910. National Lithographer.
ENGRAVING 1419
Harrap, Charles. 762 H28
Text book of metalography (printing from metals) ; a full considera-
tion of the nature and properties of zinc and aluminium and their treat-
ment as planographic printing surfaces. 1909. Raithby.
Inland Printer Company, pub. 762 124
Practical guide to embossing and die stamping, together with ex-
planatory text on copperplate engraving and printing, chapters on the
theory and practice of color printing and other subjects related to em-
bossing and die work. 1908.
Kristeller, Paul, ed. qr7&2 K42
Florentinische zierstiicke in kupferstich aus dem 15. jahrhundert.
1909. (Graphische Gesellschaft. 5. veroffentlichung.)
Copper engravings of the isth century, with brief introductory text.
763 Lithography
Funk & Wagnalls Company, New York. <l r 763 Fg8
Art of lithography [a series of proofs illustrating the process neces-
sary to produce a lithograph in 12 colors; illustration taken from the
Standard dictionary of the English language and lithographed by the
Taber-Prang Art Co., Springfield, Mass.].
765 Line-engraving
Baker, William Spohn. 1765
William Sharp, engraver, with a descriptive catalogue of his works.
1875. Gebbie.
Sharp (1749-1824) was one of the most celebrated of English line engravers.
Thomas, Thomas Head.- 765
French portrait engraving of the I7th and i8th centuries. 1910. Bell.
"Able analysis of French line-engraving in its golden age." Outlook (London), jp/o.
766 Mezzotint
Goodwin, Gordon. qr766 G&3J
James McArdell. 1903. Bullen. (British mezzotinters.)
Brief biography with a catalogue of his engravings, chiefly portraits.
Salaman, Malcolm Charles. qt766 815
Old English mezzotints; text by M. C. Salaman, ed. by Charles
Holme. 1910. (Studio. Special winter number, 1910-11.)
Reproductions of mezzotints of familiar portraits, chiefly by Reynolds, Gains-
borough, Romney and Hopper, with introductory text. ,
Whitman, Alfred. qr766 C84W
Samuel Cousins. 1904. Bell. (Nineteenth century mezzotinters.)
English mezzotint engraver (1801-87). A brief memoir of Cousins is followed
by a descriptive catalogue of his engravings, several of them being here reproduced.
1420 ETCHING
767 Etching
Armstrong, E. A.
Axel Herman Haig and his work; illustrated from his etchings, pen-
cil-drawings and water-colours, with a biography and a descriptive cata-
logue of his etched works. 1905. London Fine Art Soc.
Mr Haig excels in a special branch of etching, the exact and conscientious copying
of ornate architecture, with a preference toward Gothic cathedrals.
Fitton, Hedley. ^67 56
Illustrated catalogue of etchings by Hedley Fitton, with descrip-
tions. 1911. Dunthorne.
Friedlander, Max J. ed. V7&7 A46f
Albrecht Altdorfers landschafts radierungen. 1906. Cassirer.
(Graphische Gesellschaft, 1906, 3. veroffentlichung.)
Brief introduction, followed by nine landscape etchings by the German painter and
engraver (1480-1538).
Grolier Club, New York. ^67 Gg3
Catalogue of etchings and drawings by Charles Meryon, exhibited at
the Grolier Club from Jan. 28 to Feb. 19, 1908.
With this is bound "Catalogue of a collection of engravings, etchings and litho-
graphs by women, exhibited at the Grolier Club, April 12 to. 27, 1901."
Grolier Club, New York. r?67 Ggsc
Catalogue of etchings and dry points by Rembrandt, selected for
exhibition at the Grolier Club of the city of New York, April-May 1900.
1900.
"Authorities," p. 1012.
Hitchcock, James Ripley Wellman. 767 H62
Etching in America, with lists of American etchers and notable col-
lections of prints. 1886. White.
Hubert, H. J. qr7^7 129
Etched work of Jozef Israels; an illustrated catalogue. [1909.]
Israels is (1910) a Dutch genre painter and etcher.
Keppel (Frederick) & Co. pub. 767 Kig
Keppel booklets, ist-3d ser. v.i-3, in 2. 1903-08.
v.i. Concerning the etchings of Mr Whistler. Sir Seymour Haden, painter-etcher,
by Frederick Keppel. J. F. Millet, painter-etcher, by Mrs Schuyler Van Rensselaer, to
which is appended a sketch of the life of Millet, by Frederick Keppel. Joseph Pennell,
etcher, illustrator, author, by Frederick Keppel. Dry-points by Paul Helleu.
v.2-3. Auguste Raffet, by Atherton Curtis. The late Felix Buhot, painter-etcher,
by Leonce Benedite. One day with Whistler, by Frederick Keppel. Mr Pennell's etch-
ings of New York "sky scrapers," by Frederick Keppel. Charles Meryon; a biographical
sketch, by Frederick Keppel. The etchings of Piranesi, by Russell Sturgis. Mr Pen-
nell's etchings of London, by W. C. Arensberg, to which is appended Mr Pennell as a
printer, by Frederick Keppel. How prints are made, by Atherton Curtis. Daubigny, by
R. J. Wickenden.
Very brief critical articles, fully illustrated.
Keppel (Frederick) & Co. pub. rj6j Kig
Print-collector's b'ulletin; an illustrated catalogue of painter-etchings
for sale by Frederick Keppel & Co. 25 nos. in iv. 1908-09.
Contents: Adolphe Appian. O. H. Bacher. Felix Bracquemond. Felix Buhot.
J. B. C. Corot. C. F. Daubigny. Storm van's Gravesande. Sir Seymour Haden.
Charles Jacque. Jules Jacquemart. J. B. Jongkind. Maxime Lalanne. Alphonse
ETCHING 1421
Keppel (Frederick) & Co. pub. continued. 1767 Kig
Legros. Charles Meryon. J. F. Millet. Samuel Palmer. George Senseney. J. J. Tis-
sot. Joseph Pennell. Evert van Muyden. Cadwallader Washburn. H. A. Webster.
Henry Wolf. J. A. M. Whistler. A. L. Zorn.
Laboureur, Jean fimile. V7&7 Ln
Ten etchings from Pittsburgh; a collection of ten original etchings.
1905. Pittsburgh.
Contains also: In the Pittsburgh mills; a series of ten original etchings.
Pauli, Gustav, ed. V7^7 Ps2
Inkunabeln der deutschen und niederlandischen radierung. 1908.
(Graphische Gesellschaft. 8. veroffentlichung.)
Twenty-six plates in heliogravure.
Pittsburgh Etching Club. qr?67 P67
[Catalogues of exhibitions], 1909-11. [1909-11.]
Samuel, Arthur. 767 P64S
Piranesi. 1910. Batsford.
"Bibliography," p.i94-iQ7; "The etchings of Piranesi," p.igS-zog.
Piranesi's most important work as an etcher, that by which he is known to the
connoisseur and collector to-day, consists of his views of Rome and its ancient remains.
The author is somewhat extravagant in his praise of Piranesi, but the volume is well
illustrated, and valuable if used in connection with other literature on the subject.
Springer, Jaro, ed. V7^7 845
Die radierungen des Herkules Seghers. 2v. 1910-11. Cassirer.
(Graphische Gesellschaft. 13. veroffentlichung.)
The enjoyment of the etchings of Herkules Seghers has hitherto been the privilege
of visitors to the print-rooms of Amsterdam, Berlin, Dresden, London, Paris and
Vienna, for these excessively rare prints hardly exist elsewhere. They represent inter-
esting experiments in untried processes, ending occasionally in brilliant success and
occasionally in no less questionable failure. The facsimiles of his etchings here included
reach the highest level of photographic reproduction. Condensed from Burlington maga-
zine, 1911.
Van Rensselaer, Mrs Mariana (Griswold). 3767
American etchers. 1886. Keppel.
Reprinted from the "Century magazine," v.zs, Feb. 1883.
Critical essay. Contains also an account of Meryon and his work by Frederick Kep-
pel. Illustrated. .
769 Collections of engravings
American Whig review, pub. rj6g ASI
Whig portrait gallery.
Appeared in the "American Whig review."
Portraits, without text, of over 30 prominent American Whig statesmen.
Bartsch, Johann Adam Bernhard, ritter von. V7&9 B28
Le peintre graveur. 22v. in 17. 1854-76.
First edition was published during the years 1803-21.
- Supplements, recueillis et publics par Rudolph Weigel. v.i.
1843 ..................................................... 31769 B28a
No more published.
This critical catalogue of engravings is a work of undisputed authority. Bryan's
"Dictionary of painters and engravers" pronounces it the best account of prints ever
published. Bartsch made for the work a series of facsimiles of unique or extremely
rare etchings by Dutch and Flemish artists, in which the touch and spirit of the origi-
nals are admirably copied.
1422 COLLECTIONS OF ENGRAVINGS
Boston, Museum of Fine Arts. ^69 664
Catalogue of a selection of prints arranged chronologically to illus-
trate the various processes of engraving invented from the i$th to the
end of the i8th century [exhibition held Nov. 25, 1893 to May 20, 1894].
1893-
qr?6g B75
British gallery of contemporary portraits; being a series of engravings
of the most eminent persons now living or lately deceased in Great
Britain and Ireland, from drawings accurately made from life or from
the most approved original pictures, accompanied by short biographical
notices. 2v. 1822. Cadell.
British Museum Department of prints and drawings. 0,1769 B75&C
Catalogue of early Italian engravings preserved in the Department
of prints and drawings in the British Museum, by A. M. Hind; ed. by
Sidney Colvin. 2v. 1909-10.
v.i. Text.
v.2. Illustrations.
"General bibliography," v.i, p.4o-44.
British Museum Department of prints, and drawings. V7&9 6756
Catalogue of engraved British portraits preserved in the Depart-
ment of prints and drawings in the British Museum, by Freeman
O'Donoghue. v.i-3. 1908-12. Longmans.
v.i. A-C.
v.2. D-K.
v.3. L-R.
Budapest, Szemiiveszeti Muzeum. t76g 685
Verzeichniss der kupferstich-sammlung alter und moderner meister
und der handzeichnungen moderner kunstler; zusammengestellt von
Gabriel von Terey. 1910.
Campagnola, Giulio.
Giulio Campagnola; kupferstiche und zeichnungen, 22 tafeln in he-
liogravure und 5 tafeln in lichtdruck; hrsg. von Paul Kristeller. 1907.
Cassirer. (Graphische Gesellschaft. 5. veroffentlichung.)
Cope, Edwin R. 0,1769 C79
Great Cope collection of engravings [formed by the late Edwin R.
Cope, to be sold May 5th-i9th, 1896; catalogue comp. by S. V. Hen-
kels]. 3 pts. in iv. [1896.]
Contents: Engraved portraits; American, theatrical and Napoleoniana. Engraved
portraits, mezzotint, line and stipple. Miscellaneous engravings in line, stipple and
mezzotint.
Cranach, Lucas, the elder. V7^9 C86
Sammlung von nachbildungen seiner vorziiglichsten holzschnitte
und seiner stiche; hrsg. von F. Lippmann. 1895. Reichsdruckerei.
Collection of 64 reproductions of wood-engravings by Lucas Cranach (1472-1553).
a German painter and engraver. He was called the painter of the German reformation
because of his active part in spreading its doctrines by means of paintings and woodcuts
and by his numerous portraits of Luther and Melanchthon, who were both his personal
friends. The plates are accompanied by an introductory biographical and critical text.
COLLECTIONS OF ENGRAVINGS 1423
Crombie, Benjamin William. qr?6g C8g
Modern Athenians; a series of original portraits of memorable citi-
zens of Edinburgh, drawn and etched by B. W. Crombie, 1837 to 1847,
now reprinted from the original plates with new illustrative notes and
biographical sketches by W. S. Douglas. 1882. Black.
Daniell (Frederick Bowring) & Son, London. ry6g D22
Catalogue of old engraved portraits of personages famous in politics,
history, literature, science and art, celebrated soldiers and sailors,
ladies, etc., family portraits, many of great interest and rarity, on sale
by Fredk B. Daniell & Son. 1910.
Drawing-room portrait gallery of eminent personages, principally from
photographs engraved on steel under the direction of D. J. Pound, with
memoirs by the most able authors. 1860. Tallis.
Ederheimer, R. Q r 76g 27
Catalogue of an exhibition of engravings by Marc-Antonio Rai-
mondi, his pupils & followers; to be opened i8th Sept. and to last until
the last of Oct. 1909; R. Ederheimer's print cabinet. 1909. Privately
printed.
Germany Reichsdruckerei. qr?6g 632
Faksimile-nachbildungen von kupferstichen, schabkunstblattern und
holzschnitten alter meister vom 15. jahrhundert bis ende des 18. jahr-
hunderts.
A large portfolio containing 4 smaller portfolios as follows: Venedig, 1500, 6
plates. Wasserzeichen, 6 plates. Schwarze bilder, 23 plates. Bunte bilder, 13 plates.
Portfolio i contains a photolithographic half-size reproduction of a curious old
woodcut by Jacopo de' Barbari, showing a bird's-eye view of the city of Venice in the
year 1500; portfolio 2, six water-mark portraits; portfolio 3, engravings of paintings by
Rubens, VVouwerman, Du Sart, Van Dyck and others; portfolio 4, colored engravings
of paintings by Gainsborough, Lawrence, Angelica Kauffmann, Romney, Opie, North-
cote and others.
Gray, Francis Calley. qr?6g G8i
Catalogue of the collection of engravings bequeathed to Harvard
College by Francis Calley Gray [comp.] by Louis Thies. 1869. Welch.
qrySg G82
Great men and great women of history; their portraits, from the rare
and authentic collection in the Munich Pinakothek, with biographical
sketches. 1885. Kirchner.
Harrington, H. Nazeby. qr76g H28
Engraved work of Sir Francis Seymour Haden; an illustrated and
descriptive catalogue. 1910. Young.
"Writings on art subjects," by Sir Seymour Haden, p.i6 18; "A few of the chief
articles and criticisms on the work of Sir Seymour Haden," p. 18-19; "Engraved portraits
of Sir Francis Seymour Haden," p.24.
The definitive catalogue of the etchings of this English engraver (1818-1910), giving
a reproduction of each print catalogued.
James, John Burleigh. qr76g Ji6
Catalogue of the fine collection of engravings formed by the Rev.
J. B. James, which will be sold by auction by Messrs Sotheby, Wilkin-
son & Hodge, 1877. [1877.]
1424 COLLECTIONS OF ENGRAVINGS
Kay, John. V7&9
Series of original portraits and caricature etchings, with biographi-
cal sketches and illustrative anecdotes [ed. by Hugh Paton]. 2v. 1877.
Black.
First published in 1838.
John Kay (1742-1826) was a Scottish miniature painter and caricaturist.
He drew and etched many portraits, more or less caricatured. His work, which is
solely of antiquarian value, affords a quaint picture of Edinburgh society in his time.
He drew almost every notable Scotsman of his time, with the exception of Burns. Con-
densed from Dictionary of national biography.
Keppel (Frederick) & Co. pub. qr?6g Kig
Illustrated catalogue of etchings & engravings; pub. by Frederick
Keppel & Co.
ry69 Las
Landscape gallery; a series of fine line engravings, views of scenery,
edifices, cities, &c. in various parts of the world, copied from nature
and executed by the first artists [plates], v.i. 1863.
Pye, John. ^69 Pgg
Notes and memoranda respecting the Liber studiorum of J. M. W.
Turner; ed. with additional observations and an illustrative etching, by
J. L. Roget. 1879. Van Voorst.
Pye was an English landscape engraver, long associated with Turner, whose favorite
engraver he was. He formed a fine collection of impressions of Turner's "Liber
studiorum."
Ripa, Cesare. r76g R48
Iconologia; or, Moral emblems, wherein are express'd various
images of virtues, vices, passions, arts, humours, elements and celestial
bodies as design'd by the ancient Egyptians, Greeks, Romans and
modern Italians. 1709. Motte.
Rothenstein, Will. q r ?6g R?5
English portraits; a series of lithographed drawings. 1898. Richards.
Contents: Sir Frederick Pollock. Thomas Hardy. Sir F. S. Haden. William
Archer. Dr Creighton, bishop of London. The marchioness of Granby. W. E. H.
Lecky. -John Sargent. A. W. Pinero. W. E. Henley. Ellen Terry. Sidney Colvin.
A. Legros. Robert Bridges. C. V. Stanford. G. B. Shaw. Mrs Meynell. C. Ricketts
and C. H. Shannon. Grant Allen. Walter Crane. Sir Henry Irving. George Gissing.
R. B. Cunninghame Graham. Henry James.
Salaman, Malcolm Charles. qr?6g 815
Old English colour-prints; text by M. C. Salaman, ed. by Charles
Holme. 1909. (Studio. Special winter number, 1909-10.)
Reproductions in color of choice examples of the art. Text is by a well-known
authority on old prints.
Titian. qr?6g T$3
II trionfo della fede; holzschnittfolge nach Tizians zeichnung; hrsg.
von Paul Kristeller. 1906. Cassirer. (Graphische Gesellschaft. I. ver-
offentlichung.)
[Walmsley, Edward.] qr;6g Wi8
Physiognomical portraits; 100 distinguished characters from un-
doubted originals engraved in the line manner by the most eminent
British artists. 2v. in i. 1824. Privately printed.
English and French text.
PHOTOGRAPHY 1425
Worthington, William Henry. qr76g Wgi
Portraits of the sovereigns of England, engraved from the best
authorities. 1824. Pickering.
770 Photography
Adams, Washington Irving Lincoln. 770 A2ia2
Amateur photography; a practical guide for the beginner. 1903.
Brief, simple and trustworthy guide, by the editor of the "Photographic times,"
New York.
Anderson, A. J. 770 A54
' Artistic side of photography in theory and practice. 1910. Paul.
Mr Anderson, an expert on the subject of photography, has written a valuable de-
fense of its claim to be regarded as one of the fine arts. Can be read with interest
even by those who know little of the technicalities of photography and to the student it
should be valuable. Illustrated with beautiful reproductions of photographs. Condensed
from Academy, 1911.
Bayley, R. Child. 770 633
Complete photographer. 1906. Methuen.
"An excellent guide... It deals most thoroughly with the science of photography
from its first inception and throughout its various developments and modern adapta-
tions. The book is clearly written ... and not too technical." Saturday review, 1906.
Well illustrated.
Derr, Louis. 770 044
Photography for students of physics and chemistry. 1906. Mac-
millan.
. Occupies a unique position among handbooks dealing with the subject. It describes
the processes with special reference to principles. Discusses elementary optics and the
function of the lens, explains the chemistry of photography and the reactions involved.
Guest, Antony. 770 Ggs
Art and the camera. 1907. Bell.
An admirable book written with the hope of stimulating the possessor of a camera
to a fuller realization of the artistic possibilities within his power. It presupposes pro-
ficiency in the technique of photography.
Jenks, Tudor. 770 J25
Photography for young people. 1908. Stokes.
The same J77O J25
Advice to the beginner. Illustrated.
Jones, Chapman. 770 Jsga
Science & practice of photography. 1904. Iliffe.
A comprehensive, reliable treatise, more thorough and scientific than most works.
Not suitable for beginners.
Photo-miniature. 770 P52V
Vacation photography. 1904. Tennant.
"Books," p. 1 22.
Being "Photo-miniature," May 1904, v.6, no.62.
Hartmann, Sadakichi. <177<M Hs2
Landscape and figure composition. 1910. Baker.
"Plain and practical papers written originally for the 'Photographic times." These
counsels are mainly for photographers. . .The method is that of proceeding from the
underlying relation of lines and masses to the pictorial effect. Many diagrams and
reproductions of modern pictures are given, and the author's criticism of such current
work is interesting, and usually judicious." Nation, 1910.
1426 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fleck, C. 770.76 F62
Die photo-xylographie; herstellung von bildern auf buchsbaumholz
fur die zwecke der holzschneidekunst. 1911. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.)
Periodicals
qr77o.5 Asi22
American journal of photography [monthly], 1887-97. v.8-i8. i887-[97].
v.i i, no. 1 1 wanting.
In 1900 the "American journal of photography" was absorbed by the "Photo era."
American photography, incorporating American amateur photographer,
Camera and dark room [and] Photo beacon [monthly], July i9O7-date.
v.i-date. i9O7-date.
T770.5 A52
Anthony's photographic bulletin [monthly and semimonthly], 1896. v.27.
For earlier volumes see preceding catalogue, second series.
Camera; an illustrated magazine devoted to the advancement of pho-
tography [monthly], igoS-date. v.i2-date.
Camera craft; a photographic monthly, igoS-date. v.is-date. igoS-date.
Beginning with v.rs, 1908, absorbed "Western camera notes."
Humphrey's journal of photography and the allied arts and sciences;
ed. by John Towler [semimonthly], May i86s-April 1868. v.17-19-
1865-68.
v.i7, no.3; v.t9, no.i4 wanting.
A continuation of "Humphrey's journal of the daguerreotype and photographic
arts," which was first published as the "Daguerreian journal."
History
Photo-miniature. 770.9
Who discovered photography? 1904. Tennant.
"Bibliography," p-573.
Being "Photo-miniature," March 1904, v.s, no. 60.
771 Technique. Apparatus. Materials
Photo-miniature.
The hand-camera. 1906 77 1
The Hurter and Driffield system; being a brief account of their
photo-chemical investigations and method of speed determination.
1903 7?i P52hu
Methods of control in pictorial photography. 1904 771 P52m
Photographic manipulations. 1901 771 P5 2 P
Focal-plane photography. 1907 77 1 -" P5 2
Advanced pinhole photography. 1905 771.12
Choice and use of photographic lenses. 1907 771.12
PHOTOGRAPHY 1427
Photo-miniature continued.
Lens facts and helps. 1902 ............................ 771.12 P52l
Pinhole (lensless) photography. 1901 .................. 771.12 P52p
Practical telephotography. 1908 ...................... 771.12 ?52pr
Telephotography. 1901 ................................ 771.12 P52t
Film photography. 1902 ............................... 77*-i3 ?52f
Photography with films. 1908 .......................... 77I-I3 ?52
Photographic chemicals. 1902 ........................... 77*-i4 P52
Studio construction. 1903 .............................. 77I-I5 ?52
The dark-room. 1901 ................................... 771.16 P52
Dark-room dodges. 1903 .............................. 771.16 P52d
Modern dark-rooms. 1907 ........ , ................... 771.16 P52m
Taylor, J. Traill. 771.12 T25
Optics of photography and photographic lenses, with an additional
chapter on anastigmatic lenses by P. F. Everitt. 1904. Whittaker.
First published in 1892.
Wheeler, Owen. 771.12 W6i
Modern telephotography; a practical manual of working methods
and application. 1910. Ross.
Operation. Exposure. Light.
Photo-miniature.
Outdoor exposures. 1903 ................................ 771-2 P$2
Flashlight photography. 1901 .......................... 771.221 P52
Photography by flashlight. 1908 ..................... 771.221 P52p
Photographing at night. 1901 ........................... 771-23 P52
Photographing interiors. 1901 .......................... 77i- 2 5 P52
Practical photographer. 771.22 P88
Artificial light and night photography. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," Nov. 1905, no. 20.
Developing
Photo-miniature.
Defects in negatives. 1901 .............................. 77*-3
Development (gaslight) papers. 1908 .................. 771-3
Development printing papers. 1903 .................... 771-3 P52de
Intensifying and reducing the negative. 1905 ........... 771-3 P52in
More about development with pyro, metol and ortol.
1902 ..................................................... 771.3 P52m
Practical methods of development. 1904 ................ 771-3
Tank and time development. 1907 ....................... 771-3
Coloring
Penlake, Richard. 771-4
How to colour photographs and lantern slides by aniline dyes, water
and oil colours, crystoleum and other processes. [1910.] Routledge.
1428 PHOTOGRAPHY
Photo-miniature. 7714
Coloring photographs. 1902. Tennant.
"Books," p. 384.
Being "Photo-miniature," Nov. 1902, v.4, no. 44.
Printing
Photo-miniature.
Bromide printing and enlarging. 1905 771-5
Combination printing in pictorial photography. 1904. .. .771.5 P52C
Printing-out papers. 1904 771-5
Printing papers described and compared. 1908 771-5
Kallitype process. 1903 772.1 P52
Ozobrome printing. 1907 772.1 P52O
Platinotype modifications. 1902 772.3 P.52p
Carbon printing. 1908 773-1 Psac
Gum-bichromate printing. 1901 773-5 P52
Practical photographer. 77 1 -5 P88p
Pictorial printing. 2v. in i. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," Sept.-Oct. 1905, 110.18-19.
Practical photographer. 773-5 P88
Gum-bichromate printing. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," May 1905, 110.14.
777 Photo-engraving
Amstutz, N. S. 777 ASZ
Hand-book of photoengraving; being an enlargement and revision
of Jenkins' Manual of photoengraving, with supplementary chapters on
the theory and practice of half-tone colorwork, by F. E. Ives and S. H.
Horgan. 1907. Inland Printer Co.
778 Special applications
Beck, Otto Walter. 778.11 636
Art principles in portrait photography, composition, treatment of
backgrounds and the processes involved in manipulating the plate.
1907. Baker.
Photo-miniature.
Genre photography. 1902 778.1 P52
Figure composition. 1904 778-1 1
Home portraiture. 1904 778-1 1
Outdoor portraiture. 1904 778-n P520
Aerial photography. 1903 77 8 -i3 P5 2 a
First book of outdoor photography. 1907 778.13 P52f
Photographing clouds. 1901 778-13 P52p
Winter photography. 1903 778-13 P52W
Landscape photography. 1901 778.131 P52
PHOTOGRAPHY 1429
Photo-miniature continued.
Marine and surf photography. 1905 778.131 P52m
Pictorial principles. 1903 778.131 Psap
Seashore photography. 1901 778.131 P52S
Photographing outdoor sports. 1908 778.135 P52
Architectural photography. 1903 778.14 P52
Photographing animals. 1902 ' 778.17 P52
Practical photographer. 778.11 P88
Portrait photography. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," July 1905, no.i6.
Practical photographer. 778.16 P88
Floral photography. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," June 1905, no.is.
Practical photographer. 778.17 P88
Animal photography. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," April 1905, 110.13.
Commercial photography
Photo-miniature.
Photography for profit. 1905 778.2 P52
Commercial photography. 1903 778.21 P52
Photography in advertising. 1904 778.21 P52p
Press photography. 1903 778.22 P528
Decorative photography. 1904 778.23 P52
Photomicrography
Barnard, J. Edwin. 778.31 625
Practical photo-micrography. 1911. Arnold.
"Bibliography," p.3io-3ii.
Clear and detailed description of the methods of obtaining photographs of micro-
scopic objects.
Color photography
Holme, Charles, ed. qr778.4 H73
Colour photography and other recent developments of the art of the
camera 1908. Studio. (Studio. Special summer number, 1908.)
Johnson, George Lindsay. 778.4 Js6
Photography in colours; a text-book for amateurs, with a chapter on
kinematography in the colours of nature. 1911. Routledge.
Mees, Charles Edward Kenneth. 778.4
Photography of coloured objects. [1909.] Tennant.
Author has made a thorough study of color filters and orthochromatic plates.
Shows just what it is possible to accomplish in portraiture, landscape and industrial
photography. Rather technical.
1430 PHOTOGRAPHY
Photo-miniature.
Color photography. 1902 ............................... 778.4 P52C
More about orthochromatic photography. 1902 .......... 778.42
Practical orthochromatic photography. 1904 ........... 778.42
Practical photographer. 778.42 P88
Orthochromatic photography. 1905.
Being the "Practical photographer," Aug. 1905, 110.17.
Moving pictures
Hulfish, David Sherrill. 778.5 Hgi
The motion picture; its making and its theater. 1909. Electricity
Magazine Corporation.
Pt.i treats of the manufacture of motion picture films; pt.2, of the management of
the moving picture theatre, including the operation of the picture machine.
Jenkins, Charles Francis, & Depue, O. B. 778.5 J25h
Handbook for motion picture and stereopticon operators. 1908.
Knega Co.
By experts, one of the authors being Burton Holmes's photographer. Covers the
whole process, from perforation of film to printing and projection of pictures.
National Board of Censorship of Motion Pictures. ^78.5 Nis
Report, 1911. 1911.
Richardson, Frank Herbert. 778.5 R4i
Motion picture handbook; a guide for managers and operators of
motion picture theatres. 1910. Moving Picture World.
Photo-miniature. 778.51 P52
Panoramic photography. 1905. Tennant.
Being "Photo-miniature," Oct. 1905, v.7, no.73.
Copying. Enlarging
Photo-miniature.
Bromide enlarging made easy. 1908 .................... 7?8.6
Copying methods. 1902 ................................. 7?8.6
Enlarging negatives. 1902 ....................... , ...... 778.6
Lantern slides
Photo-miniature. 7?8.8
Coloring lantern slides. 1907. Tennant.
Being "Photo-miniature," Nov. 1907, v.7, no.83.
779 Collections of photographs
The Reference department has a collection of photographs and other mounted pic-
tures which may either be consulted at the Library or borrowed for home use. The
collection consists of 29 sets of stereographs arranged in tours of too pictures each,
1,400 mounted photographs of buildings, selected chiefly for their architectural im-
portance, and about 30,000 portraits, reproductions of famous paintings and sculpture,
views of places and illustrations of historical costume.
MUSIC 1431
Abbot, Etheldred, comp. TTJQ Ai2
List of photograph dealers, with index by countries and descriptive
notes on collections of photographs in some Massachusetts libraries
and museums. 1907. Massachusetts Library Club.
Anderson, Domenico, pub. ^779 A54
Catalogue general des reproductions photographiques. 1907.
Berlin Photographic Company, New York. . . 1779 645
Catalogue [1910]. 1910.
For volume for 1905 see preceding catalogue, second series.
California Library Association. r77Q Cis
C. L. A. picture list; comp. by the committee on pictures for libra-
ries. 1908. (California Library Association. Publications, no.g.)
Contents : Architecture. Sculpture. Painting.
Photograms of the year 1907-08; typical pictures of the year reproduced
and criticised. [1907-08.] Dawbarn.
780 Music
Call numbers preceded by the letter M designate circulating volumes of music scores.
Bibliography
Boston Public library. qroi6-78 664
Catalogue of the Allen A. Brown collection of music in the library.
v.i. 1908-10.
v.i. A-Hezekiah.
British Museum Manuscripts department. qroi6-78 675
Catalogue of manuscript music in the British Museum, by Augustus
Hughes-Hughes. 3v. 1906-09. Longmans.
v.i. Sacred vocal music.
v.z. Secular vocal music.
v.3. Instrumental music, treatises, etc.
Hampstead, England Public libraries. roi6-78 H22
Catalogue of works of music and musical literature, together with
a list of works relating to amateur theatricals, contained in the lending
and reference departments of the central library. 1901.
Hooper, Louisa M. comp. qroi6-78 H77
Selected list of music and books about music for public libraries.
1909. A. L. A. Pub. Board.
Springfield, Mass. City Library Association. roi6-78 876
Catalogue of music in the City Library. 1907.
Worshipful Company of Musicians, London. qroi6-78 Wgi
Illustrated catalogue of the music loan exhibition held by the Wor-
shipful Company of Musicians at Fishmongers' hall, June and July 1904.
1909. Novello.
Contents: Music printing. Printed music. Musical instruments. Portraits, &c.
Manuscripts. Concert and theatre bills, programmes, &c. Miscellaneous.
1432 MUSIC
General works
Chilton, Carroll Brent. rySo C43
Handbook on the appreciation of music; the music of Beethoven.
Chilton.
"Book list," p. 20-21.
Brief outline study of music in general, and the work of Beethoven in particular.
Gates, Fanny B. qy8o 623
Musical interests of children. 1898.
Reprinted from the "Journal of pedagogy," Oct. 1898.
Short discussion based upon questions asked of a large number of children ranging
in age from seven years to sixteen and over, as to what songs they liked best and why.
Kobbe, Gustav. 780 KSS
How to appreciate music. 1906. Moffat.
"Mr. Kobbe says: 'If you love music and appreciate it, you may be more musical
than many pianists or singers; and certainly you may become so.' It is to help these
thousands to 'become so' that he has prepared this volume... It is written in wholly
untechnical language, yet anyone who has read its 275 pages will know more about
the art and its history, and the greatest composers and performers and works, than
nine-tenths of the professional musicians know." Nation, 1906.
Mason, Daniel Gregory. 780 M44
Child's guide to music. 1909. Baker.
Contents: The listener's part in music. What music is made of. Meter and
rhythm. Phrases and phrase-balance. The key family and its seven members. How
melodies are built into pieces. The feelings aroused by music. Music that tells stories.
The inside of a piano. At a piano recital: Bach's fugues and suites. At a piano re-
cital: Beethoven's sonatas. At a piano recital: Chopin, Schumann and Liszt. The
orchestra. At a symphony concert: the symphonies of Beethoven. At a symphony con-
cert: modern symphonies. At a symphony concert: programme music. At a song re-
cital. At the opera. Conclusion.
Its title should not limit its usefulness, for it will prove an illuminating guide for
any listener. It first tells what the elements of music are and the principles which
govern the use of these elements in musical structure; then it considers in turn the
piano, the orchestra, the opera, and characteristic features of music heard at a piano
recital, an orchestra concert and an operatic performance.
[Mellor, Charles Chauncey, comp.} qr78o
[Musical scrap-books.] 4v.
In addition to articles of general musical interest the scrap-books contain programs
of concerts in Pittsburgh and clippings from newspapers in regard to the musical affairs
of the city during the second half of the igth century.
Surette, Thomas Whitney, & Mason, D. G. 780 896
Appreciation of music; a course of study for schools, colleges and
general readers. 1907. Gray.
"Suggestions for collateral reading" at the end of each chapter.
Upton, George Putnam. 780 Ua6
Standard concert guide; a handbook of the standard symphonies,
oratorios, cantatas and symphonic poems for the concert goer. 1908.
McClurg.
Condensation and combination of author's "Standard oratorios," "Standard sym-
phonies" and "Standard cantatas." Only such information is given as will aid the
reader in appreciating the piece in question.
MUSIC 1433
Philosophy and aesthetics of music
Combarieu, Jules. 780.1 Cya
Music; its laws and evolution. 1910. Paul. (International scien-
tific series.)
Serious attempt to explain the mystery of the art of music, its evolution, and how it
has been affected by social life.
Gurney, Edmund. qySo.i Ggj
Power of sound. 1880. Smith, Elder.
"My chief object... has been to examine, in such a way as a person without tech-
nical knowledge may follow, the general elements of musical structure, the nature,
sources, and varieties, of musical effect. . .to mark out clearly the position of Music,
in relation to the faculties and feelings of the individual, to the other arts, and to
society at large." Preface.
Directories. Dictionaries
TJ80.2 AS I
American musical directory; pub. by Louis Blumenberg, 1910-11. 1910.
For volume for 1905-06 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Grove, Sir George, comp. rySo-s Gg4<i2
Dictionary of music and musicians; ed. by J. A. F. Maitland. v.4 5.
1908-10.
"An indispensable book of reference to the serious student." Sturgis and Krehbiel's
Annotated bibliography of fine art.
For v.i -3 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Riemann, Hugo, comp. 1780.3 R44m2
Musik-lexikon. 1909.
Wotton, Tom S. comp. ^80.3 Wgi
Dictionary of foreign musical terms, and handbook of orchestral
instruments. 1907. Breitkopf.
"Bibliography of the principal works of reference consulted," p. 5-6.
"The title is somewhat misleading if it suggests that foreign words only are ex-
plained, for the principal English terms are not omitted, but the foreign terms are the
main feature of the volume, and they are presented more fully than elsewhere. The
definitions are usually clear." Nation, 1907.
Essays
Dickinson, Edward. 780.4
Education of a music lover; a book for those who study or teach the
art of listening. 1911. Scribner.
Contents: The new musical education. The music lover's need of education.
Definite hearing; the problem of form. The beauty of melody and" rhythm. The beauty
of harmony. Performance; the art of the pianist. The art of song; music and poetry.
The art of song; the technique of the singer. The problem of expression; representa-
tive music. Musical history and biography. The music lover and the higher law.
Bibliography, p.2Q 1-293.
Eaton, Thomas Damant. 780.4 Eig
Musical criticism and biography. 1872. Longmans.
Consists mainly of articles contributed to a Norfolk newspaper of which the author
was the musical critic. Biographical sketches of Edward and James Taylor, two musi-
cians of Norwich, are included.
1434 MUSIC
Finck, Henry Theophilus. 780.4 F4g
Chopin, and other musical essays. 1894. Scribner.
Contents: Chopin, the greatest genius of the pianoforte. How composers work.
Schumann, as mirrored in his letters. Music and morals. Italian and German vocal
styles. German opera in New York.
Gilman, Lawrence. 780.4 G42m
The music of to-morrow, and other studies. 1907. Lane.
Other studies: Claude Debussy, poet and dreamer. A discussion with Vincent
d'Indy. Modern music and the "love interest." Strauss and "Salome." A neglected
page' of Wagner's. The place of Liszt. Some Maeterlinck music.
Hoffmann, Ernst Theodor Wilhelm. 780.4 H68
Musikalische schriften; hrsg. von Edgar Istel. [1907.] Greiner.
(Biicher der weisheit und schonheit.)
Book of uncommon interest. Hoffmann was an original character who excelled in
the most diversified pursuits. He was novelist, poet, jurist and caricaturist. He was
also celebrated as a leader of the orchestra, director of the opera, composer and musical
critic. His writings were read with interest by Schumann, Berlioz and Wagner, and
contributed to their development. Condensed from Nation, 1908.
Lombard, Louis. 780.4 L8io
Observations d'un musicien americain; traduit de 1'anglais par Raoul
de Lagenardiere. 1905. Theuveny.
Mason, Daniel Gregory. 780.4 M44b
Beethoven and his forerunners. 1904. Macmillan.
Contents: The periods of musical history. Palestrina and the music of mysticism.
The modern spirit. The principles of pure music. Haydn. Mozart. Beethoven.
Conclusion.
Mason, Daniel Gregory. 780.4
Romantic composers. 1906. Macmillan.
Contents: Introduction: Romanticism in music. Franz Schubert. Robert Schu-
mann. Felix Mendelssohn. Frederic Chopin. Hector Berlioz. Franz Liszt.
Introductory chapter on romanticism in music followed by essays, both critical and
biographical in character, on some of its chief exponents.
Patterson, Annie W. 780.4 PSI
Chats with music lovers. [1907.] Lippincott.
Contents: How to enjoy music. How to practise. How to sing. How to com-
pose. How to read text-books. How to prepare for examinations. How to get en-
gagements. How to appear in public. How to conduct. How to be an organist. How
to teach. How to organise musical entertainments. How to publish music.
Streatfeild, Richard Alexander. 780.4 891
Modern music and musicians. 1906. Methuen.
Contents: The beginnings of modern music. Palestrina. The secularisation ot
music. Purcell. Bach and Handel. Gluck. Haydn. Mozart. Beethoven. Weber.
Schubert. Berlioz. Mendelssohn and Schumann. Chopin and Liszt. Wagner.
Verdi. Brahms. Tchaikovsky. Richard Strauss.
Series of essays on the development of modern music, especially of program music.
Attempts to trace, in A study of the works of the great composers, the growth of the idea
of a poetic basis in music and to prove that it is as definite a vehicle of human emotion
as the other arts.
Young, Filsoa. 780.4 373
Mastersingers; appreciations of music and musicians, with an essay
on Hector Berlioz. 1906.
Contents: The Pastoral symphony. Tristan und Isolde. Bach's organ fugues.
Mozart's Requiem. Tschaikovsky's sixth symphony. The music of the cafes. The com-
poser in England. The old cathedral organists. Charles Halle. The spirit of the piano
[Chopin]. An Irish musician [C. V. Stanford]. Hector Berlioz. Postscript.
MUSIC 1435
Periodicals
Allgemeine musik-zeitung; wochenschrift fiir die reform des musik-
lebens der gegenwart, 1906-08. v.33-35. 1906-08.
qrySo.s Gg6
Le Guide musical; revue internationale de la musique et des theatres
[weekly], 1906-11. v.52-57. 1906-11.
qr 780.5 M62
Le Menestrel; journal du monde musical, musique et theatres [weekly],
1 906-08. v. 72-74. [ 1 906-08. ]
qr78o.5 Mg82g
Musical library [monthly], July i835-June 1836. pt.i-12, in iv. 1836.
Musiclovers calendar; illustrated and published annually, Dec. 1905-
Jan. 1908. v.i-3. 1905-08.
No more published.
Rheinische musik- und theater-zeitung [weekly], 1906-08. v.7~9.
[1906-08.]
Rivista musicale italiana, 1906-08. v.i3-i5. 1906-08. ^80.5 R52
Societies
Krehbiel, Henry Edward. r78o.6 K 4 i
Philharmonic Society of New York; a memorial. 1892. Novello.
Published on the occasion of the soth anniversary of the founding of the Philhar-
monic Society, April 1892.
Brief history of this society, founded for the cultivation and performance of instru-
mental music and constituting the oldest established orchestra in the country. Appendix
gives programs of entire series of concerts, membership (1892) and officers since its
foundation.
Michigan University School of music. qr78o.6 M66
Annual May [musical] festival, (6th-8th, loth, I2th-i5th, I7th-i8th),
1899-1901, 1903, 1905-08, 1910-11. 1899-1911.
For volume for 1904 see preceding catalogue, second series.
Pittsburgh, Mozart Club. r78o.6 P67 4 2a
Anniversary programme, Thursday evening, May 14, 1908, 30th sea-
son, I27th concert, Carnegie music hall. [1908.] McNary. Pittsburgh.
Musical education
Eylau, Wilhelm, & Eylau, Mrs Carrie. 780.7 Egg
Profession of teaching music. 1906. Voigtlander.
"The aim of their little volume is to explain what the profession of teaching music
really means, and what a vast sphere of action it embraces ... The best teacher, they
assert, is recognizable by the simplest methods." Nation, 1907.
Farnsworth, Charles Hubert. 780.7 F2 4
Education through music. 1909. Amer. Book Co.
"Attempt to demonstrate what method is most effective in making intelligent
1436 MUSIC
Farnsworth, Charles Hubert continued. 780.7 F24
listeners and musicians of school children. . .Instead of appealing merely to those who
are musically the most talented, Professor Farnsworth thinks 'a form of work should
be undertaken that will awaken musical thought and expression in the large majority
of the class.' His suggestions as to how such a result can be brought about cannot but
prove helpful to thousands of music teachers, in schools or out." Nation, igio.
Manchester, Arthur Livingston. r^jo U25 1908, 110.4
Music education in the United States; schools and departments of
music. 1908. (In United States Education bureau. Bulletin, 1908, no.4.)
"Works on the history of music in America," p. 16-17; "Works on music education
by American writers," p. 83-84.
Report on its present (1908) status. The inquiry was made by means of question-
naires relating to organization and management of finances; instructors, students and
courses of study; graduation requirements and correlation of courses; methods of exami-
nation and grading. The scope of the investigation is confined to music education in
independent schools of music and in institutions maintaining music departments.
Shinn, Frederick George. 780.7 855
Elementary ear-training, v.i. 1899. Vincent. (Music text books.)
v.i. Melodic.
"A method of training the ear to perceive and to discriminate relations of pitch, re-
lations of strength, and relations of length, in so far as these constitute the elements of
musical sounds, and on the writing of the same from dictation, with. . .graduated ear-
tests and dictation exercises." Subtitle.
Shinn, Frederick George. 780.7 Sssm
Musical memory and its cultivation, also an investigation into the
forms of memory employed in pianoforte playing and a theory as to
the relative extent of the employment of such forms. 1898. Vincent.
(Music text books.)
Brief essay. Author believes that ear-training, largely a cultivation of the musical
memory, is the most important element in true musical education.
History of music
Ambros, August Wilhelm. ^80.9 A49
Geschichte der musik. v.4~5. 1909.
Ends with the time of Palestrina and the beginnings of modern music. For the
time it covers, is regarded as a most thorough and scholarly work. The fifth volume
is a collection of examples to the third volume and was edited by Otto Kade after the
author's death.
For v.i-3 see preceding catalogue, first series.
Burney, Charles. 780.9 693
Present state of music in Germany, the Netherlands and United
Provinces. 2v. 1773. Becket.
"The volumes. . .have remained till to-day the delight of musical students, as much
for the honest and straightforward style of the recital as for the vast number of signifi-
cant and suggestive facts which are marshalled in their pages." Sturgis and Krelibiel's
Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Cooke, James Francis. 780.9 77
Standard history of music; a first history for students at all ages;
40 illustrated story lessons in the development of musical art, with
a map of musical Europe. 1910. Presser.
The critical estimates are remarkably sound as well as free from bias. American
composers, performers and teachers are not ignored. There is a picture or portrait for
nearly every page and the text strives constantly to bring out picturesque and personal
aspects. Each lesson is followed by questions. Condensed from Nation, 2910.
HISTORY OF MUSIC 1437
Duncan, Edmondstoune. 780.9 D8g
History of music. 1908. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Compact handbook covering all countries from the earliest times to 1908.
Elson, Arthur. rySo.g 556
Music club programs from all nations; giving an historic outline of
each national school of music, with questions for study and a series of
programs, for the use of clubs and other organizations. 1907. Ditson.
Hubbard, William Lines, ed. qrySo.g H8y
American history and encyclopedia of music. I2v. 1908-10. Squire.
v.i. The theory of music.
v.2. History of foreign music.
v.3- History of American music.
v.4-5. Operas.
v.6. Oratorios and masses.
v.7. Musical instruments.
v.S-g. Musical biographies.
v.io. Musical dictionary.
v.i i. Essentials of music.
v. 12. Essentials of music (continued). Index.
Several of the volumes contain a "Selected bibliography."
Macfarren, Sir George Alexander. 780.9 Mis
Musical history briefly narrated and technically discussed, with a
roll of the names of musicians and the times and places of their births
and deaths. 1885. Black.
"A reprint, with amplifications, of the article 'Music' in the gth edition of the
Encyclopaedia Britannica. A model of encyclopaedic writing in clearness, terseness, and
comprehensiveness. Touching the questions of modern musical polemics the author's
attitude is extremely conservative. His Roll of Names is defective from an American
point of view." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Matthew, James Ebenezer. 780.9 M47m
Manual of musical history, with illustrations of portraits, musical
instruments and facsimiles of rare and curious works. 1892. Putnam.
Bibliography at end of each chapter.
Paine, John Knowles. 780.9 Pi6
History of music to the death of Schubert. 1907. Ginn.
Author was for more than 30 years professor of music at Harvard University. His
sudden death prevented the completion of his history.
The chief value of Paine's history lies in the remarkable clearness of all his state-
ments. Frequent iteration of the same points to constantly changing classes finally gave
him the faculty of getting at the kernels of the hardest nuts with ease and showing them
with stereoscopic distinctness.
Petrauskas, Mikas. 780.9 ?46
Is muzikos srities. 1909.
Pratt, Waldo Selden. ^80.9 P8ga
Class notes in music history; general course. 1908. Schirmer.
To accompany his "History of music" (780.9 P8p). Outline of course, with biblio-
graphical references.
Pratt, Waldo Selden. 780.9 P8g
History of music; a handbook and guide for students. 1907. Schir-
mer.
Bibliography, p. 20-21.
The same r78o.g P8g
Ritter, Frederic Louis. 780.9
History of music in the form of lectures, v.i. 1870. Ditson.
1438 HISTORY OF MUSIC
Ritter, Frederic Louis. 780.9 RSI
Student's history of music; the history of music from the Christian
era to the present time. 1883. Ditson.
Based on his "History of music in the form of lectures."
Stafford, William Cooke. 780.9 877
History of music. 1830. Constable.
Brief survey of the music of all countries.
Untersteiner, Alfredo. 780.9 U25
Short history of music; tr. by S. C. Very. 1905. Dodd.
Bibliographies at the end of each chapter.
"Principal modern works relating to the history of music," P-347 349.
"The critical comments show not only intelligence, but imaginative insight. . .Nor
does the author forget, in his regard for unity, how broad and deep his theme is. He
treats music not as an invention but as a development. The influence of race, religion,
and history on music is touched upon lightly, to be sure, but with precision." Dial, 1903.
Upton, George Putnam. 780.9 U26
Musical memories; my recollections of celebrities of the half cen-
tury, 1850-1900. 1908. McClurg.
Chronicle of musical development of Chicago; one of the most valuable contributions
to American musical history ever issued, while the numerous personal sketches and
anecdotes make it as interesting as a novel to music lovers. Fully illustrated. Con-
densed from Nation, 1908.
Wallace, William, b. 1860. 780.9 Wi77
Threshold of music; an inquiry into the development of the musical
sense. 1908. Macmillan.
Author believes that, in spite of its past accomplishment, music is only in its in-
fancy and that we are on the threshold of an art which is to attain undreamed-of
dimensions.
Mason, Redfern. 780.9415 M45
Song lore of Ireland; Erin's story in music and verse. 1910. Wes-
sels.
Beginning with the music and poetry of ancient Ireland, author shows how these
have been the Irishman's medium of expression for ages. The bards and minstrels are
passed in review; the soontree, or sleepy music; the goltree, or music of sadness; the
gauntree, or mirthful music; hymns, battle-odes, fairy music, etc. Emphasis is placed
on the music that throws light on the character of the Gael his ideals, his attitude
toward the supernatural, his yearning for freedom.
O'Neill, Francis. 780.9415 025
Irish folk music; a fascinating hobby, with some account of allied
subjects, including O'Farrell's "Treatise on the Irish or union pipes,"
and Touhey's "Hints to amateur pipers." 1910. Regan Printing House.
Includes much miscellaneous and ill-arranged information in regard to well-known
Irish tunes and airs, early collections of Irish music, dance music, bagpipes, etc.
Walker, Ernest. 780.942 Wi6
History of music in England. 1907. Clarendon Press.
"The only condensed history of English music which is at once competent, com-
plete and unprejudiced." Arthur Sytnons, in Saturday review, 1908.
Contains a short but excellent chapter on Handel, who is included by reason of hav-
ing lived for over 45 years in England.
Madeira, Louis Cephas. ^80.973 M23
Annals of music in Philadelphia and history of the Musical Fund
Society from its organization in 1820 to the year 1858; ed. by P. H.
Goepp. 1896. Lippincott.
THEORY OF MUSIC. HARMONY 1439
Musical courier. qr78o.g73 Mg8
[Music in Pittsburgh; special number of the Musical courier issued
at the time of the opening of the Carnegie Library and Music hall in
1895-] 1895-
v.3i, no. 20, Nov. 13, 1895, of the "Musical courier."
781 Theory of music
Elson, Louis Charles. 781 55
Theory of music as applied to the teaching and practice of voice
and instruments. 1906. New England Conservatory of Music.
By a teacher of long experience.
Glyn, Margaret H. 781 052
Rhythmic conception of music. 1907. Longmans.
"It is the object of the present volume to indicate the broad lines of a new theory
of music based upon the principle of Rhythmic Unity." Author.
Hewitt, Daniel Chandler. q?8i H4Q
True science of music; being a new exposition of the laws of melody
and harmony. 1864. Longman.
Hume, Duncan. 781 Hgz
What music is; dramatical, classical, lyrical and ecclesiastical. Vin-
cent.
Brief essays defining these four styles and their aesthetic appeal. Has chapters on
"The use of music" and "The music of life."
Molnar, Geza. 781 1
Bevezeto a zenetudomanyba. 1901.
Mahillon, Victor Charles. 781.1
Elements d'acoustique musicale & instrumentale, comprenant 1'ex-
amen de la construction theorique de tous les instruments de musique
en usage dans 1'orchestration moderne. 1874.
Harmony
Bussler, Ludwig. 781.3 Bg6
Elementary harmony; a practical and thorough course in 54 exer-
cises; adapted for public or private teaching and self-instruction; tr.
from the 2d German edition by Theodore Baker. 1908. Schirmer.
Duncan, Edmondstoune. 781.3 D8g
Melodies and how to harmonize them, with illustrations drawn from
ancient and modern sources. 1906. Vincent.
Key 781.3 D8ga
Hauptmann, Moritz. 781.3
Die lehre von der harmonik. 1868.
Jadassohn, Salomon. 781.3 Ji4
Manual of harmony; tr. from the German by Paul Torek and H. B.
Pasmore. 1890. Breitkopf. (Course of instruction in pure harmonic
writing, v.i.)
1440 COUNTERPOINT. COMPOSITION
Vincent, Charles John. 781.3 V34
Harmony, diatonic and chromatic. 1900. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Short treatise showing how a beginner may compose a bass or harmonize a simple
melody.
Counterpoint
Pearce, Charles William. 781.4 ?34
Composers' counterpoint. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Sequel to his "Students' counterpoint."
Contrasts composers' and students' counterpoint and systematizes the broad princi-
ples of free polyphonic writing. Appendix- contains "Canti fermi" for exercises in this
advanced counterpoint, with directions for their use.
Pearce, Charles William. 781.4 P34S
Students' counterpoint. [1898.] Vincent. (Music text books.)
Continued by his "Composers' counterpoint."
Concise handbook of rules and exercises in elementary part-writing. Presupposes a
rudimentary knowledge of harmony.
Musical form
Anger, Joseph Humfrey. 781.5 As8
Form in music, with special reference to the Bach fugue and the
Beethoven sonata. 1900. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Aim is to place before the student of music the subject of rhythm, and its evolution
into form in composition, in a practical and concise manner.
Composition and instrumentation
Carpe, Adolph. q78i.6 Czz
Grouping, articulating and phrasing in musical interpretation; a
systematic exposition for players, teachers and advanced students.
1898. Bosworth.
"This work has been accepted as a book of reference for the theory course of the
New England Conservatory of Music, Boston, Mass."
Williams, Charles Francis Abdy. 781.62 Wy4
Rhythm of modern music. 1909. Macmillan.
Gives excellent analyses, from a rhythmic point of view, of many works by Schu-
mann, Brahms, Tschaikowsky, Debussy, Elgar and others.
Notation
Pearce, Charles William. 781.9 P34
Rudiments of musical knowledge. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Intended especially for candidates preparing for elementary written examinations.
782 Opera
Bibliography
United States Library of Congress. qroi6-782 U25
Dramatic music; catalogue of full scores; comp. by O. G. T. Sonneck.
1908.
"This catalogue represents the full scores of operas acquired by the Library of
Congress in the interval between the reorganization of the Music Division in 1902... and
OPERA i 44I
United States Library of Congress continued. qroi6.782 U25
December, 1907. Incidental music for dramas, melodramas, ballets, pantomimes and the
typically English publications of 'Favourite Songs' have been included, though no special
effort has yet been made to develop the collection in these directions." Prefatory note.
General works
Annesley, Charles, (pseud, of Charles and Anna Tittmann). 782 A6ia2
Standard operaglass; detailed plots of 155 celebrated operas, with
critical and biographical remarks, dates, etc. 1910. Brentano.
The same. 1910 ......................................... 1782 A6iss
The same. 1900 ............................................ 782 A6i
Title reads "Standard operaglass; detailed plots of the celebrated operas."
The same. 1907 ........................................... 782 A6ia
782 E28
Edwards, Henry Sutherland. 782 31
Lyrical drama; essays on subjects, composers & executants of
modern opera. 2v. 1881. Allen.
Oilman, Lawrence. 782 042
Aspects of modern opera; estimates and inquiries. 1909. Lane.
Contents: Introductory: The Wagnerian aftermath. A view of Puccini. Strauss'
"Salome." A perfect music-drama [Pelleas and Melisande, by A. C. Debussy].
Resolves itself into a plea for the appreciation of Debussy's opera, which Mr Oilman
believes to be the most original and the richest in musical substance since Wagner's time.
Hadden, James Cuthbert. 782 Hi2
Favourite operas from Mozart to Mascagni; their plots, history
and music, with drawings in colour by Byam Shaw. 1910. Jack.
Krehbiel, Henry Edward. 782 K4ib
Book of operas; their histories, their plots and their music. 1909.
Macmillan.
Contents: II barbiere di Siviglia. Le nozze di Figaro. Die zauberflote. Don
Giovanni. Fidelio. Faust. Mefistofele. La damnation de Faust. La traviata. Aida.
Der freischutz. Tannhauser. Tristan und Isolde. Parsifal. Die meistersinger von
Nurnberg. Lohengrin. Hansel und Gretel.
Krehbiel, Henry Edward. 782
Chapters of opera; being historical and critical observations and
records concerning the lyric drama in New York from its earliest days
down to the present time. 1908. Holt.
The same, with an appendix containing tables of the opera seasons
1908-191 1, etc. 1911 ........................................ 782 K4ia
The Metropolitan Opera House completed in 1908 a quarter of a century of exist-
ence, during all which time Mr Krehbiel has been musical critic of the "New-York
tribune." In this volume he recalls the performances he witnessed there and shows what
they signified in the social as well as the musical history of the country. The record
of facts is presented not only in a readable manner, but without bias and with a pains-
taking accuracy. Contains over 70 portraits, mostly in costume.
1442 OPERA
Lee, Ernest Markham. 782 L52
Story of opera. 1909. Scott. (Music story series.)
"Bibliography of opera," p. 263.
"Not a scholarly treatise like Apthorp's 'The Opera, Past and Present' [782 A6s]
or Streatfeild's 'The Opera' [782 8913]. Its appeal is to a class of readers who desire a
brief and lucid summary of operatic history, with chapters on the most notable schools
...The chief opera houses in the world are described, and hints are given on the art
of listening to an opera in such a way as to get the most pleasure from it." Nation, IQJO.
Mason, Henry Lowell, pub. 782 M44
Opera stories in few words; the stories (divided into acts) of over
120 operas, also portraits of leading singers and of the managing direc-
tors of the Metropolitan Opera Company, the Boston Opera Company
and the Chicago Opera Company. 1910.
The same ................................................ r782 M44
Melitz, Leo Leopold. 782
The opera goers' complete guide; comprising 229 opera plots with
musical numbers and casts; tr. by Richard Salinger. 1911. Dodd.
The same; comprising 209 opera plots with musical numbers and
casts; tr. by Richard Salinger. 1909 ......................... ^82 Ms8
Author is (1911) director of the Stadt Theater at Basel.
Singleton, Esther. 782 S6ig
Guide to modern opera; description & interpretation of the words
& music of famous modern operas. 1909. Dodd.
Contents: The bartered bride. Mefistofele. The queen of Sheba. La Gioconda.
Samson and Delilah. Eugene Oniegin. Parsifal. Manon, by Massenet. Otello.
Le villi. Cavalleria rusticana. I Pagliacci. Hansel and Gretel. Falstaff. Manon, by
Puccini. Thais. La Boheme. La princesse d'Auberge. Louise. Tosca. Le jongleur
de Notre-Dame. Pelleas et Melisande. Tiefland. Madama Butterfly. Salome.
Electra.
Tells clearly and with abundant detail the stories of 26 operas, especially those
which owe their present vogue in this country to Oscar Hammerstein. Portraits.
Streatfeild, Richard Alexander. 782 Sgia
The opera; a sketch of the development of opera, with descriptions
of all works in the modern repertory. 1907. Lippincott.
Gives condensed accounts of the plots of the principal operas.
"Well written and trustworthy." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of
fine art.
Towers, John, comp. rjSz T6s
Dictionary-catalogue of operas and operettas which have been per-
formed on the public stage. 1910. Acme Pub. Co.
Contents: Dictionary of operas and operettas. Composers and their operas in
alphabetical order, first time in any language. Libretti, with the number of times they
have been set to music for the public lyric stage.
Binder's title reads "Dictionary of operas."
Upton, George Putnam. 782 U26a
Standard operas; their plots, their music and their composers.
1907. McClurg.
The same ................................................ r78z U26a
"Bibliography of American opera," p.467~47o.
The same. 1897 ........................................... 782 U26
The same. 1886 ......................................... 782 U26a2
The same. 1886 ........................................... r782 Ua6
OPERA 1443
Wagnalls, Mabel. 782 Wi3
Stars of the opera; a description of operas & a series of personal
interviews with Marcella Sembrich, Emma Eames, Emma Calve, Lillian
Nordica, Lilli Lehmann, Geraldine Farrar & Nellie Melba. 1907. Funk.
Wagnerian
Chapin, Anna Alice. 782.2
Wonder tales from Wagner, told for young people. 1901. Harper.
Contents: The flying Dutchman. Tannhauser. 'Lohengrin. Tristan and Isolde.
The mastersingers of Nuremberg.
Hall, Gertrude. 782.2 Wish
Wagnerian romances. 1907. Lane.
Contents: Parsifal. The ring of the Nibelung: The Rhine-gold; The Valkyrie;
Siegfried; The twilight of the gods. The master-singers of Nuremberg. Tristan and
Isolde. Lohengrin. Tannhaeuser. The flying Dutchman.
The stories of the operas told in prose. The author does not attempt to criticize or
interpret; she simply offers the wonderful myths, deriving them directly from the Wag-
ner scores and libretti.
McSpadden, Joseph Walker. J782.2 Wi3
Stories from Wagner. 1905. Crowell.
Contents: The ring of the curse: The Rhine-gold; The war maidens; Siegfried the
fearless; The downfall of the gods. Parsifal the pure. Lohengrin, the swan knight.
Tannhauser, the knight of song. The master singers. Rienzi, the last of the tribunes.
The Flying Dutchman. Tristan and Isolde.
Nietzsche, Friedrich. 782.2 Wiszn
Der fall Wagner; Nietzsche contra Wagner. 1895. Naumann.
In 1876 Nietzsche wrote "Richard Wagner in Ba,yreuth," an entirely favorable
criticism. His opinion had changed completely at the time of the appearance of "Der
fall Wagner."
"The book is extraordinary. In it are dashes of dazzling fugitive ideation, but it
lacks logic, nobility of design; above all it lacks coherency. Wagner is as bitterly ar-
raigned and attacked as the apostle of degeneration, as before he was hailed as the Dis-
penser of the New Evangel of music, poetry and philosophy." Huneker's Overtones.
Lohengrin
Wagner, Richard. qjSz.2 Wisl
Lohengrin; opera in three acts [libretto, German and English words].
The same [libretto, German and English words] ........ qr782.2
Die meistersinger
Wagner, Richard. 782.2 Wi3m2
[Die meistersinger von Niirnberg.] Master-singers of Nuremberg
[libretto, German and English words].
Parsifal
Wagner, Richard. 782.2 Wi3p2
Parsifal; a festival-drama [libretto, English and German words].
1908. Ditson.
1444 OPERA
Wagner, Richard. qM782.2 Wi3p2
Parsifal; ein buhnenweihfestspiel, with an English translation by H.
& F. Corder; vollstandiger klavierauszug erleichterte bearbeitung von
R. Kleinmichel. Schirmer.
German and English words.
Wolzogen, Hans Paul, freiherr von. 782.2 Wispw
Thematic guide through the music of Parsifal, with a preface con-
cerning the traditional material of the Wagnerian drama; tr. by J. H.
Cornell. 1891. Schirmer.
Ring of the Nibelung
Juhasz, Josef, comp. T782.2 Wi3t2
Der ring des Nibelungen; erinnerung an die 100 auffiihrungen des
Richard Wagner-theaters; briefe und reden Richard Wagner's, recen-
sionen der bedeutendsten deutschen zeitungen, geschichtlicher ueber-
blick der hundert-auffiihrungen aus dem Ring des Nibelungen. 1883.
Herbert.
Lewis, Mrs Mary Elizabeth. 782.2 Wiszl
Ethics of Wagner's The ring of the Nibelung. 1906. Putnam.
Recounts "every detail of the legend from which the Trilogy is compiled and as-
signs to each one a definite place in an ethical system which she conceives to have been
in Wagner's mind."
Wolzogen, Hans Paul, freiherr von. 782.2 Wi3nw
Guide to the music of Richard Wagner's tetralogy, The ring of the
Nibelung; a thematic key; tr. from the German by N. H. Dole. 1897.
Schirmer.
Briefly explains the various motifs.
Siegfried. Tannhauser. Die walkiire
Wagner, Richard. q782.2 Wiss
Siegfried; music-drama in three acts; second day of the trilogy "The
Nibelung's ring" [libretto, German and English words]. Rullman.
Wagner, Richard. 782.2 Wi3t
Tannhaeuser; a romantic opera in three acts [libretto, English and
German words].
The same; containing the German text, with English translation, and
the music of the principal airs ^82.2
Bound with his "Dusk of the gods."
Wagner, Richard. q782.2
Die walkiire (The valkyrie); erster tag aus der trilogie "Der ring
des Nibelungen" [libretto, German and English words]. Tretbar.
Other German opera
Gilman, Lawrence. 782.3 Sgig
Strauss' "Salome;" a guide to the opera with musical illustrations.
1907. Lane.
Brief general outline of the dramatic and musical structure of the music drama,
without any critical estimate or detailed analytical study.
OPERA 1445
Gluck, Christoph Willibald von. qM78a.3 05202
Orpheus; oper in 3 akten, im klavier auszuge nach der italienischen
partitur bearbeitet von F. Brissler. Peters.
German and Italian words.
Goldmark, Karl. q?82-3 058
Queen of Sheba; opera in four acts [libretto, English and German
words], from a text by Mosenthal. 1885. Rullman.
Humperdinck, Engelbert. ^782.3 Hg2
Hansel and Gretel; a fairy opera in three acts, by Adelheid Wette
[libretto, German and English words]. 1905.
The same qt782.3 Hg2
Meyerbeer, Giacomo. q?82.3 M6saf
L'Africaine; a lyric drama in 5 acts [libretto, Italian and English
words].
Meyerbeer, Giacomo. ^782.3 M6s
[Les Huguenots.] Gli Ugonotti [libretto, Italian and English,
words].
Meyerbeer, Giacomo. ^782.3 M6spr
Le prophete, The prophet; opera in five acts [libretto, Italian and
English words]. Rullman.
Meyerbeer, Giacomo. ^782.3 M6sr
[Roberto il Diavolo.] Robert the Devil [libretto, German and Eng-
lish words].
Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus. qM782.3 Mg4C2
Cosi fan tutte; oper in 2 aufziigen, clavier-auszug; bearbeitet von
Brissler und Griinbaum. Bote.
German and Italian words.
Paderewski, Ignace Jan. qM782-3 Pism
Manru; an opera in three acts, book by Alfred Nossig; tr. and
adapted for performance in English by H. E. Krehbiel [vocal score].
German and English words.
French opera
Bizet, Georges. q782.4 6493
Carmen [libretto], French-English edition. Rullman.
The same [libretto, English words]. Tretbar 782.4 64933
Delibes, Clement Philibert Leo. ^82.4 D$g
Lakrne; opera in three acts [libretto], words by Gondinet and Ph.
Gille, with English and Italian words and music of the principal airs;
tr. and adapted by T. T. Barker. 1890. Ditson.
Gounod, Charles Frangois. 782.4 G74f
Faust; an opera [libretto, Italian and English words].
Halevy, Jacques filie Fromental. q782.4 Hi6j
The Jewess; a grand opera; libretto, containing correct English
words.
The same [libretto, English and German words] 782.4 Hi6
1446 OPERA
Massenet, Jules fimile Frederic. Q782-4 M45
Le jongleur de Notre Dame (The juggler of Notre Dame); miracle
play in three acts, book by Maurice Lena, English version by C. A.
Byrne [libretto, French and English words]. 1907. Burden.
The same qrjSz.^ M45J
Massenet, Jules Smile Frederic. qr782.4 M45S
Sappho; a lyric drama in five acts founded on the novel of Alphonse
Daudet, words by Henri Cain and Bernede, English words by H. G.
Chapman [libretto, French and English words]. Burden.
Finck, Henry Theophilus. 782.4 M45zf
Massenet and his operas. 1910. Lane.
"Mr. Finck. . .properly accords to Hammerstein's productions of Massenet's works
the first position in his volume. He deals with the Metropolitan performances after-
ward, and reserves for the final part of his book consideration of those operas which are
not yet known to the American public ... It is pleasant to find that he has not hesitated
to pay a proper tribute to such impersonators of Massenet's people as Mary Garden,
Dalmores, and Renaud." Nation, 1910.
Thomas, Charles Louis Ambroise. q782-4 T37
Mignon; opera in 3 acts [libretto, English words. 1907]. Steinway.
Italian opera
Bellini, Vincenzo.
I Puritani; a grand opera in three acts [libretto, Italian and English
words, with music of the principal airs]. Academy of Music, N. Y.
Bellini, Vincenzo. ^782.5 641
La sonnambula [libretto, Italian and English words, with] the
music of the favourite melodies.
Donizetti, Gaetano. 782.5 0723
[Daughter of the regiment.] La figlia del reggimento [libretto],
containing the Italian text, with an English translation and the music
of all the principal airs.
Donizetti, Gaetano. 782.5 0726
Don Pasquale [libretto, Italian and English words] and the music of
the principal airs. 1888. Ditson.
Donizetti, Gaetano. q?82.5 072!!
Linda di Chamounix [libretto, Italian and English words], contains
the music of the favourite melodies.
Donizetti, Gaetano. q782-5 07212
Lucia di Lammermoor [libretto, Italian and English words].
Donizetti, Gaetano. qM782.5 D?2l2
Lucia di Lammermoor [opera; vocal score]. Peters.
Italian and German words.
Henderson, William James. 782.5 H44
Some forerunners of Italian opera. 1911. Holt.
Account of mediaeval lyric drama, showing the artistic significance of the birth of
recitative and leading up to the introduction of opera in the last decade of the i6th cen-
tury by Peri and Caccini. Five chapters devoted to Poliziano's "Favola di Orfeo."
OPERA 1447
Leoncavallo, Ruggiero. 782.5 L62a
Pagliacci (Punchinello); drama in two acts [libretto, Italian and
English words],. English version by H. G. Chapman. 1907. Schirmer.
The same [libretto, Italian and English words], English adaptation
by F. E. Weatherly. Rullman "... 3782.5 L62
Mascagni, Pietro. 3782.5 M44
Cavalleria rusticana; music-drama in one act [libretto, English and
Italian words].
Ponchielli, Amilcare. 3782.5 P78
La Gioconda; an opera in four acts [libretto, Italian and English
words]. Rullman.
Puccini, Giacomo. 782.5 Pg8
La Boheme; libretto [English and Italian words]. 1898.
Puccini, Giacomo. 782.5 Pg8m
Madam Butterfly; a Japanese tragedy founded on the book by J. L.
Long and the drama by David Belasco [libretto, Italian and English
words]. 1904-05. Boosey.
The same ^82.5 Pg8m
Puccini, Giacomo. ^82.5 Pg8t
Tosca; an opera in three acts [libretto, Italian and English words].
1900. Ricordi.
The same 782.5 Pg8t
Verdi, Giuseppe. 782.5 V26a
Aida [libretto], containing the Italian text with an English transla-
tion and the music of all the principal airs. Ditson.
The same ^82.5 V26a2
Verdi, Giuseppe. ' qr782.5 V26o
"Otello;" a lyric drama in four acts [libretto, Italian and English
words]. 1888. Metropolitan Print.
Italian words by Arrigo Boito, tr. into English by Francis Hueffer.
Verdi, Giuseppe. 3782.5 V26rs
Rigoletto; grand opera in four acts [libretto, English and Italian
words and music of the principal airs], drama by Victor Hugo. Burden.
The same [libretto, English words] 782.5 V26r
Verdi, Giuseppe. qM782-5 V26r
[Rigoletto; opera in three acts, vocal score.]
Italian words.
Verdi, Giuseppe. 3782.5 V26tr
La traviata (The lost one); a grand opera in three acts [libretto,
Italian and English words]. Burden.
The same [libretto, Italian and English words] r782 641
Bound with other librettos.
The same [libretto, Italian and English words] ^83.3 H23S
Bound with other librettos.
Verdi, Giuseppe. qM782.5 V26tr2
II trovatore; dramma in quattro parti [vocal score]. Escudier.
Italian words.
1448 OPERA
Verdi, Giuseppe. 3782.5 V26troa
II trovatore [libretto, Italian and English words].
The same [libretto, German and English words]. 1870.^782.5 V26tro2
Title reads "Der troubadour."
The same [libretto, English words] 3782.5 Va6tro
Title reads "The troubadour."
Comic opera. Opera bouffe
Fitzgerald, Percy. 782.6 F57
Savoy opera and the Savoyards. 1894. Chatto.
Book is not limited to the annals of the Savoy theatre, but deals with the whole
series of operettas and comic operas produced by Gilbert and Sullivan. The full casts
of all the operas are given and many interesting details as to their comparative success.
Sketches and portraits of performers are included.
Lecocq, Alexandre Charles. T782.6 1,49
Le petit due; opera comique in three acts [libretto] by Henri Meil-
hac and Ludovic Halevy [French and English words]. 1879. Metro-
politan Print.
Offenbach, Jacques. q782.6 Oi6
Madame Favart; an opera in three acts [libretto, French and Eng-
lish words]. 1880. Metropolitan Print.
The same [libretto, French and English words]. 1879. Metro-
politan Print..'. qr782.6 Oi6
Rossini, Gioacchino Antonio. q782.6 R?4b
Barber of Seville; a comic opera in two acts [libretto, English and
Italian words]. Wynkoop.
Lecocq, Alexandre Charres. qr782.7 L49
Girofle-Girofla; opera-bouffe in three acts [libretto, French and
English words]. 1877. Metropolitan Print.
Offenbach, Jacques. qr782.7 Oi6
La belle Helene; an operetta in three acts [libretto], French and
English text. 1877. Metropolitan Print.
Offenbach, Jacques. ^82.7 Oi6g
Genevieve de Brabant; opera bouffe in three acts; libretto [French
and English words]. 1868. Gray.
Offenbach, Jacques. qr782.7 Oi6j
La jolie parfumeuse; opera-comique in three acts [libretto, French
and English words]. 1875. Metropolitan Print.
Operettas
Bruch, Max. qM782.8 682!
Das lied von der glocke; gedicht von Friedrich von Schiller; fur
chor, vier solostimmen, orchester und orgel, componirt von Max Bruch.
1879. Simrock.
German and English words.
Bunner, Henry Cuyler. J78a.8 B88
Seven old ladies of Lavender town; an operetta in two acts, music
by Oscar Weil. [1910.] Harper.
Appeared in "Harper's young people," v.8, Dec. 7, 1886.
SACRED MUSIC 1449
Bunner, Henry Cuyler. M782.8 B88t
Three operettas; music by Oscar Weil. 1897. Harper.
Contents: The three little kittens of the land of Pie. The seven old ladies of
Lavender town. B*obby Shaftoe.
Gaynor, Mrs Jessie Love (Smith). jy82.8 025
House that Jack built; operetta for children; libretto by A. C. D.
Riley, music by J. L. Gaynor. 1902. Summy.
Schumann, Robert. qM782.8
Das paradies und die peri; dichtung aus Lalla Rookh von Th. Moore,
fur solostimmen, chor und orchester, klavierauszug mit text. Op. 50.
Breitkopf.
783 Sacred music
American Guild of Organists. r78s ASI
Calendar, April 1st, 1899. [1899.]
The guild was organized in 1896 with the primary object of improving the quality
of church music and of raising the standard of church organists. The calendar contains
reports of meetings, list of members, etc.
Lutkin, Peter Christian. 783 Lg8
Music in the church. 1910. Young Churchman Co.
Contents: Hymn tunes. Congregational singing. The organ. The organist and
choirmaster. The vested male choir. The development of music in the Anglican church.
"Bibliography," p.2S7-263.
Author is (1910) dean of the School of music at Northwestern University.
Pearce, Charles William. 783.1
Practical hints and suggestions (musical and theological) for the
organ accompaniment to the Psalms, whether sung to Anglican or.
Gregorian systems of pointing. Vincent. (Music text books.)
"List of writers cited in this book," p.6-8.
Binder's title reads "Organ accompaniment to the Psalms."
Nicholl, Horace Wadham. qr78s.2 NSI
Mass in E flat [score]. 1872. Ditson.
Richardson, Alfred Madeley. 783.2 R4i
The Psalms; their structure and musical rendering, with an introduc-
tion by S. M. Taylor. 1903. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Directions for chanting the Psalms in such a way as to interpret and emphasize the
words.
Siedlecki, Jan, comp. 783.2 857
Spiewniczek zawieraj^cy piesni koscielne z melodyami dla uzytku
mlodziezy szkolnej. 1908.
Church songs.
Oratorio. Passion music
Bach, Johann Sebastian. qM783-3 Bi2m
Matthaus-passion, oratorium; klavierauszug. Peters.
German words.
The same; English translation and adaptation by Rev. Trautbeck,
vocal score ed. by H. W. Nicholl. 1894. Schirmer ..... qM783-3 Bi2m2
1450 SACRED MUSIC
[Bach, Johann Sebastian.] qM783-3 6120
Opern und oratorien im klavier-auszug mit text; bearbeitet von
Brissler, Horn, Stern, Ulrich. Peters.
Contents: Actus tragicus, "Gottes zeit ist die allerbeste zeit;" cantate. Oratorium
tempore nativitatis Christi (Weihnachts-oratorium). Magnificat, im klavierauszuge mit
text von Gustav Rosier.
Handel, Georg Friedrich. qM^Sa-S
Israel in Egypten [an oratorio, vocal score]. Peters.
With this is bound his "Ode a Sainte Cecile."
German words.
Taylor, Sedley. qr?83.3
Indebtedness of Handel to works by other composers; a presenta-
tion of evidence. 1906. University Press.
"The author of this new work has brought together, practically for the first time,
the results of many years of patient investigation on the part of various authorities...
Dr. Friedrich Chrysander, Dr. Seiffert, and others have already published numerous
volumes, reproducing in their entirety the works upon which Handel principally drew.
But Mr. Taylor has worked up this material into an accessible form. Instead of re-
ferring to corresponding passages in Handel's compositions, he has set the latter side
by side with the original music, and has gone to the trouble of transposition into the
same key in order to render the task of comparison as easy as possible." Saturday re-
view, 1907.
Nicholds, Joseph. V7&3-3 ^31
Babylon; an oratorio [score]; revised and ed. by Cornelius Ward.
Shepherd.
Gregorian. Carol
Burgess, Francis. 783.5 B8g
Textbook of plainsong and Gregorian music. Vincent. (Music text
books.)
"Bibliography," p. 124-1 26.
Has chapters on notation, tonality, rhythm and accompaniment, recitative and
melodic plainchant, etc.
Hurley, Edmund G. 783-5 H 95
Gregorian chant for the teacher, the choir and the school. 1907.
Schirmer.
Practical little book of instruction in the singing of Gregorian chants, by a New
York city choirmaster.
Bramley, Henry Ramsden, ed. M783-6 B6gc
Christmas carols, new & old; the words ed. by H. R. Bramley, the
music ed. by John Stainer. [1871.] Novello.
The introduction gives a short account of the history of the Christmas carol.
Congregational singing
Psalmody. Hymnody
Cowan, William, & Love, James, of Scotland. 783.9 C84
Music of the church hymnary and the psalter in metre; its sources
and composers. 1901. Frowde.
"Chronological list of works cited as sources," p. 177-187.
German evangelical protestant church in North America. M783.g G32k
Kirchengesangbuch zum gottesdienstlichen gebrauche Deutscher
evangelisch-protestantischer gemeinden von Nord-Amerika. 1901.
Words and music.
VOCAL MUSIC 1451
Hastings, Thomas, & Patton, William, comp. r7&3-9 H34
Christian psalmist; or, Watts' psalms and hymns with copious selec-
tions from other sources, the whole carefully revised and arranged with
directions for musical expression. 1836. Collier.
qMj&s.g Hggh
Hymns ancient and modern for use in the services of the church, with
accompanying tunes; historical edition, with notes on the origin of
both hymns and tunes and a general historical introduction [by W. H.
Frere]. 1909. Clowes.
"Some principal authorities," p.S.
Historical edition of "Hymns ancient and modern for use in the services of the
church; comp. and arranged under the musical editorship of W. H. Monk" 0783.9 M82).
The latest revision of words and music, with a valuable historical introduction and
a complete series of careful notes. The introduction is a model history in little of hym-
nology and church music. Condensed from Athenaum, igio.
Moses, Isaac S. comp. M78s.g Mgss
Sabbath-school hymnal; a collection of songs, services and respon-
sive readings for the school, synagogue and home. 1904. Bloch.
The same ^83.9 Mgs
MySs.g 0350
Oxford hymn book [with music]. 1908. Clarendon Press.
Collection of hymns characterized by simplicity, directness, and genuineness of re-
ligious feeling, chosen largely from the "old masters" Watts, the Wesleys, Doddridge,
Cowper and Newton. The music also has been selected for its simplicity and dignity.
Protestant Episcopal church. ^83.9 Pgyhym
Hymnal of the church, revised and enlarged as adopted by the gen-
eral convention of the Protestant Episcopal church in the United States
of America in the year of Our Lord eighteen hundred and ninety-two,
with music; ed. by J. H. Darlington. 1897. Whittaker.
Watson, J. comp. qr?83.g W32
Royal psalmist; or, Sacred melodies, consisting of an entirely new
& elegant versification of the Psalms of David adapted to music; ar-
ranged for the piano forte, organ & choir. Pinnock.
784 Vocal music
Foster, Stephen Collins. qM784 F8im
Melodies of Stephen C. Foster. 1909. Walker. Pittsburgh.
Words and music of his songs and hymns, his instrumental compositions, and brief
biographical sketch.
Franz, Robert. qMy84 F88f
Franz-album; ausgewahlte lieder fur eine singstimme mit klavier-
begleitung; mit deutsch und engl. text; uebersetzung v. Elisabeth
Riicker [und] D. V. Ashton. v. 1-4, in 2. Siegel.
Grieg, Edvard. qM784 G8gf
Fifty songs; ed. by H. T. Finck; for high voice. 1908. Ditson.
(Musicians library.)
Haydn, Franz Joseph. qMy84 Hsyl
Lieder fur eine singstimme mit klavierbegleitung; hrsg. von Alfred
Dorffel.
1452 SONGS
Kobbe, Gustav. 784
Famous American songs. 1906. Crowell.
Contents: Home, sweet home. Old folks at home. Dixie. Ben Bolt. The star-
spangled banner. Yankee Doodle, Hail Columbia and America. Some war songs.
Gives the text of the songs, an account of the circumstances under which they
were written and something of the lives of the authors.
Schubert, Franz Peter. qM784 83852
Schubert-album; Die schone mullerin, Winterreise, Schwanengesang
und 22 beriihmte lieder; revidirt und mit vortragsbezeichungen ver-
sehen von Franz Abt, sopran oder tenor. Litolff.
qM 784.2 A6g
Arien-album; sammlung beriihmter arien fur eine sopranstimme mit
pianofortebegleitung. Peters.
Krehbiel, Henry Edward, ed. qM784-2 K4is
Songs from the operas, for soprano. 1907. Ditson.
Chiefly from operas before Wagner. Contains brief sketch of each of the 19 com-
posers represented.
Ballads. National songs. Folk-songs
Bach, Albert Bernhard. 784.4 Bi2
The art ballad, Loewe and Schubert, with musical illustrations. 1897.
Paul.
"Bibliography," p.2oi-2is.
Analyses of Loewe's ballads, prefixed by biographical sketches of Loewe and of
Schubert.
Burton, Frederick Russell. 3784.4 695
American primitive music, with especial attention to the songs of
the Ojibways. 1909. Moffat.
The opening chapters give a survey of the whole field of American Indian music,
but the greater part of the book is devoted to a study of Ojibway music, in which the
author, as musical expert in the ethnological departments of the American Museum of
Natural History and the Field Museum of Natural History, has made original research.
A collection of 28 Ojibway songs for single voice, with piano accompaniment and Eng-
lish words, is included, also four songs arranged for mixed quartette.
Clark, Richard, ed. ^84.4 C52
Account of the national anthem entitled "God save the king." 1822.
Wright.
"Clark. . .started the still undecided controversy as to the authorship of 'God save
the King* by publishing a pamphlet upon the subject, in which he attributed it with
more power of invention than critical acumen to the Elizabethan composer, John Bull.
Although the untrustworthiness of Clark's statements and the worthlessness of his
criticisms have been repeatedly exposed, the erroneous idea which he was the first to
circulate is still accepted in some quarters." Dictionary of national biography.
Gilman, Benjamin Ives. ^84.4 642
Hopi songs. 1908. Houghton. (Hemenway Southwestern Expedi-
tion.)
Being v.s of "Journal of American ethnology and archaeology."
Publications of the Hemenway Southwestern Expedition, p. 23 1-235.
In this volume Mr Gilman completes an inquiry into Pueblo music begun in 1891
with a study of Zuni melodies. The phonograph was used for the study and preserva-
tion of aboriginal folklore, and these records show not only how Indians make music,
but music itself in the making.
SONGS 1453
Joyce, Patrick Weston, comf>. 1784.4 J4&
Ancient Irish music, comprising 100 Irish airs hitherto unpublished,
many of the old popular songs and several new songs; the harmonies
by [J. W.] Glover. 1906. Longmans.
Most of these airs and songs were collected among the peasantry by the compiler.
Lineff, Mme Eugenie Papritz, comp. (1784-4 Ly2
Peasant songs of Great Russia as they are in the folk's harmoniza-
tion, collected and transcribed from phonograms, ist ser. 1905. Im-
perial Academy of Science.
English and Russian text.
Quellien, Narcisse. 3784.4 0.24
Chansons et danses des Bretons. 1889.
Saran, August. 3784.4 824
Robert Franz und das deutsche volks- und kirchenlied, mit noten-
beilagen enthaltend sechs chorale fur gemischten chor und sechs alt-
deutsche lieder fur eine singstimme, mit begleitung des pianoforte, be-
arbeitet von Robert Franz. [1875.]
Contains interesting information on the formal structure of the volkslied.
Sonneck, Oscar George Theodore, comp. 3784.4 869
Report on "The star-spangled banner," "Hail Columbia," "America,"
"Yankee Doodle." 1909. (United States Library of Congress.)
"Literature used for this report," p. 157-164.
The same qr784-4 8699
Brings together the various versions of text and music, with notes as to the his-
tory of the songs, and conclusions from the study of documents.
Strettell, Alma, afterward Mrs Harrison, tr. 784.4 891
Spanish & Italian folk-songs. 1887. Macmillan.
Folk-songs with music
J784-4 041
Chansons de France pour les petits franqais, avec accompagnements de
J. B. Weckerlin; illustrations par Maurice Boutet de Monvel. Plon-
Nourrit.
Commuck, Thomas. ^84.4 73
Indian melodies; harmonized by Thomas Hastings. 1845. Lane.
Some well-known hymns set to Indian tunes.
Davis, Katherine Wallace, comp. qM 784.4 DSIC
Cradle songs of many nations; a musical entertainment for children.
1898. Summy.
Ducoudray, Louis Albert Bourgault-, comp. qr784-4 D86t
Trente melodies populaires de Basse-Bretagne; recueillies et har-
monisees, avec une traduction franchise en vers adaptee a la musique
par Fr. Coppee. [1885.]
Elson, Louis Charles, ed. qM784-4 Essf
Folk songs of many nations [words and music], with preface and an-
notations. 1905. Church.
Gives several characteristic songs of each nation.
1454 SONGS
Erk, Ludwig, comp.
Deutscher liederschatz; eine auswahl der beliebtesten volks-, vater-
lands-, soldaten-, jager-, studenten- & weihnachts-lieder, fur eine sing-
stimme mit pianoforte-begleitung. 3v. [1910-11?]
Herman, Reinhold L. comp. qr784-4 H47
Cradle songs of many nations; music by R. L. Herman. 1882. Dodd.
Words and music of about 30 songs. Illustrated in color.
Hopekirk, Helen, ed.
Seventy Scottish songs; ed. with accompaniments, for high voice.
1905. Ditson. (Musicians library.)
Hopekirk, Helen, ed. qM784-4 H78se
Seventy Scottish songs; ed. with accompaniments, for low voice.
1905. Ditson. (Musicians library.)
Joyce, Patrick Weston, ed. M784-4 J48o
Old Irish folk music and songs; a collection of 842 Irish airs and
songs hitherto unpublished; ed. with annotations for the Royal Society
of Antiquaries of Ireland. 1909. Longmans.
Contents: The Joyce collection. The Forde collection. The Pigot collection.
Page, Nathaniel Clifford, ed. qMyS^ Pi4i
Irish songs; a collection of airs old and new; ed. and the piano ac-
companiments arranged by N. C. Page. 1907. Ditson.
Sawyer, Frank Joseph, ed. ^^784.4 8273
Sawyer's graded school-song book. 1903. Vincent. (Music text
books.)
Words and music of English national songs, with Scottish, Welsh and Irish ex-
amples. To be used in connection with author's "Manual of sight-singing" (784.9 827).
Whitehead, Mrs Jane Byrd (McCall) Radcliffe-, ed. qJ784.4 W6s
Folk-songs and other songs for children. 1903. Ditson.
English, Scottish, Irish, German, French, Scandinavian, Polish, Russian, Italian and
Spanish folk-songs, also Christmas carols, patriotic songs, nursery songs, lullabies,
rounds, catches and part-songs for children.
Choruses. College songs
Hoff, William C. comp. qM784.6 H6?c
Corona song book; a choice collection of choruses designed for the
use of high schools, grammar schools, academies and seminaries, com-
prising part songs and choruses, oratorio selections, selected hymns and
tunes, national and patriotic songs. 1903. Ginn.
Noyes, Charles F. qM784.6 N48v
Village blacksmith, for mixed chorus with piano, organ and anvil
accompaniment; words by H.W.Longfellow. 1898. Ditson.
McDermid, William Albert, comp. qM784-6i Mi4s
Songs of the University of Chicago. 1905. Hinds.
Words and music. Contains also a few well-known songs not peculiar to the uni-
versity.
SONGS 1455
Waite, Henry Randall, comp. qMyS^ei Wi4C
College songs; a collection of the most popular songs of the col-
leges of America [with music]. 1906. Ditson.
Collections of songs. Children's songs
Bacon, Mrs Dolores Marbourg, (pseud, of Mrs M784-8 Bi2S
Mary Schell (Hoke) Bacon), ed.
Songs that every child should know; a selection of the best songs
of all nations for young people [with music]. 1906. Doubleday,
Bentley, Alys E. 3784.8 644
Song primer; teacher's book. 1907. Barnes.
Simple songs for little children.
Carpenter, John, & Carpenter, Rue. qj?84.8 Caz
Improving songs for anxious children. 1907. McClurg.
The improving songs are, For careless children. Stout. The liar. Reproach.
Humility. A wicked child. Vanity. Maria, glutton. Good Ellen. War. Spring.
Lullaby.
Music and colored pictures.
Farnsworth, Charles Hubert, comp. 1^784.8 F24S
Songs for schools, with accompaniments written by H. W. Loomis
and B. D. Allen. 1906. Macmillan.
M78 4 .8 Hs8h
Heart songs dear to the American people and by them contributed in
the search for treasured songs initiated by the National magazine. 1909.
Chappie.
Words and music of nearly 400 popular songs.
Humperdinck, Engelbert, comp. qj?84.8 Hg2
Sang und klang furs kinderherz; eine sammlung der schonsten
kinderlieder, ausgewahlt von Victor Bliithgen u. E. H. Strasburger,
bilder von Paul Hey. 2v. 1909-11.
Johnson, Clifton, comp. ^1784.8 J35S
Songs every one should know; 200 favorite songs for school and
home. 1908. Amer. Book Co.
Jones, Mary Best, comp. M784.8 J4is
Songs of seasons. 1909. Amer. Book Co.
Words and music of familiar songs, arranged for a school text-book.
McLaughlin, James Matthew, & Gilchrist, W. W. qJ784-8 Mig
New educational music course; teachers' edition for elementary
grades, including a collection of rote songs, voice-training exercises,
the material in the First music reader, and songs from famous com-
posers. 1904. Ginn.
Moorat, Joseph S. qj?84.8 M87h
Humpty Dumpty, & other songs; pictured by Paul Woodroffe.
[1906.] Dodge Pub. Co.
Songs with music. Some of them are. There was a jolly miller. The king of
France. Dapple Grey. Three little mice. Fonr & twenty tailors. Hush-a-bye, baby.
[Music collection; songs and dance music.] v.5. qr784.8 Mg8
For v.i -4 see preceding catalogue, first series.
1456 SONGS
Neidlinger, William Harold. J784-3 N2i
Owl and the woodchuck, with a few others; a song story, with pic-
tures by Walter Bobbett. 1901. Rand.
Mr Owl's song and the woodchuck's jolly ballad are set to gay little tunes.
Neidlinger, William Harold. qM 784.8 N2is
Small songs for small singers. 1896. Schirmer.
The same qjy84.8 N2i
Petrauskas, Mikas. q784.8 P46
Lietuviskos dainos, misriems balsams. [1908.]
Riley, Mrs Alice Gushing (Donaldson), & Gaynor, ^784.8 R45P
Mrs J. L. (Smith).
Playtime songs for the school room. 1911. Summy.
Includes The cucumber boat. The discontented duckling. The ginger-bread man.
Little green frog. My dear Jerushy. Pussy Willow. The slumber boat. A tiny
fish I'd like to be. Yourself.
Riley, Mrs Alice Gushing (Donaldson), & Gaynor, qM784-8 R45S
Mrs ]. L. (Smith).
Songs of the child-world; words by A. C. D. Riley, music by J. L.
Gaynor. 2v. 1897-1904. Church.
The same. 2v qj 784.8 R45
St. Nicholas songs. 1885. Century. qM784-8 8143
Over 100 songs by 32 composers. Words from "St. Nicholas magazine."
Scholz, Bernhard. j?84.8 836
Weihnachtsklange; deutsche weihnachtslieder, tonsatz von Bernhard
Scholz, bildschmuck von Ernst Liebermann.
Terhune, Mrs Anice Morris (Stockton). qj?84.8 T$i
A Chinese child's day; words & music by Anice Terhune, pictures
by A. R. Wheelan. [1910.] Schirmer.
Playing the samm-jim. The velly good dragon. The gift-flower. Little bat kite.
The bobbing mandarin. Feast of lanterns. The dream junk, and other new songs for
children. Colored pictures of little Chinese boys and girls.
Vincent, Charles John, ed. qM784-8 V34f
Fifty Shakspere songs, for high voice. 1906. Ditson.
Singing. Voice culture
Brennan, Charles John. 784.9 872
Words in singing; a practical guide to the study of phonetics and its
application to song. 1905. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Curwen, John. 784.9 936
Tonic sol-fa. [1878.] (Novello, Ewer and Co.'s music primers.)
Fillebrown, Thomas. 784.9 F48
Resonance in singing and speaking. 1911. Ditson.
"Books consulted," p.86-88.
Author, who is (1911) professor of operative dentistry and oral surgery at Harvard
University, treats in the main of resonance, but also discourses soundly on registers,
on placing the voice, on throat stiffness and its remedies, on the way to overcome stage
fright, etc. His directions for deep breathing are, perhaps, the most lucid and valuable
ever printed; they are important not only to students of singing, but to all who wish to
enjoy perfect health. Condensed from Nation, 1911.
SINGING. VOICE CULTURE 1457
Goldschmidt, Hugo. 784.9 658
Die italienische gesangsmethode des 17. jahrhunderts und ihre
bedeutung fur die gegenwart. 1892. Schlesische buchdruckerei.
"Quellen," p.j-n.
Heinrich, Max. 784.9 H42
Correct principles of classical singing. 1910. Lothrop.
Contents: General remarks. Choosing a teacher. The art of singing. Oratorio
singing and the art of singing "recitative:" Illustrations from "The Messiah." Illustra-
tions from "Die schone miillerin."
The author, an artist of the Wullner type, was long admired as one of the best of
oratorio and lieder singers. He discusses diction, the art of coloring tones, the meaning
of personality, and oratorio singing, with special reference to recitative. The last hun-
dred pages of his valuable little book are devoted to excerpts in musical type, from ora-
torios and songs, with hints as to coloring, phrasing, diction and breathing.
Henderson, William James. 784.9 H44
Art of the singer; practical hints about local technics and style.
1906. Scribner.
Author is (1906) musical critic of the New York "Sun." Intended primarily for
music teachers and students.
Johnson, Claude Ellsworth. 784.9 Jss
Training of boys' voices. 1906. Ditson.
"List of choir music for boys' and men's voices," $.42-56.
"List of secular music suitable for boys' voices," p.57-6o.
Author is (1906) organist and choirmaster in the Church of the Holy Cross, New
York city and vocal teacher at the National Conservatory. In addition to his remarks
on voice training he supplies some daily exercises for the voice and lists of choir music.
Jones, Dora Duty. 784.9 Jag
Technique of speech; a guide to the study of diction according to
the principles of resonance. 1909. Harper.
Aims to supply a corrective to the defects of the American voice. Teaches the con-
trol of the vocal organs and gives exercises in enunciation and articulation.
King, Samuel Arthur. 784.9 K26
Graduated exercises in articulation. 1907. Small.
Exercises designed to give systematic practice in the individual elements of speech
and to cultivate purity and nicety of articulation.
Lamperti, G. B. & Heidrich, Maximilian. 784.9 Lig
Technics of bel canto; tr. from the German by Th[eodore] Baker.
1905. Schirmer.
Outline of an Italian method of teaching singing, tested and perfected by Lamperti's
own experience and exemplified in his famous pupil, Marcella Sembrich.
Mackinlay, Malcolm Sterling. 784.9 Mi84
The singing voice and its training. 1910. Routledge.
Author was a student of Manuel Garcia, one of the greatest vocal teachers of the
last century. Distinguished from other books of its kind by the attention paid to the
need of expression.
Miller, Frank Ebenezer. 784.9 M6g2
The voice; its production, care and preservation, with a note by
Gustav Kobbe. 1910. Schirmer.
Author is (1910) a leading New York specialist for throat, nose and ear, and
numbers many singers among his patients.
1458 SINGING. VOICE CULTURE
Mills, Thomas Wesley. 784.9 M6g
Voice production in singing and speaking based on scientific prin-
ciples. 1906. Lippincott.
"It is the product of one who, by the testimony his pages bear, is thoroughly and
equally versed in anatomy and music. . .While the greater part of this commendable
volume is devoted to questions of vocal physiology and hygiene, the artistic side is by
no means neglected." Nation, 1906.
Myer, Edmund John. 784.9 Mggr
Renaissance of the vocal art; a practical study of vitality, vitalized
energy, of the physical, mental and emotional powers of the singer,.
through flexible, elastic bodily movements. 1902. Boston Music Co.
Richardson, Alfred Madeley. 784.9 R4i
Choir training based on voice production. [1899.] Vincent. (Music
text books.)
Brief directions for the formation and training of boy choirs.
[Sawyer, Frank Joseph.] 784.9 827
Manual of sight-singing; authorised text book for the examinations
of the Incorporated Staff-sight-singing College. 2v. 1809. Vincent.
(Music text books.)
v.i. Primary grade,
v.z. Intermediate grade.
Simmons, Robert. 784.9 859
Practical points for choral singers; written specially for the use of
the "Sine Nomine" prize choir, Bristol. 1906. Vincent. (Music text
books.)
Collects and arranges methodically instructions which conductors usually give to-
their choirs at rehearsal.
Taylor, David Clark. 784.9 T25
The psychology of singing; a rational method of voice culture based
on a scientific analysis of all systems, ancient and modern. 1908. Mac-
millan.
"Bibliography," p.369~37i.
"Purpose is to demonstrate the falsity of the idea of mechanical vocal manage-
ment and to prove the scientific soundness of instruction by imitation. . .instruction,
based on the training of the ear and the musical education of the singer." Preface.
%
785 Orchestral music
Boston Symphony Orchestra. r78s 664
Programme of the rehearsal and concert (2d-3d, 6th, 2Oth, 22d),.
with historical and descriptive notes by Philip Hale, 1882/83-83/84,
1886/87, 1900/01, 1902/03. [1882-1903.]
George Henschel, conductor, 188184.
Wilhelm Gericke, conductor, 1884-89, 1898-1905.
Many programs for 1882/83-83/84, 1886/87 are wanting.
For later volumes see preceding catalogue, second series.
Chicago, Theodore Thomas Orchestra. rySs C43
Program (loth season-date), igoo-date.
Cincinnati Symphony Orchestra. r78s C48
Symphony concerts, program (i4th-i5th season), 1909/10-1910/11.,
ORCHESTRAL MUSIC. PIANO 1459
Coerne, Louis Adolphe. 785 C6$
Evolution of modern orchestration. 1908. Macmillan.
"Appendix of musical illustrations," p. 189-276.
Reviews development of orchestration and of musical instruments, and the work of
the classic and romantic composers.
Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra. qr?8s P674P
[Program of the afternoon and evening concerts, with descriptive
remarks by C. N. Boyd, Nov. nth-Dec. i7th, 1910. 1910.] Pittsburgh.
Orchestra conducted by Carl Bernthaler.
Pittsburgh Symphony Orchestra. *7%5 P674
Prospectus; season 1910-11. [1910.] Pittsburgh.
Orchestra conducted by Carl Bernthaler.
Vincent, Charles John. 785 V34b
The brass band and how to write for it. 1908. Vincent.
Gives leading characteristics and compass of the instruments in ordinary use, with
chapters on arrangement, balance of tone and transposition. Illustrated.
Vincent, Charles John. 785 V34
Scoring for an orchestra. 1897. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Brief papers for young musicians, giving elementary information on orchestral in-
struments, with some hints and recommendations as to their combinations and effects.
Oilman, Lawrence. 785.1 042
Stories of symphonic music; a guide to the meaning of important
symphonies, overtures and tone-poems from Beethoven to the present
day. 1907. Harper.
The design of this book is to offer in compact and accessible form such information
as will enable the concert-goer to prepare himself, in advance, to listen comprehendingly
to those symphonic works of a suggestive or illustrative nature which are part of the
standard orchestral repertoire. Condensed from preface.
Weingartner, Paul Felix, edler von Munzberg. 785.1 W45a
The symphony since Beethoven; from the German by Arthur Bles.
1906.
Author is (1905) conductor of the royal symphony concerts, Berlin, and of the
Kaim Orchestra, Munich. The composers dealt with are Beethoven, Haydn, Schubert,
Mendelssohn, Schumann, Brahms, Bruckner, Tschaikowsky, Berlioz, Liszt, Strauss and
Mahler.
Niecks, Frederick. 785.4 N33
Programme music in the last four centuries; a contribution to the
history of musical expression. [1906.] Novello.
"A veritable cyclopaedia of information on programme music, and full of valuable
comments and criticisms." Athenaeum, 1907.
786 Piano
General works
New York (city), Metropolitan Museum of Art. qr786 N26
Crosby Brown collection of musical instruments of all nations;
catalogue of keyboard instruments. 1903.
Krehbiel, Henry Edward. 786.1 K4i
The pianoforte and its music. 1911. Scribner.
Contents: The instrument. The composers. The players.
Study of the origin and development of the pianoforte, the music composed for it
and the performers who have interpreted it.
1460 PIANO
Weitzmann, Carl Friedrich. 786.1 W47
History of pianoforte-playing and pianoforte-literature, with musi-
cal appendices and a supplement containing the history of the piano-
forte according to the latest researches; with a biographical sketch of
the author and notes by Otto Lessmann; from the 2d augmented and
revised German edition by Th. Baker. 1893. Schirmer.
Kobbe, Gustav. 786.12 KSS
The pianolist; a guide for pianola players. 1907. Moffat. .
White, William Braid. 786.12 W6s
The player-pianist; a guide to the appreciation and interpretation of
music through the medium of the player-piano. 1910. Bill.
"A few suggestions for the player-pianist's library," p.i39-i42.
Fischer, Jerry Cree. 786.2 FS S
Piano tuning, regulating and repairing; a complete course of self-
instruction in the tuning of pianos and organs for the professional or
amateur. 1907. Presser.
Hasluck, Paul Nooncree, ed. 786.2 [33
Pianos; their construction, tuning and repair. 1905. Cassell.
Brief, comprehensive digest of information which has appeared in "Work," an
English journal for mechanics. Illustrated.
White, William Braid. 786.2 W63
Theory and practice of pianoforte building. 1906. Bill.
Ehrenfechter, C. A. 786.3 381
Technical study in the art of pianoforte-playing (Deppe's principles),
with numerous illustrations. [1891.] Reeves.
Gittings, Joseph Henry. 786.3 645
A new musical truth. 1911. Privately printed. Pittsburgh.
The same ^86.3 045
Explanation of a theory of piano technique which the author believes will be of great
value to students.
Hamilton, Clarence Grant. 786.3 Hig
Piano teaching; its principles and problems. 1910. Ditson.
"List of books mentioned in the text," p. 163-1 65.
Its 171 pages are crammed with information which every teacher and pianist needs.
While some of it is elementary, telling teachers how to get and keep pupils, what to
charge, how to stimulate their interest, etc., it soon soars into higher regions. Technique
is not ignored, but more attention is paid to expression; and herein lies the unique value
of this little treatise. Condensed from Nation, ign.
Hofmann, Josef. 786.3 H68
Piano playing; a little book of simple suggestions. 1908. McClure.
Contents: The piano and its player. General rules. Correct touch and technic.
The use of the pedal. Playing "in style." How Rubinstein taught me to play.
Hofmann, Josef. 786.3 H68p
Piano questions answered by Josef Hofmann; a little book of direct
answers to 250 questions asked by piano students. 1909. Doubleday.
Appeared in the "Ladies' home journal," v.26, Jan.-Nov. 1909.
Contains some necessarily unsatisfactory answers to vague or foolish questions, but
there are many useful specific statements on matters of technique and interpretation and
some sound general advice. The material is classified and made accessible by marginal
notes and two indexes.
PIANO 1461
Johns, Clayton. q786.3 Jss
Essentials of pianoforte playing; a practical system of mind and
finger training. 1909. Ditson.
"Convenient summary, in 84 pages, of the things a student of the piano and its
literature most needs to know. It is not intended for beginners, but for those who
have already acquired facility in reading easy music; and there is much, too, that will
help teachers who have not the opportunity to keep in touch with the latest develop-
ments in musical pedagogy... A number of famous short pieces by Clementi, Bach,
Schumann, Chopin, and other masters are printed, with analyses and directions for
their correct rendering." Nation, /poo.
Kullak, Adolf. 786.3 K435
^Esthetics of pianoforte-playing; tr. by Th. Baker from the German.
1893. Schirmer.
Author (1823-62) was a German music teacher.
"A most admirable book, suggestive alike to pianist, critic, or mere lover of the
art." Sturgis and Krehbiel's Annotated bibliography of fine art.
Lebert, Sigismund, & Stark, Ludwig. qrySe.s ^46
Grand theoretical and practical piano-school, pt.i.
For pt.2 see preceding catalogue, first series.
Mathews, William Smith Babcock. 3786.3 M47S
School of the piano pedal; explanations of the best usage, fully illus-
trated by numerous selections and original studies. 1906. Ditson.
Siegel-Myers Correspondence School of Music. 3786.3 857
Course of 100 correspondence piano lessons and examination papers,
no.i-ioo, by W. H. Sherwood. 3v. 1906-08.
v.i. Lesson i to 26.
v.2. Lesson 27 to 50.
v.3. Lesson 51 to 100.
Steinhausen, Friedrich Adolf. 786.3 882
t)ber die physiologischen fehler und die umgestaltung der klavier-
technik. 1905.
Perry, Edward Baxter. 786.4 P44
Descriptive analyses of piano works, for the use of teachers, players
and music clubs. 1906. Presser.
Interpretations of some well-known compositions, especially works of Beethoven,
Weber, Chopin, Liszt and Grieg. Describes their poetic and emotional significance.
Scores
Bach, Johann Sebastian. qM786-4 Bi2f
The 48 fugues for the wohltemperirte klavier in score with proper
clefs; ed. by Charles Vincent. 2v. 1891. Vincent. (Students edition.)
Beethoven, Ludwig van. qM786.4 BsSv
Variationen fur das pianoforte.
Berr, Jules, pub. qr786.4 845
Album of music for the piano; vocal and instrumental.
Berr, Jules, pub. qr786.4 645!
Latest Jules Berr album of music; 40 new pieces, vocal and instru-
mental. 1878.
1462 PIANO
Chopin, Frederic Francois. qM786-4
Ballades pour piano [no. 1-4]; revues et doigtees par Louis Kohler.
Contents: Op.23, G moll. Op.aS, F dur. Op.47, As dur. Op.52, F moll.
Chopin, Frederic Frangois. qM786.4 C45g
The greater Chopin [piano compositions] ; ed. by James Huneker.
1908. Ditson. (Musicians library.)
"Bibliography [selected]," p. 15.
Scores of 28 compositions which in the opinion of the editor constitute Chopin's
greatest works. Brief critical introduction.
Chopin, Frederic Francois. qM786.4 C45S
Studies; revised and fingered by Carl Mikuli, with preface tr. by
Theo. Baker. 1894. (Complete works for the pianoforte.)
The same ......................................... qM786-4 C45C v.3
Bound in his "Complete works for the piano-forte," v.3.
Esposito, Michele, ed. qM786-4 E8ae
Early Italian piano music; a collection of pieces written for the
harpsichord and clavichord. 1906. Ditson.
Includes compositions of Domenico and Alessandro Scarlatti, Frescobaldi, Rossi
and others.
Grieg, Edvard. qM786-4 G8gp
Piano lyrics and shorter compositions; ed. by B. F. Tapper, with
a preface by Samuel Swift. [1910.] Ditson. (Musicians library.)
Contents: Piano pieces, op.i. Poetic tone pictures, op. 3. Lyric pieces, book i,
op.i2. Four album leaves, op. 28. Improvisations, op.2p. Lyric pieces, book 2, op.38.
Six songs, op.4i. Lyric pieces, book 3, op-43. Peer Gynt suite no.i, op-46. Lyric
pieces, book 4, op. 47.
"Bibliography," p. 17.
Haydn, Franz Joseph. qM786.4
Twenty piano compositions; ed. by Xaver Scharwenka. 1907.
Ditson.
"Bibliography," p. 15.
Herbert, Victor, and others, ed. qM786-4
The world's best music. 8v. 1906. University Soc. (Philharmonic
edition.)
v.i-5- Famous compositions for the piano.
v.6 8. Famous songs.
v-5 contains index for v. i 5; v.8 contains index for v.6-8.
International Publishing Co. Chicago. qr786-4 124
New album of music; 41 new pieces for piano, vocal & instrumental.
Schubert, Franz Peter. qM786-4 8383
Schubert-album; sammlung beliebter stiicke fur pianoforte solo.
Peters.
Burchenal, Elizabeth, & Crampton, C. W. comp. qM786-45 B8gf
Folk-dance music; a collection of characteristic dances of the people
of various nations, adapted for use in schools and playgrounds for
physical education and play. 1908. Schirmer.
Mainly from Norwegian, Swedish and Danish collections. No text.
ORGAN 1463
786.6 Organ
Clarke, William Horatio. qt786.6 Csav
Valuable organ information for clergymen, church officers, organ-
ists and architects concerning the installing of new organs built on
modern progressive methods of construction. Clarke. (Organ litera-
ture series.)
Wedgwood, James Ingall. 786.6
Comprehensive dictionary of organ stops, English and foreign,
ancient and modern; practical, theoretical, historical, aesthetic, etymo-
logical, phonetic, with a foreword by Francis Burgess. 1907. Vincent.
(Music text books.)
"Bibliography," p.i3 15.
Wicks, Mark. 786.6 W6j
Organ building for amateurs; a practical guide for home-workers
containing specifications, designs and full instructions for making every
portion of the instrument. [1887.] Ward.
Page, Arthur James. 786.7 Pi4
On organ playing; "hints to young organists," with complete method
for pedal scales and arpeggios. 1899. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Brief guide for beginners, relating especially to church music.
Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh Music hall. T786.8 Czio
loooth free organ recital, Carnegie music hall, Nov. I3th, 1909. 1909.
"List of compositions played at 1000 free recitals in Carnegie music hall, Pittsburgh,
from Nov. 6, 1895 to Nov. 13, 1909," p. 7-85.
Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh Music hall. r786.8 C2is
Souvenir program of the free organ recital (looth, 2OOth), by
Frederic Archer, Jan. 16, 1897, April 9, 1898. 1897-98. Pittsburgh.
Pearce, Charles William. 786.8 P34
Mendelssohn's organ sonatas technically and critically discussed.
Vincent. (Music text books.)
Pearce, Charles William. 786.87 P34
Organist's directory to the accompaniment of divine service, with a
full list of voluntaries appropriate to every Sunday and holy day in the
Christian year. Vincent. (Music text books.)
Sequel to author's "Organ accompaniment to the Psalms" (783.1 P34>. For young
organists who are more or less unfamiliar with the demands of the Episcopal service.
787 Orchestral instruments
Mason, Daniel Gregory. 787
Orchestral instruments and what they do; a primer for concert-
goers. 1909. Baker.
Object is to assist the concert-goer in recognizing the various orchestral instruments,
both by sight and by hearing, and to heighten his perception of the beauties of or-
chestral coloring.
1464 ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENTS
Stringed instruments
Lyon & Healy, Chicago, pub. q^Sy.i Lgg
Hawley collection of violins, with a history of their makers and a
brief review of the evolution and decline of the art of violin-making in
Italy, 1540-1800. 1904.
Twelve examples of the work of Stradivari, Guarnieri, Amati and other great violin
makers. Contains table of measurements and numerous illustrations in color.
Sandys, William, & Forster, S. A. 787.1 821
History of the violin and other instruments played on with the bow,
from the remotest times to the present [1864], also an account of the
principal makers, English and foreign. 1864. Smith.
Does not go deeply into technicalities. Illustrations of early violins are given.
Stoeving, Paul. 787.1 S8?a
Art of violin-bowing; a theoretical and practical manual for students
and an aid to the work of professional teachers. [1904.] Vincent.
(Music text books.)
Winner, Septimus. q?87.i W78
Eureka method for the violin. 1891. Ditson.
Racster, Olga. 787.3 Ri2
Chats on violoncellos. [1908.] Lippincott.
On violoncellos, their players and their makers. Illustrated.
Winner, Septimus. q?87-6 W78
Eureka method for the guitar. 1891. Ditson.
Winner, Septimus. q?87.6 W78e
Eureka method for the mandolin. 1891. Ditson.
Winner, Septimus. q787-7 W78
Eureka method for the banjo. 1892. Ditson.
Winner, Septimus. q787-8 W78
Eureka method for the zither. 1894. Ditson.
788 Wind instruments
Boehm, Theobald. 788.5 658
The flute and flute-playing in acoustical, technical and artistic
aspects; tr. and annotated by D. C. Miller. 1908. Privately printed.
Stark, Robert. qr788.6 879
Great theoretical and practical methods for the clarinet, from the
first rudiments up to artistic finish, together with directions for learn-
ing the basset-horn and bass-clarinet [German and English text].
Op. 49, 51. 1892-1900.
789.5 Bells
Lukis, William Ceilings. 789.5 L7
Account of church bells, with some notices of Wiltshire bells and
bell-founders; a copious list of founders, a comparative scale of tenor
bells and inscriptions from nearly 500 parishes in various parts of the
kingdom. 1857. Parker
Illustrated.
AMUSEMENTS 1465
Raven, John James. 789.5 R23
Bells of England. 1906. Methuen.
Chronological, historical and descriptive account with chapters also on ringing,
legends, poetry, law and usages, etc. Both readable and scholarly. Illustrated.
Walters, Henry Beauchamp. 789.5 Wig
Church bells. [1908.] Mowbray. (Arts of the church.)
Contents: Early history and methods of casting. The English bell-founders.
Big bells, carillons and chimes, campaniles. Change-ringing. Uses and customs of
bells. The decoration of bells and their inscriptions. The care of bells.
790 Amusements
Adams, Joseph Henry, ed. 790 A2i
Harper's outdoor book for boys. 1907. Harper.
The same ................................................. J7go A2i
Tells how to make wigwams, aquariums, merry-go-rounds, pet shelters, summer-
houses and pergolas, weather-vanes and windmills, aerial toys, coasters, skees and snow-
shoes, kites and aeroplanes, fishing-tackle, land-yachts, fire-engines, water-wheels, boats,
rafts, etc. Contains also directions about camping and trapping.
Angell, Emmett Dunn. 790
Play; comprising games for the kindergarten, playground, school-
room and college; how to coach and play basket-ball, etc. 1910. Little.
Contents: The value of play. The relation of play to gymnastics. Public play-
grounds. The equipment of the playground. The director of the playground. The
classification of games. How to teach games. Ball games. Jump the shot (catching
fish). Tag games. Racing games. Miscellaneous games. Individual games. School-
room games. Games in the water. Basket-ball for women.
Bancroft, Jessie Hubbell. 790 622
Games for the playground, home, school and gymnasium. 1909.
Macmillan.
Contents: Introduction. To the teacher of games. Counting-out, choosing sides,
who's "it?" Miscellaneous active games. Quiet games. Feats and forfeits. Singing
games. Balls and bean bags. Indexes: Games for elementary schools, first to eighth
years. Games for high schools. Games for playgrounds, gymnasiums and large num-
bers. Games for boys' and girls' summer camps. House-party and country-club games.
Games for children's parties. Seashore games.
Author is (1910) assistant director of physical training in the public schools of New
York city. The games have been collected from many countries and sources and much
of the material has been gathered from original research among the foreign population
of New York city. Excellent indexes make the material easily available.
Bartlett, George Bradford. 790 627
New games for parlor and lawn, with a few old friends in new
dress. 1882. Harper.
Mostly indoor games of the guessing variety, with a few pantomimes, tableaux and
tricks. Small space is given to outdoor games.
Beard, Daniel Carter. 790 634
Field and forest handy book; new ideas for out of doors. 1906.
Scribner.
The same ................................................. J79O 834
Describes a large variety of outdoor recreations camping and the sports connected
with it, the making of log-houses, boats, kites, toboggans, bob-sleds, hunters' clothes,
moccasins, etc.
1466 AMUSEMENTS
Beard, Lina, & Beard, A. B. 790 63433
American girls' handy-book. 1898. Scribner.
Gives directions for the observance of holidays, the giving of parties and picnics,
for games, for work both useful and ornamental.
Same as their "How to amuse yourself and others."
Beard, Lina, & Beard, A. B. 790 6343!
Indoor and outdoor handicraft and recreation for girls. 1904.
Scribner.
The same J7go 6343!
Partial contents: Spinning. Weaving on a home-made loom. Things to make of
common grasses. Modelling in tissue-paper. A new race of dolls. A toy colonial kit-
chen. Little paper houses of Japan. May day amusements. Hallowe'en revels. How
to arrange fresh flowers. Keeping store. A straw ride picnic.
Beard, Lina, & Beard, A. B. 790 6343
Things worth doing and how to do them. 1906. Scribner.
The same J7go 6343!
Amusements and occupations for children, especially for girls. Describes a variety
of parties, shows and entertainments, as well as things to make for home and fairs.
Benson, J. K. ed. 790 644
Book of sports & pastimes, home pets, hobbies and many other in-
teresting recreations for young people. 1907. Pearson.
"Here one may learn how to play football, bridge, bowls, polo, and various card
games; how to conjure, to fence, to 
